Riggers2005_200404_PDF_200406.qxp Riggers PDF 200406
User Manual: RiggersPDF-200406 Igor's of metalworking and electrical manuals
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 148
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
This Rigger’s Handbook is dedicated to Theodore C. Hanes, the founder of Hanes Supply.
Ted left us on August 11, 1997. We Know it is appropriate that the history of Hanes Supply
should be told by Ted. His hard work, common sense and dedication enabled Hanes Supply
to move forward into the next millennium.
"It all started when Tex McLaughlin taught me how to splice cable in order to obtain
my Federal A and E Aircraft Mechanics License #8867 on May 1, 1930. After leaving
American Airways August 20, 1936 to become a Professional Firefighter, I soon
learned that splicing cable for local contractor friends like Herb Darling and
Howard Stimm put extra bread on the table.
Soon we had to take operations into larger quarters at 23 Poplar Avenue. In 1962 we
moved to the warehouse at 1294 Seneca Street, giving us the space for a larger Sling
Shop and also the ability to be an Allied Products Supply House with more products
and quicker, better service.
Our new 55,000 square feet warehouse at 55 James E. Casey Drive enables us to
stock even more products to better service our customers. The increasing number
of Hanes Supply customers in Central New York State convinced us to open our
new Rochester Warehouse. Hanes Supply is committed to making the moves to give
the best possible service to all of our customers.
On October 1, 1975 I retired as a Battalion Chief from the Buffalo Fire Department
enabling me to devote more time to the company until my son Bill could take the
wheel. Bill graduated in June 1980 as a Civil Engineer from the State University at
Buffalo and is now President of Hanes Supply, Inc. Having been around watching
Dad since he was 9 years old, he thoroughly knows the wire rope business.
In association with his friends Dennis St. Germain and Jim Boyco, Bill and the
Hanes Supply Crew have learned many modern improvements in sling productions.
Many thanks to our hard working staff led by our Operations Manager and
son-in-law Dave Learn, Retired Office Manager Hermine Bruno, my other son
Ted Hanes, II and my late wife Nellie C. Hanes who have all been very valuable
assets to our business."
Ted Hanes, 1996
Ted had many other accomplishments including being a Buffalo Firefighter for 39 years,
retiring as Battalion Chief in 1975. During WWII, Ted served in the Coast Guard Reserve. Ted
was Commodore of the Buffalo Yacht Club in 1957 and Master of his Masonic Lodge in 1950.
Ted and Nellie had five children in the 1950’s. When most couples would be thinking of
retirement, they were busy providing the best home and education for their children.
Work was never a four letter word to Ted. Long days and nights of working at Hanes Marine
and Cable and the Buffalo Fire Department were common. He spent countless hours making
slings by walking around the rigger’s vise. His strength and determination built Hanes Supply
into what it is today. He also had the strength to pass the company to the next generation.
Your memory and leadership will never leave us. Special thanks to a great man who we are
proud to have had as our father. God bless you.
Thank you,
Bill Hanes / Dave Learn / Ted Hanes II
Table of Contents
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
HANES SUPPLY HAS COMPLETE TESTING
FACILITIES for tension and cycling of wire rope,
chain, nylon, high-performance fiber slings, and related
items including spreader beams and other types of
rigging gear.
Specifications: 225' clear test bed with complete length
adjustment to suit any test item.
Capacity: 225 ton maximum pull test and 200 ton
maximum break test. Now available up to 3 Million
pounds.
Ram Stroke: 8' Ram
Gauges: Digital readout
Holding Load: Up to 225 tons can be held in tension for
an indefinite period which can be predetermined by the
customer.
Calibration: In accordance with ASTM E4-94 + / -1%,
and complies to MIL-STD-45662A and traceable to the
National Institute of Standards and Technology.
Recalibrated each 12 months or as otherwise deemed
necessary.
Hanes Supply Test Bed
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Aircraft Cable ...............................................123
Adjustable Slings ..............................3,11-12,46
Angles...................................................133-134
Blocks, General ....................................136-138
Blocks, Snatch .............................................121
Boom Pendants ...........................................120
Boom Pendant Fittings .........................104-107
Bridles, Chain .................................43,45,48-49
Bridles,Twin-Path® ................................3-4,9,11
Bridles, Wire Rope ...................................38-41
Buttons, Swage ...........................................108
Cable-Laid Wire Rope Slings ........................35
Chain .............................................................41
Chain Hoist, Hand (manual).....................60-62
Chain Hoist, Electric (power) .........................63
Chain Hooks ..................................................94
Chain Load Binders .......................................50
Chain Saddle Rings....................................5,46
Chain Slings .............................................42-49
Chain Slings, Inspection ................................44
Clamps, Lifting (Plate)...........................116-117
Clevises .........................................................92
Clips, Wire Rope .....................................78-79
Common Conversions Chart .......................141
Crane Hand Signals (USA Std.) ..................144
Crane Scales ............................................74-75
Definitions.............................................139-140
Dynamometers .........................................74-75
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
Environmental Considerations ............18-20,56
Eye Bolts...............................................109-113
Eye Hooks ................................................90-91
Fiber Characteristics.................................20,73
Fittings ...........................................................41
G-LinksTM ....................................................4,15
Gator-Flex® Grommets .............................31-32
Gator-Flex® Slings, Wire Rope..............5,29-30
Gator-Laid® Slings, Wire Rope..............5,27-28
Gator-Max® Slings, Wire Rope...................5,27
General Information..............................133-144
Griphoist Electronic Weight Instruments .......75
Grommets, Wire Rope.........................31-32,36
Hand Spliced, Wire Rope Slings ...................33
Hilman Rollers ...............................................76
Hoist, Hand (manual) Chain.....................60-62
Hoist, Electric (power) Chain .........................63
Hoist Rings............................................114-115
Hooks, Chain .................................................94
Hooks, Eye ...............................................90-91
Hooks, Hoist .............................................87-91
Hooks, Replacement .....................................93
Hooks, Shank ...........................................88-89
Hooks, Sliding Choker ...................................93
Hooks, Sling .............................................87-91
Hooks, Snap ..................................................93
Hooks, Sorting ...............................................93
Hooks, Swivel ..................................93,118-119
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
1
www.hanessupply.com
Table of Contents
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
Hooks, Synthetic Sling...................................86
K-Spec® Core Yarn .............................7,9-11,20
Lifting Beams .................................................77
Lifting Clamps .......................................116-117
Lifting Enginering...........................133-134,142
Links, Master Oblong.....................................80
Load Binders, Chain.................................50-52
Load Binders, Web...................................58-59
Master Link ....................................................80
Mechanical Splice Flemish Eye Slings ..........34
Metric Conversion........................................141
MSI Electronic Weight Instruments ...............74
Nylon Slings .............................................53-57
Polyester Slings ..................................3,8,11,22
Ratchet Assembly, Polyester....................58-59
Rings ................................................80,114-115
Rope Slings, Manila.......................................66
Rope Slings, Synthetic ............................66-67
Rope Specifications ............................20,68,73
Round Slings, Endless Polyester Single Path..22
Shackles ...................................................81-85
Shank Hooks ............................................88-89
Sling Connector ..........................................4,15
Slings, Chain ............................................42-49
Slings, Nylon ............................................53-57
Slings, Polyester Single Path Endless Round ..22
Slings, Twin-Path® Sparkeater....................4,13
Slings, Tri-Flex®..................................4-5,23-26
Slings, Twin-Path® .....................3-4,6-13,16-21
Slings, Wire Mesh.....................................64,65
Slings, Wire Rope ..............................4-5,23-41
Sling Guard Protectors ...............................4,14
Snatch Blocks ..............................................121
Sockets, Spelter ............................104-105,108
Sockets, Swage.............................106-108,120
Sockets, Wedge .......................................95-96
Spreader Beams............................................77
Swivels ..................................................118,119
Synthetic Armor Wear Pads .......................4,14
Synthetic Sling Saver Shackles.....................85
T&D Ultra Flex Wire Rope Slings ..................30
Tension Measurement ..............................74-75
Thimbles ...............................................102-103
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
Tri-Flex® Slings...................................4-5,23-26
Tri-Flex® Wire Rope.........................................4
Turnbuckles ...........................................97-101
Twin Flex™ Wire Rope Slings..................31-32
Twin-Path® Bridles ..............................3,9,11-12
Twin-Path® Chemical Considerations ......18-20
Twin-Path® Covermax Slings ......................3,8
Twin-Path® Extra Covermax Slings ..............3,7
Twin-Path® Extra Slings................................3,7
Twin-Path® Eye and Eye Slings .................3,10
Twin-Path® Inspection .............................4,8,21
Twin-Path® Mechanical Operation ...........17-18
Twin-Path® Optical Tell-Tail......................4,8,21
Twin Path® Slings ......................3-4,6-13,16-21
Twin-Path® Sparkeater Slings.....................4,13
Utility Rope, Synthetic .........................20,69-73
Wear Pads, Synthetic Armor ......................4,14
Web Slings, Nylon ....................................53-57
Web Sling Chemical Properties.....................56
Web Sling Inspection.....................................57
Web Sling Load Binders...........................58-59
Web Sling, Mechanical Considerations.... .....55
Wedge Sockets ........................................95-96
Weights of Material ......................................143
Winch Lines, Synthetic .............................69-73
Wire Mesh Slings .....................................64-65
Wire Rope .....................................122-132,135
Wire Rope Abuse .................................128-129
Wire Rope Breaking Strength...............124,130
Wire Rope Clips........................................78,79
Wire Rope Cross Sections ..........................125
Wire Rope, Aircraft Cable ............................123
Wire Rope, General.......................130-131,135
Wire Rope, High Performance ....................123
Wire Rope Inspection ...........................126-127
Wire Rope Rotation Resistant .....................122
Wire Rope Slings ...............................4-5,23-41
Wire Rope, 6x19 Classification ...................124
Wire Rope, 6x36 Classification ...................124
Wire Rope Slings, Bridles ........................38-41
Wire Rope Slings, Cable-Laid Grommet .......36
Wire Rope Slings, Strand-Laid Grommet ......37
Wire Rope Thimbles.............................102-103
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
2
www.hanessupply.com
Innovative Lifting Solutions
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
anes Supply specializes in lifting
solutions for a wide variety of
applications. As a manufacturer of Slingmax®
slings we are proud to provide riggers with
innovative products that increase productivity
and safetyi The following product inventions
provide benefits that make a rigger's work
easier, safer or more cost effective.
TWIN-PATH ® POLYESTER SLINGS
WITH COVERMAX
US Patent #4,850,629; CN #1,280,458
TPC slings are made in capacities up to
60,000 lbs. vertical. They have the
abrasion resistant Covermax cover with a
polyester inner cover over polyester fiber
cores. Complete with overload tell-tails
and are repairable. Like all Twin-Path ®
slings, they can be fitted with fiber optics
for inspection. These slings have up to 3%
stretch at rated capacity. See page 8.
TWIN-PATH ® EXTRA SLINGS
WITH COVERMAX AND
K-SPEC™ CORE YARN
US Patent #4,850,629; CN #1,280,458
TPXC The best synthetic sling. Made with
K-Spec™ high performance fibers and a
bulked nylon outer cover (Covermax) that is
very abrasion resistant. For vertical rated
capacities up to 300,000 lbs. This sling
features overload tell-tails, fiber optic
inspection system, red inner cover, and are
used worldwide in place of chain and wire
rope slings for heavy lifts. They are also
repairable. The Twin-Path® patented design
provides the rigger with redundant
protection in the event that one path is cut. These slings
have 1% stretch at rated capacity and are made in matched
lengths. If head room is critical, then these are the slings for
the job. Conforms to ASME B30.9 Chapter six and US Navy
NAVFAC P-307 Section 14. Developed by a team of
professional riggers to overcome shortfalls found in single
path roundslings. See page 7.
TWIN-PATH ® POLYESTER SLINGS
US Patent #4,850,629; CN #1,280,458
TP slings are the same as the TPC slings
except their outer covers are polyester and
less abrasion resistant than Covermax. See
page 8.
TWIN-PATH ® TWO LEG BRIDLES
US Patent #5,727,833 & 4,850,629
TL Simply the lightest and strongest
synthetic bridles in the world today.
Replaces existing chain and wire rope
bridles. The Twin-Path® synthetic bridle
with K-Spec™ core yarn is less than half
the weight of any steel assembly and is
the ergonomic bridle of the future, here
today. The loop at the top goes on the
crane hook and there is no heavy steel
ring to deal with. If you need a four leg
bridle, just use two Twin-Path® Two Leg bridles. Capacities
to 200,000 lbs. See page 9.
TWIN-PATH ® EXTRA SLINGS
WITH K-SPEC™
US Patent #4,850,629; CN #1,280,458
TPX Same as the slings above, but they
have polyester outer covers which are less
abrasion resistant than the Covermax.
Complete with overload tell-tails, fiber optic
inspection system, red inner cover, orange
outer cover, and are repairable. These slings
have 1% stretch at rated capacity and are
made in matched lengths. If you are
interested in safety, ergonomics, increased
productivity and saving money, then this is
the product.
See page 7.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
TWIN-PATH ® EYE & EYE
SYNTHETIC SLING
US Patent #5,727,833 & 4,850,629
EE This product is made to be an
eye and eye sling only, with all of the
Twin-Path® features. This sling is
light, strong and less expensive than
a round sling with a sleeve. It can be
manufactured using either K-Spec™
core yarn or polyester. See page 10.
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
3
www.hanessupply.com
Innovative Lifting Solutions
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
SYNTHETIC ARMOR
WEAR PADS
TWIN-PATH ® ADJUSTABLE
BRIDLE SLING
US Patent #4,850,629 & #5,651,573
For extra protection for
synthetic, wire rope, and
chain slings, we have
available an assortment of
materials
that
we
incorporate in our Synthetic
Armor Wear Pads. These are primarily for abrasion or wear
protection but can be used for cut protection in many cases.
Not only will these wear pads keep the load from damaging
the slings, but they will also protect the load from being
scratched by the slings. See page 14.
TPXA or TPA This tool is an aid to finding
the center of gravity when lifting objects
with uneven geometric proportions or offcenter balance points. When the load is
lifted, the ring moves over the COG to
balance and level the object. The TwinPath® may be permanently attached to the
ring, or use a G-Link™ for the connection.
See page 11.
SPARKEATER ® SYNTHETIC SLINGS
US Patent #4,850,629
G-LINK™ CONNECTORS
SE For hot environments up to 300°F, the
Sparkeater® lifts the load without marring
the surface of the lifted piece. Excellent for
stage rigging, this product offers protection
from exposure to fire, heat, sparks and
pyrotechnics. Made from Nomex® for the
cover and Aramid high performance core
yarns. Rated capacities of 2,000 lbs. to
30,000 lbs. Fire exposure testing was
performed by London Scientific and the
product was identified as being as good as
wire rope or chain for use in off shore
applications in the oil industry. See page 13.
US Patent #5,651,573 & Patents Pending
This is the only universal coupler
designed to fulfill all the needs of riggers
in the field! You can use it on TwinPath®, Web and Single Path Round
Slings for attaching hooks, rings, two
slings together, as a sliding choker
connection, as an adjustable sling, or as
a choke lock connection. No parts, bolts, nuts, cotters, pins,
or anything to look for. The G-Link™ connector keeps
hardware such as hooks or rings in the same plane as the
sling. See page 15.
TRI-FLEX ® WIRE ROPE SLING
FIBER OPTIC
INSPECTION OPTION
US Patent #4,043,581
This is a three-part wire rope sling
developed for strength combined with
greater flexibility. Replaces large
diameter single-part wire rope slings
which are awkward and stiff. Tri-Flex®
Slings are manufactured in sizes from 1
ton to 150 ton capacity. Steel erectors,
millwrights and riggers use Tri-Flex®
slings for everything from steel erection
and machinery moving to heavy lifts of
200 tons or more. These slings are
made in matching lengths.
See page 24.
US Patent #5,651,572
FO All of the Twin-Path®
slings have the Fiber Optic
inspection system. The fiber
optic cable will conduct light
using natural, overhead or flashlight sources. The condition
of the internal core yarn can be inspected by checking the
continuity of the fiber optic cable. If heat, chemicals,
crushing or cutting has occurred, the damage to the fiber
optic cable will destroy its ability to transmit light from one
end to the other. This gives the inspector a reason to
remove the sling from service and send it for repair
evaluation. See page 8.
TRI-FLEX ® WIRE ROPE
CORNERMAX™
US Patent #4,043,581
US Patent #5,651,573
& Patents Pending
Tri-Flex® Wire Rope is a three-part
wire rope made in lengths up to
200' installed on winches for
barges, tugs and car pullers. It
wraps snugly around the winch
hub because it has greater
flexibility than standard wire rope.
Order by specifying rated capacity or finished diameter, and
required end attachment.
The Cornermax™ cut
protection device prevents
a sharp edge on the load
from touching the sling.
In fact, the sharp edge
doesn't even touch the Cornermax™ protector! This protector
will handle the most extreme circumstances lifting steel and
concrete. See page 14.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
4
www.hanessupply.com
Innovative Lifting Solutions
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
TRI-FLEX ® SLING SYSTEM
US Patent #4,240,659
CN Patent #1,082,755
British Patent #2,029,796
T & D ULTRA-FLEX
WIRE ROPE SLING
US Patent #5,561,973
This product is a combination of
three Tri-Flex® Wire Rope slings
wrapped together to form a ninepart finished body sling. After a
heavy lift is done, the product can
be taken apart to form three
individual Tri-Flex ® slings for
smaller lifting work. There are
twelve parts of wire rope in the loop
for greater strength than traditional
nine part wire rope slings. See page 26.
Developed by a committee composed of
utility company workers and members of
the Slingmax® design team, this wire
rope sling is an extremely flexible
product with great applications for
general rigging purposes in the utility
industry. It makes a fantastic choker
sling especially when lifting poles.
See page 30.
GATOR-MAX ®
US Patent #5,561,973
& Patents Pending
GATOR-FLEX ® NINE PART
GROMMETS
US Patent #5,561,973
Tests have proven this sling to be the
strongest Multi-Part wire rope sling
when attached to small pins because it
has twelve parts of wire rope in the loop
in a parallel construction. It will develop
its full strength on small pins with a D/d
ratio of 1/1 where D is the pin and d is
the sling body. (4/1 D/d when
comparing the pin to the component
parts.) The Gator-Max® sling was developed to meet
conditions specified by the US Navy and the Wire Rope
Technical Board Sling Manual. See page 27.
Ultra flexible slings for short
heavy lift connection. These
slings can be made shorter than
standard Multi-Part slings but
maintain all of the advantages.
See page 32.
TWIN-FLEX ®
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
US Patent #5,561,973
GATOR-LAID ®
WIRE ROPE SLING
Another model of a grommet type
sling which is formed into an eye and
eye design. It consists of 18 body
parts with a loop at each end. It is
extremely flexible and is used where
heavy lift, short slings are required.
See page 32.
US Patent #4,240,659
Identical to the Gator-Max® sling
except it has metal sleeves for
the splice connection. The ideal
sling for big lifts but when a
shorter sling is required. The
Gator-Flex ® and Gator-Laid ®
products were developed in
conjunction with the off shore oil industry to provide the best
heavy lift wire rope slings. See page 27.
CHAIN SLING SADDLE RING
US Patent #4,241,575;
CN Patent #1,086,510;
British Patent #2,029,370
GATOR-FLEX ®
WIRE ROPE SLING
This product gives a chain bridle length
adjustment capabilities in each chain leg. It
aids the rigger in placing the lifting point over
the center of gravity so the load will lift in a
level manner. Different length chains or
chains with different attachments can be
interchanged in the Saddle Ring for added
utility. The Saddle Ring has found favor with
millwrights for moving machinery in factories.
See page 46.
US Patent #5,561,973
This sling has a nine-part body
style but the eyes are crossed
or interwoven so that no
wrapping is necessary. This
allows for visual inspection of
the sling. Used for heavy lifts
and offers the highest flexibility in a Multi-Part wire rope
sling. See page 30.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
5
www.hanessupply.com
Twin-Path® Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
TWIN-PATH®
SLINGS IN
CONSTRUCTION
517 ton Bridge Retrofit
440 ton Gas Plant Vessel
80 ton Concrete Pilings
100 ton Airport Walkway Section
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
6
www.hanessupply.com
Twin Path® Extra Covermax Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
TWIN-PATH ® EXTRA SLING WITH COVERMAX
AND K-SPEC ® CORE YARN
TPXC This is the world's first truly ergonomic sling. It has
a bulked nylon outer cover for superior abrasion
resistance. These are made in sizes up to 300,000 lbs.
vertical rated capacity. Larger capacity slings are
available on special order. Extra Heavy Duty Covermax
is standard on 70,000 lb. vertical capacity and higher.
These slings have overload tell-tails, inner red cover,
and are used worldwide in place of wire rope slings for
heavy lifts. They are about 10% of the weight of a steel
sling. These products are repairable. The Twin-Path®
patented design provides the rigger with two connections
between the hook and the load for redundant back-up
protection. These slings have 1% stretch at rated capacity compared
to braided polyester round slings which can stretch up to 9%. If
ergonomics, productivity and safety are important, then these slings are the only
choice. This is the lightest and strongest sling on the market today with K-Spec®, the
longest lasting load bearing core yarn, backed by independent testing. All slings have fiber optic internal
inspection system.
TWIN-PATH ® EXTRA COVERMAX SPECIFICATIONS
United States
Patent #4,850,629
Canadian
Patent #1,280,458
RATED CAPACITIES (LBS.) 5-1 D/F
CHOKER
VERTICAL
BASKET HITCHES
APPROXIMATE
WEIGHT
(LBS. PER FT.)
TWIN-PATH®
EXTRA COVERMAX
STOCK NO.
(BEARING-BEARING)
APPROXIMATE
BODY WIDTH
(IN.)
TPXC 1000
8,000
10,000
20,000
17,320
14,140
.31
3"
TPXC 1500
12,000
15,000
30,000
25,980
21,210
.40
3"
TPXC 2000
16,000
20,000
40,000
34,640
28,280
.55
3"
TPXC 2500
20,000
25,000
50,000
43,300
35,350
.65
4"
TPXC 3000
24,000
30,000
60,000
51,960
42,420
.80
4"
TPXC 4000
32,000
40,000
80,000
69,280
56,560
1.12
5"
TPXC 5000
40,000
50,000
100,000
86,139
70,700
1.50
5"
TPXC 6000
48,000
60,000
120,000
103,920
84,840
1.60
6"
TPXC 7000
56,000
70,000
140,000
121,240
98,980
1.68
6"
TPXC 8500
68,000
85,000
170,000
147,220
120,190
1.85
6"
TPXC 10000
80,000
100,000
200,000
173,200
141,400
2.20
6"
TPXC 12500
100,000
125,000
250,000
216,500
176,750
3.00
8"
TPXC 15000
120,000
150,000
300,000
259,800
212,100
3.36
8"
TPXC 17500
140,000
175,000
350,000
303,100
247,450
4.00
10"
TPXC 20000
160,000
200,000
400,000
346,400
282,800
4.37
10"
TPXC 25000
200,000
250,000
500,000
433,000
353,500
5.50
11"
TPXC 27500
220,000
275,000
550,000
476,300
388,850
6.90
11"
TPXC 30000
240,000
300,000
600,000
519,600
424,200
7.50
12"
PLEASE NOTE: Capacities shown include both paths and are for one complete sling. Ratings based on straight pin diameter one-half
the sling width.
DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.
Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and
temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
7
www.hanessupply.com
Twin-Path® Covermax Slings (Polyester)
Fiber Optic Inspection (All Slings)
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
TWIN-PATH® POLYESTER SLINGS WITH COVERMAX SPECIFICATIONS
United States
Patent #4,850,629
Canadian
Patent #1,280,458
Rated Capacities (lbs.) 5-1 D/F
CHOKER
VERTICAL
BASKET HITCHES
APPROXIMATE
WEIGHT
(LBS. PER FT.)
TWIN-PATH®
EXTRA COVERMAX
STOCK NO.
(BEARING-BEARING)
APPROXIMATE
BODY WIDTH
(IN.)
TPC 200
1,600
2,000
4,000
3,464
2,828
.28
2"
TPC 300
2,400
3,000
6,000
5,196
4,242
.30
2"
TPC 450
3,600
4,500
9,000
7,794
6,383
.45
2"
TPC 600
4,800
6,000
12,000
10,392
8,484
.48
3"
TPC 750
6,000
7,500
15,000
12,990
10,605
.65
3"
TPC 900
7,200
9,000
18,000
15,588
12,726
.70
3"
TPC 1200
9,600
12,000
24,000
20,784
16,968
.90
4"
TPC 1400
11,200
14,000
28,000
24,248
19,798
.95
4"
TPC 1700
13,600
17,000
34,000
29,440
24,038
1.20
4"
TPC 2200
17,800
22,000
44,000
38,104
31,108
1.40
5"
TPC 2600
20,800
26,000
52,000
45,032
36,784
1.70
5"
TPC 3200
25,600
32,000
64,000
55,424
45,248
1.90
5"
TPC 5000
40,000
50,000
100,000
86,600
70,700
2.70
6"
TPC 6000
48,000
60,000
120,000
103,920
84,840
3.00
6"
PLEASE NOTE: Capacities shown include both paths and are for one complete sling. Ratings based on straight pin diameter
one-half the sling width.
DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY
Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.
Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and
temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.
WARNING
FIBER OPTIC INSPECTION
FOR ALL TWIN-PATH ® SLINGS
United States Patent #5,561,972 & Patents Pending
Twin-Path® slings have the Fiber Optic inspection system. The condition of the internal core yarn can be inspected
just by checking the continuity of the fiber optic cable. If crushing or cutting, heat or chemical damage, has
occurred, then the damage to the fiber optic cable will destroy its ability to transmit light from one end to the other
giving the inspector a reason to remove the sling from service and send it in for repair evaluation. The fiber optic
cable will conduct light using natural, overhead or flashlight sources. The inspector simply covers and removes
his finger from one end and watches the other end for blinking which indicates that the sling is OK to use for
another lift.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
8
www.hanessupply.com
Twin-Path® Two Leg Bridles
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
TWIN-PATH ® TWO LEG BRIDLES
United States Patent #5,727,833 & #4,850,629
TL Simply the lightest and strongest synthetic bridles in the
world today. These are perfect to replace existing chain and
wire rope bridles. The Twin-Path® synthetic bridle with K-Spec®
core yarn is less than half the weight of any steel assembly and
is the ergonomic bridle of the future, here today. The loop at the
top goes on the crane hook and there is no heavy steel ring to
deal with. If you need a four leg bridle, just order two TwinPath® Two Leg Bridles. Capacities to 200,000 lbs. Please
specify the loop size at the top and the hardware such as hooks
required on the bottom of each leg. Hooks can be removable if
they are attached with G-Link™ connectors. This gives the
Twin-Path® Two Leg Bridle added versatility on the job.
TWIN-PATH ® TWO LEG BRIDLES
HORIZONTAL ANGLES
60°
45°
WT. PER FT.
(LBS.)
EYE
WIDTH
STOCK NUMBERS
VERTICAL
TPXCTL 1,000
10,000
8,500
7,000
.34
3"
TPXCTL 1,500
15,000
12,750
10,500
.44
3"
TPXCTL 2,000
20,000
17,000
14,000
.61
3"
TPXCTL 3,000
30,000
25,500
21,000
.88
4"
TPXCTL 4,000
40,000
34,000
28,000
1.23
5"
TPXCTL 5,000
50,000
42,500
35,000
1.65
5"
S-253
BOTTOM OF LEG
HARDWARE
G-LINK / WEIGHT
S-320
SYNTHETIC / WEIGHT
SHACKLE
SLING
HOOK
/ WEIGHT
TPXCTL 1,000
2"
2.0
2"
6.9
3T
3.9
TPXCTL 1,500
3"
3.5
2"
6.9
5T
7.3
TPXCTL 2,000
3"
3.5
2"
6.9
5T
7.3
TPXCTL 3,000
4"
7.0
3"
8.9
10T
17.0
TPXCTL 4,000
4"
7.0
3"
8.9
10T
17.0
TPXCTL 5,000
5"
15.0
3"
8.9
15T
33.0
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.
Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and
temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
9
www.hanessupply.com
Twin-Path® Eye and Eye Sling
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
TWIN-PATH ® EYE & EYE
SYNTHETIC SLING
United States Patent #5,727,833 & #4,850,629
EE This product is made to be an eye and
eye sling only. Usually an eye and eye sling
is made from a round sling with a sleeve
over it to form the eyes at each end. This
sling is light, strong and less expensive than
a round sling with a sleeve. It can be
manufactured using either K-Spec® core
yarn or polyester. Riggers have told us that
they have some applications where they
want an eye and eye sling only and this is
the one with all of the Twin-Path® features in
a strictly eye and eye product.
TWIN-PATH ® EYE AND EYE SLING
STOCK NUMBERS
CHOKER
VERTICAL
BASKET
60°
VERTICAL WT. LBS.
BASKET
PER FT.
TPXCEE 1,000
8,000
10,000
17,320
20,000
.28
3"
TPXCEE 1,500
12,000
15,000
25,980
30,000
.36
3"
TPXCEE 2,000
16,000
20,000
36,640
40,000
.50
3"
TPXCEE 2,500
20,000
25,000
43,300
50,000
.60
4"
TPXCEE 3,000
24,000
30,000
51,960
60,000
.75
4"
TPXCEE 4,000
32,000
40,000
69,280
80,000
1.00
5"
TPXCEE 5,000
40,000
50,000
86,139
100,000
1.40
5"
Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.
Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and
temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
WARNING
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
10
WIDTH
www.hanessupply.com
Twin-Path® Adjustable Bridle
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
TPXA (with K-Spec ® ), TPA (with polyester)
United States Patent #4,850,629
Canadian Patent #1,280,458
Twin-Path®
The
Adjustable Bridle is the ultimate multiple use rigging tool.
It can be used in applications where a standard two leg or four leg bridle
is used with the added advantage of self-adjustment to awkward loads.
The Twin-Path® Adjustable Bridle self-adjusts over the center of gravity to
find the lifting point. The Twin-Path® Adjustable Bridle can also be used as
a complete rigging tool for choker, vertical, or basket hitches. The use of
two or more Twin-Path® Adjustable Bridles facilitates lifts with multiple
lifting points.
TWIN-PATH ® ADJUSTABLE BRIDLE SPECIFICATIONS
SINGLE
BRIDLE
CAPACITY
(LBS.)
TPA
CODE
TPA 6
ADJUSTABLE RING DIMENSIONS
APPROX.
RING
MAIN HOOK
RING
SLING
STOCK
AREA
AREA
(WIDTH) DIAMETER
(WIDTH)
(LENGTH)
SHACKLE DIMENSIONS
NOMINAL TONNAGE
SHACKLE
(W.L.L.)
SIZE
SLING WEIGHT (LBS.)
APPROX. APPROX.
3 FOOT
ADDER
BASE
PER FOOT
6,000
2"
1/2"
2-1/2"
2-1/2"
5/8"
3-1/4T
4.40
1.35
TPXA 12
12,000
3"
3/4"
3"
3"
7/8"
6-1/2T
6.80
1.95
TPXA 20
20,000
4"
1"
4"
4"
1-1/4"
12T
13.60
2.70
TPXA 40
40,000
5"
1-1/2"
5-1/4"
5-1/4"
1-3/4"
25T
31.10
4.20
TPXA 60
60,000
5"
2"
7"
7"
2"
35T
60.00
5.70
TPXA 90
90,000
6"
2-1/4"
8"
8"
2-1/4"
55T
86.00
8.10
PLEASE NOTE: Capacities shown include both paths and are for one complete assembly.
DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.
Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and
temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
11
www.hanessupply.com
Twin-Path® Adjustable Bridle
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
The Twin-Path® Adjustable Bridle sling is a multi-purpose rigging tool and it's important that it is used
properly. The adjustment ring has a double sling on one side and a single sling on the other side.
If the lifting points are an equal distance from
the center of gravity, then the Twin-Path®
Adjustable can be hooked-up with the double
or single sling on either lifting point.
If the lifting points are an equal distance on
either side of the center of gravity but one is
higher, then the double sling should be
attached to the higher lifting point.
If one of the lifting points is closer to the
center of gravity, then attach the double sling
to this lifting point. It will have the highest
weight concentration. If the Twin-Path ®
Adjustable is attached so that the single sling
is nearest the center of gravity, it will not
allow the lift to be made.
Never use the Twin-Path® Adjustable Bridle
in situations where the sling-to-hook angle is
greater than 45°. Always connect above the
center of gravity. If connections are made
below the center of gravity, then the load may
turn when lifted.
Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.
Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and
temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
WARNING
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
12
www.hanessupply.com
Twin-Path® Sparkeater Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
SPARKEATER ®
SYNTHETIC SLINGS
U.S. Patent #4,850,629; CN Patent #1,280,458
SE When you have a hot environment up to
300°F, use a Sparkeater® to lift the load
without marring the surface of the lifted
piece. Also, when doing stage rigging order
this product for the protection it gives from
exposure to fire, heat, sparks and
pyrotechnics. Just specify black color for the
theater or yellow for all other applications.
These slings are made from Nomex® for the
cover and Aramid high-performance core
yarns. Available in capacities of 2,000 to
30,000 lbs. When lifting heated steel, wire
rope or chain slings might scratch the load
causing expensive rework. Fire exposure testing was performed by the Offshore
Certification Bureau and the product was identified as being as good as wire rope
or chain for use in off shore applications in the oil industry.
TWIN-PATH ® SPARKEATER SPECIFICATIONS
RATED CAPACITIES
CHOKER VERTICAL
BASKET
STOCK NUMBER
SLING WIDTH
APPROX.
WEIGHT
LBS. PER FT.
(Bearing-Bearing)
TPSE 200
2.5"
1,600
2,000
4,000
TPSE 400
2.5"
3,200
4,000
8,000
.20
.24
TPSE 600
2.5"
4,800
6,000
12,000
.28
TPSE 1000
3"
8,000
10,000
20,000
.31
TPSE 2000
3"
16,000
20,000
40,000
.55
TPSE 3000
4"
20,000
30,000
60,000
.80
PLEASE NOTE: Capacities shown include both paths and are for one complete sling.
DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.
Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and
temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
13
www.hanessupply.com
Wear Pads and Cut Protectors
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
Wear pads such as Cornermax™ and Synthetic Armor Wear Pads
protect loads and slings. These wear pads contain a variety of
synthetic and metallic materials, and can be made ready to use in any
length or width to fit wire rope, chain, nylon webbing, or any regular
rope or sling product. They can also be made in long lengths which the
customer can cut into suitable sizes on the job. Among all our wear
pads and corner protectors, you can find the appropriate materials to
provide cut resistance for the most severe conditions.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
14
www.hanessupply.com
G-Link™ Synthetic Sling Connector
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
PRODUCT FEATURES:
9 Couples web, round or Twin-Path® slings with
hardware (oblongs or hooks).
9 Splices two slings into longer length.
9 Connects two slings with oblong and two hooks
into bridle sling.
9 Allows sling to be used as sliding choker sling.
9 Two G-Link™ connectors used together will double
the rated capacity of one G-Link™ connector.
9 Conforms with ASME B30.9 web and round sling
specifications.
Patent #5,651,573
VERTICAL
CHOKER
MODEL
RATED
RATED
NUMBER CAP. (TONS) CAP. (TONS)
SLING
SIZE
(IN.)
WGT.
(LBS.)
SC200L
2-1/2
2
2"
2
SC300L
5
3
3"
3-1/2
SC400L
7-1/2
4
4"
7
SC500L
15
8
5"
15
SC600L
25
12
6"
29
G-LINK™ SYNTHETIC SLING CONNECTOR DIMENSIONS
MODEL
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
SC200L
2
5/8
1-1/8
5/8
1-1/8
1-15/16
1
SC300L
3
11/16
1-1/4
11/16
2-1/4
2-7/16
1-1/4
6.62
SC400L
4
13/16
1-3/8
13/16
2-1/2
2-7/8
1-3/8
7.50
SC500L
5
1-1/16
2
1-1/16
3
3-3/4
2
9.75
3-3/4
1
1.00
1.25
8.00
SC600L
6
1-1/4
2-1/4
1-1/4
4
5
2-1/4 12.50
4-3/4
1-1/4
1.00
1.50
9.38
Connect Hook or Oblong to Sling
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
H
J
O
R
T
W
1/2
.50
.50
3.50
2-1/2
9/16
.75
.75
5.00
2-3/4
3/4
.75
1.00
6.00
5.00 1-13/16
Choker Sling
Connect Two Slings
Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.
Observe rated capacity. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
15
www.hanessupply.com
Twin-Path® Slings in Action
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
TWIN-PATH®
SLINGS IN ACTION
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
16
www.hanessupply.com
Twin-Path® Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
7.0 - MECHANICAL CONSIDERATIONS
7.1
Determine the weight of the load. The weight of the load shall be within the rated capacity
of the sling.
7.2
Select a sling having suitable characteristics for the type of load, hitch and environment.
7.3
Slings shall not be loaded in excess of the rated capacity. Consideration shall be given to
angle of lift which may affect the lifting capacity. Diameters of pins and sharp edges also
may affect the capacity of the lifting sling.
7.4
Slings used in a choker shall not be forced to tighten around the load by pounding with
hammers or other objects. Choker hitches are the least effective way to use a sling based
on capacity. Two chokers should be used to balance the load. One choker in the center of
the load may create an unbalanced situation which could lead to an accident.
7.5
Slings used in a basket hitch must have the load balanced to prevent slippage and accidents.
7.6
Slings used with fittings shall be compatible with the fittings used. The lifting capacity shall
be rated at the lower of the fitting or sling. Fitting openings shall be of the proper shape and
size to assure that the sling will seat properly.
7.7
Slings shall be protected from cutting and sharp edges. All sharp protrusions and abrasive
surfaces will be kept from contact with the sling. Where unavoidable situations develop,
padding shall be placed between the sling and the load. The pin area of a shackle can
cause synthetic slings to cut and placing synthetic slings on the pin should be
avoided.
7.8
Slings shall not be dragged on the floor or drawn across other surfaces which may damage
the sling.
7.9
Slings shall not be twisted or tied in knots to shorten.
7.10 Slings shall not be pulled from under loads resting on the sling.
7.11 Do not drop objects on slings or run over them with vehicles.
7.12 Slings which are damaged shall not be used.
7.13 Sling hitches must provide control of the load.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
17
www.hanessupply.com
Twin-Path® Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
7.14 Portions of the human body shall be kept from between the sling and the load and from
between the sling and any attachment to lifting devices such as hooks.
7.15 Personnel shall stand clear of suspended loads.
7.16 Personnel shall not ride on the sling or suspended loads.
7.17 Avoid snatch or shock loading.
7.18 Twisting and kinking the legs of the sling shall be avoided.
7.19 Load applied to the hook should be centered in the bowl of the hooks. Do not point load
the hook.
7.20 During lifting with or without the load all personnel shall be alert for possible snagging.
7.21 The slings should contain or support the load from the sides above the center of gravity so
that the load will not tilt when the load is lifted.
7.22 Slings shall be of the proper length so that the angle of the sling to the load does not
reduce the rated capacity of the sling for a given angle.
7.23 Only legibly-marked or labeled slings should be used. If the tag is not legible, or missing,
the sling should not be used.
7.24 Keep labels or tags away from the load, the hook and the angle of choke.
7.25 Synthetic slings should be inspected each time before each lift.
8.0 - ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
8.1
When not in use, synthetic slings should be stored in a clean, dry place. Heat sources and
non-ventilated places should be avoided.
8.2
Chemically active environments can affect the strength of synthetic lifting slings. Different
chemicals will react with different exposure to Covermax bulked nylon, polyester, aramids,
and Olefins. Please see the enclosed tables for reactions of specific chemicals.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
18
www.hanessupply.com
Twin-Path® Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
Aramids are resistant to most ketones, alcohols, dry cleaning solvents and many other organic
solvents. Its acid resistance is superior to that of nylon but is not as good as that of polyester.
Aramids show good resistance to alkalis at room temperature, but is degraded by strong alkalis at
higher temperatures.
Aramids are compatible with fluorine-containing elastomers, resins, and refrigerants at high
temperatures, and is resistant to fluorine compounds in concentrations usually encountered in
stack gases from metallurgical and rock-processing operations.
The resistance of aramids to oxides of sulphur at temperatures above the acid dew point is
superior to that of polyester. Below the dew point, concentrated sulphuric acid may condense on
the fiber and cause a progressive loss in strength.
In moderate-to-strong acid or alkali environments, evaluation of aramids should be made to ensure
that the yarn will perform acceptably before use.
Polyester and nylon are not significantly affected by most compounds of the following classes:
Alcohols
Dry Cleaning Solvents
Halogenated Hydrocarbons
Ketones
Soaps and Synthetic Detergents
Water (Including Sea Water)
Polyester also shows good-to-excellent resistance to:
• Aqueous solutions of most weak acids at the boil, and to most strong acids at room
temperature, but is disintegrated by concentrated (95%) sulphuric acid at room
temperature.
• Aqueous solutions of strong alkalis at room temperature, but is degraded at the boil.
• Oxidizing agents, and is not degraded by bleaching treatments ordinarily used for textiles.
Nylon is not significantly affected by most aldehydes, alkalis, ethers, or hydrocarbons, but is
deteriorated by dilute acids (e.g., hydrochloric acid and sulphuric acid in 10% concentrations at
room temperature cause a noticeable loss in breaking strength in 10 hours).
Solvents for nylon includes:
Concentrated formic acid
Phenolic compounds at room temperature
Calcium chloride in methanol at room temperature
Hot solutions of calcium chloride in:
Glacial Acetic Acid
Ethylene Chlorohydrin
Ethylene Glycol
Hot solutions of zinc chloride in methanol
Benzyl alcohol at the boil
Aramids are resistant to most weak acids and alkalis, ketones, alcohols, hydrocarbons, oils and
dry cleaning solvents. Strong acids and bases and sodium hypo-chlorite bleach attack aramids,
particularly at high temperatures of high concentrations.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
19
www.hanessupply.com
Twin-Path® Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
K-Spec™ core yarn strength retention is based on test results of components at
65°C/150°F (or less) for 6 months. K-Spec™ has a 100% strength retention when
exposed to: Age, 10% detergent solution, rot and mildew, sunlight and Toluene; 99%
strength retention when exposed to: acetic acid, gasoline, hydrochloric acid 1m,
hydraulic fluid, kerosene, and sea water; 98% retention when exposed to: 25%
ammonium hydroxide, 10% hypophosphite solution, and 40% phosphoric acid; 97%
retention when exposed to 5m sodium hydroxide; 95% retention when exposed to
Portland cement and sulfuric acid; and 88% retention when exposed to Clorox®, and
nitric acid.
9.0 - FIBER CHARACTERISTICS
(Using Nylon as a basis of 1.0)
GENERIC FIBER
TYPE
Bulk
Strength1
NYLON
POLYESTER
POLYPROPYLENE
HDPE
OLEFIN
ARAMID
K-SPEC
1.0
.9-1.1
.55
2.8
2.7
2.75
Weight
1.0
1.21
.80
.85
1.26
1.01
Working2 Elastic
Elongation
Co-efficient3 of
Friction
1.0
.60
.80
.10
.10
.10
.10-.12
.12-.15
.15-.25
.08
.10-.12
.10
480°F
180°F
1.38
Negligible
330°F
180°F
.91
Negligible
to High
297°F
150°F
.97
Negligible
to High
Melting Point
460°F
Critical4 Temperature 180°F
Specific Gravity
1.14
Cold-Flow (Creep) Negligible
Chars at Chars at
800°F
297°F
300°F
180°F
1.44
1.2
Negligible Negligible
1Bulk
Strength is defined as strength per circumference squared.
is defined as rope actually in use under a cycling load.
3Co-efficient of friction is based on reluctance to slip or slide.
4Critical temperature is defined as the point at which degradation is caused by temperature alone.
2Working
Cold-Flow (Creep) is defined as fiber deformation (elongation) due to molecular
slippage under a constant steady static loading situation. Fibers that have this
inherent characteristic will display extremely low or negligible creep if minor
fluctuations occur in the rate and/or frequency of load levels. In rope form, this would
apply to polypropylene, polyethylene, and HDPE Olefin fibers.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
20
www.hanessupply.com
Twin-Path® Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
10.0 - INSPECTIONS OF TWIN-PATH® PRODUCTS
10.1 Tell-Tails should extend 1/2" past the tag area of each sling. If both Tell-Tails are not 1/2" long,
remove the sling from service. If the Tell-Tails show evidence of chemical degradation, remove the
sling from service. Send to the manufacturer for repair evaluation.
10.2 Slings should be inspected for evidence of cutting or tearing of the outer cover. Slings with cuts
should be removed from service and sent back to the manufacturer for repair evaluation. Damage
to the cover may indicate core damage.
10.3 Inspect slings for evidence of heat damage. Slings with polyester or Covermax covers should not
be exposed to temperature above 82°C/180°F. Aramid Sparkeater Slings should not be exposed to
temperatures above 149°C/300°F. K-spec Core Slings should not be exposed to temperatures
above 82°C/180°F. Cold temperature exposure down to minus 40°C/minus 40°F do not effect the
strength of the products. Other temperatures should be referred to the manufacturer.
10.4 Slings using aluminum fittings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, or mists of alkalis or
acids are present.
10.5 Twin-Path® Lifting Slings and any fittings attached should be the subject of frequent and regular
inspections. In addition to the initial inspection by a competent person and frequent written
inspections, the slings should be visually inspected before each use.
10.6 Written inspections should be performed as required and documents of such inspection by a competent person shall be kept on file in the safety department of the plant or site where used. Inspections
may be done more often based on frequency of use, severity of conditions and experience of past
service life.
10.7 Slings should be examined throughout their length for abrasion, cuts, heat damage, fitting distortion
or damage, tag legibility, and if any doubts are held by the inspector, the sling should be removed
from service. Core integrity is determined by fiber optic light transfer if this type of tell-tail is
installed in the sling. If a deterioration is found, the sling must be removed from service and
returned to the manufacturer for evaluation.
10.8 Slings removed from service that are not capable of repair should be destroyed and rendered
completely unfit for future use.
10.9 Abrasion, heat damage or cuts to the cover may indicate a loss of strength to the load core and
these slings should not be used until evaluated by the manufacturer. At area of damage, cover
should be opened and the core yarns counted and visually inspected.
11.0 - TEST PROCEDURES FOR COMPLETE TWIN-PATH® SLING PRODUCTS
11.1 For proof testing, the pins shall be 1" in diameter or larger.
11.2 Proof tests shall consist of pulling the slings to twice their rated capacity. Slings shall be held at the
proof test limit for a period of 15 seconds and then the tension may be released.
11.3 Testing of Twin-Path® Sling products and load yarn shall be on a certified and currently calibrated
testing machine, which meets or exceeds the standards as described in ASME E-4.
11.4 Break testing of slings shall be as above with results documented. Pin size for break testing should
be a diameter equal to half the sling width, or larger.
11.5 Proof testing is recommended for every sling.
11.6 After the sling is proof tested, the Tell-Tails should then be trimmed to length prior to shipment.
11.7 Repaired fittings or slings shall be proof-tested before they are returned to service.
THESE RECOMMENDED STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN FORMULATED AS A GUIDE TO USERS, INDUSTRY AND
GOVERNMENT TO INSURE THE PROPER USE, MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF TWIN-PATH® LIFTING SLING PRODUCTS.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
21
www.hanessupply.com
Single-Path Round Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
SINGLE PATH - ENDLESS POLYESTER ROUND SLINGS
RATED CAPACITY (LBS)
APPROX. MEASUREMENTS
MIN.
LGTH.
(FT)
BODY DIA.
RELAXED
(IN)
WIDTH
@ LOAD
(IN)
.2
.3
.4
5/8
7/8
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-1/2
1-7/8
3
3
3
.5
.7
.8
1-1/8
1-3/8
1-3/8
2-1/8
2-1/4
2-1/2
42,400
62,000
106,000
3
3
8
1.1
1.6
2.5
1-3/4
2-1/4
2-3/4
3
3-3/4
4-5/8
132,000
180,000
8
8
3.1
4.0
3-1/8
3-5/8
5-1/4
6
ITEM
NO.
COLOR
SP260
SP530
SP840
Purple
Green
Yellow
2,600
5,300
8,400
2,100
4,200
6,700
5,200
10,600
16,800
1-1/2
1-1/2
3
SP1060
SP1320
SP1680
Tan
Red
White
10,600
13,200
16,800
8,500
10,600
13,400
21,200
26,400
33,600
SP2120
SP3100
SP5300
Blue
Grey
Brown
21,200
31,000
53,000
17,000
24,800
42,400
SP6600
SP9000
Olive
Black
66,000
90,000
52,800
72,000
VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET
WT.
(LBS/FT)
PLEASE NOTE: Sling cover color can change to meet customer specifications.
DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY.
LIFTING FIBERS – Endless loops of polyester load bearing yarn.
COVER – Polyester contrasting color cover.
Aramid outer covers also available for heat protection.
LABEL – Plastic or leather available - Private labeling also.
CAPACITIES – 3000 pounds to 60,000 pounds vertical rated capacity.
DESIGN FACTOR – 5 to 1.
COLORS – Wide variety available (including BLACK for stage rigging).
CONFIGURATIONS – Roundsling or eye-and-eye.
APPLICATIONS – Vertical, basket or choker.
INSPECTION – Slings should be examined throughout their length for abrasion, cuts, heat
damage, fitting distortion or damage, and tag legibility. Abrasion, heat
damage, or cuts to the cover may indicate a loss of strength to the load core.
If any doubts are held by the inspector, the sling should be taken out of
service. Slings removed from service that are not capable of repair shall be
destroyed and rendered completely unfit for future use.
Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.
Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and
temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
WARNING
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
22
www.hanessupply.com
Tri-Flex® Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
TRI-FLEX SLINGS IN ACTION
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
23
www.hanessupply.com
Tri-Flex® Sling Engineering
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
Patent #4,043,581
CERTIFIED PROOF TESTING
SLINGS – WIRE ROPE – CHAIN – NYLON – FITTINGS
BASKET HITCH EQUALS
D/d OF 5/1 USING
FINISHED DIAMETER
PIN SIZE EQUALS
D/d OF 4/1 USING
COMPONENT PARTS
TRI-FLEX ® ENGINEERING INFORMATION
EQUIVALENT TO
STANDARD SIZE
FLEMISH EYE SLING
COMPOSED OF
3 PARTS OF
EIP ROPE
7/16"
9/16"
5/8"
3/4"
7/8"
1"
1-1/8"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
1-3/4"
2"
2-1/4"
2-1/2"
2-3/4"
3"
3-1/4"
3-1/2"
4"
4-1/2"
1/4"
5/16"
3/8"
7/16"
1/2"
9/16"
5/8"
3/4"
7/8"
1"
1-1/8"
1-1/4"
1-3/8"
1-1/2"
1-5/8"
1-3/4"
2"
2-1/4"
2-1/2"
VERTICAL
PUBLISHED 5 TO 1
RATED LOAD TONS
CHOKER
1.7
2.6
3.6
4.9
6.4
8.0
9.9
14.0
19.0
24.8
31.2
38.4
46.0
55.0
63.4
73.0
95.0
118.0
145.0
1.3
1.9
2.7
3.7
4.8
6.0
7.4
10.5
14.3
18.6
23.4
28.8
34.5
41.2
47.6
54.8
71.2
88.5
109.0
VERTICAL
BASKET
3.4
5.2
7.2
9.8
12.8
16.0
19.8
28.0
38.0
49.6
62.4
76.8
92.0
110.0
126.8
146.0
190.0
236.0
290.0
FINISHED
ACTUAL
DIAMETER
WEIGHT
PER FT.
APPROX.
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
7/8"
1"
1-1/8"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
1-3/4"
2"
2-1/4"
2-1/2"
2-3/4"
3"
3-1/4"
3-1/2"
4"
4-1/2"
5"
.44
.68
.99
1.33
1.75
2.24
2.73
3.9
5.4
7.0
8.9
10.0
13.3
15.8
18.5
21.5
28.0
35.6
44.0
TRI-FLEX ® WIRE ROPE SLINGS provide the best combination of strength and flexibility.
Because of the patented TRI-FLEX® SLING construction, there is a large savings in material and machine costs
in the larger sizes; this, combined with ease of use make TRI-FLEX® SLINGS the only sling for smart buyers.
Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained
persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated
capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
WARNING
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
24
www.hanessupply.com
Tri-Flex® Sling System
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
TRI-FLEX ® SLING SYSTEM
U.S. Patent #4,240,659; CN Patent #1,082,755; British #2,029,796
This product is a combination of three Tri-Flex® Wire Rope slings wrapped
together helically to form a nine-part finished body sling. After a heavy lift is
finished, the product can be taken apart to form three individual Tri-Flex®
slings for smaller lifting work. This product was developed for construction
projects where there are a few heavy lifts. A superior strength sling because it
has twelve parts of wire rope in the loop for greater strength than traditional
nine-part wire rope slings that have only ten parts of wire rope in the loops.
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained
persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated
capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
25
www.hanessupply.com
Tri-Flex® Sling System Engineering
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
CERTIFIED PROOF TESTING
SLINGS – WIRE ROPE – CHAIN – NYLON – FITTINGS
Rated Load with 5-1 Factor / Rated Load in Tons
ONE TRI-FLEX® SLING
3 PARTS EIP
PIN DIAMETER =
4 X'S COMPONENT PART
Diameter of
VERTICAL
FINISHED
Component Parts RATED LOAD DIAMETER
THREE TRI-FLEX® SLINGS
9 PARTS EIP
PIN DIAMETER =
4 X'S COMPONENT PART
VERTICAL
RATED LOAD
FINISHED
DIAMETER
NINE TRI-FLEX® SLINGS
27 PARTS EIP
PIN DIAMETER =
8 X'S COMPONENT PART
VERTICAL
RATED LOAD
FINISHED
DIAMETER
1/4"
1.7
1/2"
4.6
1"
12.9
2"
5/16"
2.6
5/8"
7.0
1-1/4"
19.9
2-1/2"
3/8"
3.6
3/4"
10.0
1-1/2"
28.5
3"
7/16"
4.9
7/8"
13.8
1-3/4"
38.6
3-1/2"
1/2"
6.4
1"
18.0
2"
50.0
4"
9/16"
8.0
1-1/8"
22.7
2-1/4"
63.5
4-1/2"
5/8"
9.9
1-1/4"
27.8
2-1/2"
78.0
5"
3/4"
14.0
1-1/2"
39.7
3"
110.0
6"
7/8"
19.0
1-3/4"
53.7
3-1/2"
150.0
7"
1"
24.8
2"
69.8
4"
195.0
8"
1-1/8"
31.2
2-1/4"
87.7
4-1/2"
245.0
9"
1-1/4"
38.4
2-1/2"
108.0
5"
302.0
10"
1-3/8"
46.0
2-3/4"
130.0
5-1/2"
363.0
11"
1-1/2"
55.0
3"
154.0
6"
430.0
12"
1-5/8"
63.4
3-1/4"
178.0
6-1/2"
499.0
13"
1-3/4"
73.0
3-1/2"
206.0
7"
578.0
14"
2"
95.0
4"
267.0
8"
748.0
16"
2-1/4"
118.0
4-1/2"
333.0
9"
934.0
18"
145.0
5"
408.0
10"
1140.0
20"
2-1/2"
ONE TRI-FLEX® SLING IS A
COMPLETE SLING WITH 3
PARTS FOR FLEXIBILITY.
9-PART TRI-FLEX® SLINGS
BREAK DOWN INTO THREE
3-PART STANDARD TRIFLEX® SLINGS.
27-PART TRI-FLEX® SLINGS
BREAK DOWN INTO THREE
9-PART SLINGS OR NINE 3PART SLINGS.
The TRI-FLEX® SYSTEM allows the purchase of multiple part slings for big lifts
which can easily be taken apart to provide slings for smaller lifts or for storage.
Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained
persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated
capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
WARNING
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
26
www.hanessupply.com
Gator-Max® Wire Rope Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
GATOR-MAX ® WIRE ROPE SLING
WITH PARALLEL EYES
U.S. Patent #5,561,973 & Patents Pending
This is the strongest multi-part sling with great flexibility. It will
develop its full strength on small pins with a D/d ratio of 1/1 where
D is the pin and d is the sling body. (4/1 D/d when comparing the
pin to the component parts.) For heavy lifting work this is the most
efficient wire rope sling that meets all of the standards. The eyes
have the wire ropes (12) laid in parallel so that there is no crossover and then they are wrapped with heavy duty material to keep
them in position. This sling was developed to meet conditions
specified by the US Navy and the Wire Rope Technical Board Sling
Manual. Testing has proven it to be the strongest multi-part wire rope sling when attached to small
pins because it has twelve parts of wire rope in the loop in a parallel construction.
GATOR-MAX® AND GATOR-LAID® SLINGS
TECHNICAL CHART
Rated Capacity is based on 5-1 Design Factor.
FINISHED
DIAMETER
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
7/8"
1"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
1-3/4"
2"
2-1/4"
2-1/2"
3"
3-1/2"
4"
4-1/2"
5"
5-1/2"
6"
7"
8"
9"
10"
COMPONENT
STD.
PARTS
EYE SIZE
1/8"
3/16"
5/32"
7/32"
1/4"
5/16"
3/8"
7/16"
1/2"
9/16"
5/8"
3/4"
7/8"
1"
1-1/8"
1-1/4"
1-3/8"
1-1/2"
1-3/4"
2"
2-1/4"
2-1/2"
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
VERTICAL
RC
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
18"
20"
22"
24"
26"
28"
30"
35"
40"
45"
50"
55"
60"
70"
80"
90"
100"
1.4
1.8
2.7
3.7
4.8
7.4
10.5
14.0
19.0
24.0
29.0
42.0
56.0
74.0
92.0
113.0
137.0
162.0
216.0
280.0
350.0
428.0
CHOKER
RC
.95
1.4
2.0
2.7
3.6
5.5
7.9
11.0
14.0
19.0
22.0
31.0
42.0
55.0
69.0
85.0
102.0
121.0
162.0
210.0
261.0
321.0
BASKET
RC
2.7
3.6
5.5
7.4
9.7
14.7
21.0
29.0
38.0
48.0
58.0
83.0
112.0
146.0
184.0
227.0
273.0
323.0
432.0
560.0
700.0
856.0
WGT.
PER FT.
.26
.40
.59
.77
.99
1.56
2.19
3.15
4.14
5.31
6.48
9.36
12.78
16.65
21.06
26.01
31.50
37.44
51.03
66.51
84.24
104.00
Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained
persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated
capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
27
www.hanessupply.com
Gator-Laid® Cable-Laid Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
GATOR-LAID ® WIRE ROPE SLING
U.S. Patent #4,240,659 & #5,561,973
This is identical to the Gator-Max™ sling
with the parallel eyes except it has metal
sleeves for the splice connection. This is
the product when a big lift but short sling is
required. It also has twelve parts of wire
rope in the loop. The Gator-Flex® and
Gator-Laid® products were developed in
conjunction with the off-shore oil industry to
provide the world's best heavy lift wire rope
slings.
Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained
persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated
capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
WARNING
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
28
www.hanessupply.com
Gator-Flex® Slings
T&D Ultra-Flex Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
GATOR-FLEX ® WIRE ROPE SLING
U.S. Patent #5,561,973
This sling has a nine-part body style with wires in the eyes that are
crossed or interwoven so no wrapping is necessary. This sling was
developed in conjunction with riggers who preferred a sling for heavy lifts
that could be visually inspected and have the highest flexibility possible in
a multi-part wire rope sling.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
29
www.hanessupply.com
Gator-Flex® Slings
T&D Ultra-Flex Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
T&D ULTRA-FLEX
WIRE ROPE SLING
U.S. Patent #5,561,973
This wire rope sling is an extremely flexible
product with great applications for general
rigging purposes in the utility industry. It makes
a fantastic choker sling especially when lifting
poles. Development was through a committee
composed of utility company workers and
members of the SLINGMAX® design team.
Actual field testing was used to determine
merits of the final product.
GATOR-FLEX® AND T&D ULTRA-FLEX SLINGS
TECHNICAL CHART
FINISHED
DIAMETER
COMPONENT
PARTS
STD.
EYE SIZE
VERTICAL
RC
CHOKER
RC
BASKET
RC
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
7/8"
1"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
1-3/4"
2"
2-1/4"
2-1/2"
3"
3-1/2"
4"
4-1/2"
5"
5-1/2"
6"
7"
8"
9"
10"
1/8"
5/32"
3/16"
7/32"
1/4"
5/16"
3/8"
7/16"
1/2"
9/16"
5/8"
3/4"
7/8"
1"
1-1/8"
1-1/4"
1-3/8"
1-1/2"
1-3/4"
2"
2-1/4"
2-1/2"
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
18"
20"
22"
24"
26"
28"
30"
35"
40"
45"
50"
55"
60"
70"
80"
90"
100"
1.3
1.7
2.6
3.5
4.6
7.0
10.0
13.8
18.0
22.7
27.8
39.7
53.7
69.8
87.7
108.8
130.0
154.0
206.0
267.0
333.0
408.0
.9
1.3
1.9
2.6
3.4
5.2
7.5
10.3
13.5
18.1
20.8
29.8
40.3
52.3
65.8
81.0
97.5
115.5
154.5
200.2
249.7
306.0
2.6
3.4
5.2
7.0
9.2
14.0
20.0
27.6
36.0
45.4
55.6
79.4
107.4
139.6
175.4
216.0
260.0
308.0
412.0
534.0
666.0
816.0
WGT.
PER FT.
.26
.40
.59
.77
.99
1.56
2.19
3.15
4.14
5.31
6.48
9.36
12.78
16.65
21.06
26.01
31.50
37.44
51.03
66.51
84.24
104.00
Rated capacity is based on 5-1 Design Factor.
Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained
persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated
capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
WARNING
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
30
www.hanessupply.com
Gator-Flex®/Twin-Flex™ Grommets
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
GATOR-FLEX ®
NINE PART GROMMETS
U.S. Patent #5,561,973
Ultra flexible slings for that short
heavy lift connection. These slings
can be made shorter than standard
multi-part slings, but maintain all of
the advantages.
TWIN-FLEX™
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
U.S. Patent #5,561,973
This is another model of a grommettype sling which is formed into an
eye and eye design. It consists of
18 body parts with a loop at each
end. This is extremely flexible and is
used where short, heavy lift slings
are required.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
31
www.hanessupply.com
Gator-Flex®/Twin-Flex® Grommets
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
CERTIFIED PROOF TESTING TO ANY STANDARD
YOU SPECIFY – WE COMPLY!
The Most Flexible Grommet in the World!
TWIN-FLEX® SLINGS AND GATOR-FLEX® GROMMETS
ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS
PIN SIZE
5 X FD
DIAMETER
9 PARTS
WIRE ROPE
SIZE
TONS (2,000 LBS)
VERTICAL
CHOKER
BASKET
VERTICAL
WT. PER
FOOT LBS.
1"
1/4"
10
7
20
2
1-1/4"
5/16"
15
11
30
3
1-1/2"
3/8"
22
15
44
5
1-3/4"
7/16"
29
21
58
6
2"
1/2"
38
27
76
8
2-1/4"
9/16"
48
34
96
11
2-1/2"
5/8"
59
42
118
13
3"
3/4"
85
59
170
19
3-1/2"
7/8"
115
81
230
25
4"
1"
148
104
296
33
4-1/2"
1-1/8"
187
131
374
42
5"
1-1/4"
230
161
460
52
5-1/2"
1-3/8"
276
194
552
63
6"
1-1/2"
328
230
656
75
7"
1-3/4"
441
308
882
102
8"
2"
570
399
1140
133
9"
2-1/4"
711
498
1422
168
10"
2-1/2"
870
609
1740
209
11"
2-3/4"
1040
728
2080
250
12"
3"
1224
857
2448
300
Rated Capacity at 5-1 D/F
D/d = 5/1
Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained
persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated
capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
WARNING
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
32
www.hanessupply.com
Hand-Spliced Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
NO. 100 B
The end of a single wire rope is bent back
along the rope to form the eye, and strands
are hand-tucked into the body of the rope in
what is called a tapered and concealed
splice. This splice makes a sling that is easily
pulled through narrow spaces; there are no
rough ends to snag hands. Slings with rope
bodies larger than 1-1/2" diameter are made
only with Burnt End splices in which ends of
strands are left exposed and cut off with a
torch. These may also be cut shorter and
served, for smoothness. All have the same
rated capacity, size for size.
Hand Spliced Eye
The tapered and concealed splice
utilizes tension in the rope body to
secure strands where they are
tucked back into the rope. Needs
no metal sleeve to assure firm
anchoring. When “tapered and
concealed”, ends of strands are
tucked inward and concealed
inside the rope.
WARNING: Hand-spliced slings should not be used in lifts where the sling
may rotate and cause the wire rope to unlay.
RATED CAPACITIES IN TONS (2000 LBS.)
IPS ROPE - FIBER CORE
Min.
Diam. Length
Loop
of
(SL) of Dimensions
IPS ROPE - IWRC
BASKET HITCH
Single
L Choker Leg
(in.) Hitch Vertical
EIPS ROPE - IWRC
BASKET HITCH
BASKET HITCH
Single
Choker
Leg
Hitch Vertical
Single
Rope Sling
(in.) (ft.–in.)
W
(in.)
3/8
2–6
3
6
7/16
2–9
3½
7
1/2
3
4
9/16
3–6
4½
5/8
4
5
10
2.3
2.8
4.8
4.0
2.8
2.5
3.0
5.2
4.2
3.0
2.9
3.5
6.1
4.9
3.5
3/4
4–6
6
12
3.3
3.9
6.8
5.5
3.9
3.6
4.2
7.3
5.9
4.2
4.1
4.8
8.3
6.8
4.8
7/8
5–6
7
14
4.5
5.2
9.0
7.4
5.2
4.8
5.5
1
6
8
16
5.9
6.7
9.5
6.7
6.3
7.2
1-1/8
6–6
9
18
7.4
1-1/4
7
10
20
9.0
1-3/8
7–6
11
22
1-1/2
8–6
12
24
1-5/8
9
13
26
1-3/4
9–6
14
28
30°
45°
60°
1.1
1.9
1.6
1.1
0.92
1.2
1.4
2.4
2.0
1.4
8
1.5
1.8
3.1
2.5
9
1.9
2.3
4.0
3.3
.085
8.4
12
Choker
Leg
Hitch Vertical
30°
45°
60°
30°
45°
60°
1.2
2.1
1.7
1.2
1.1
1.3
2.3
1.8
1.3
1.2
1.5
2.6
2.1
1.5
1.4
1.8
3.1
2.5
1.8
1.8
1.6
2.0
3.5
2.8
2.0
1.9
2.3
4.0
3.3
2.3
2.3
2.0
2.5
4.3
3.5
2.5
2.4
2.9
5.0
4.1
2.9
15
12
10
17
14
10
8.4
11
12
21
17
12
13
15
26
21
15
15
17
29
24
17
20
35
28
7.9
7.8
10
5.5
5.6
6.4
11
7.2
7.2
8.3
14
9.0
9.1
9.0
12
6.4
8.3
16
13
10
17
14
10
11
19
16
11
11
13
23
18
13
12
13
23
18
13
13
15
26
21
15
14
16
28
23
16
16
18
31
25
18
17
16
18
31
25
18
18
21
36
30
21
20
19
21
36
30
21
21
24
42
34
24
9.7
9.0
9.5
12
2
11
16
32
22
26
45
37
26
24
28
48
40
28
28
32
55
45
32
2-1/4
12–6
18
36
28
32
55
45
32
30
34
59
48
34
35
40
69
57
40
2-1/2
14
20
40
34
39
68
55
39
37
42
73
59
42
42
48
83
68
48
Rated capacities of choker hitches apply when the angle of choke is greater than 120°.
Rated capacities of basket hitches are based on a minimum diameter of curvature at the point of load contact of 25 times
the rope diameter.
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained
persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated
capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
33
www.hanessupply.com
Mechanical Splice
Flemish Eye Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
NO. 105B
Eyes are formed using the
flemish eye splice. Ends are
secured by pressing a metal
sleeve over the ends of the
strands of the splice. Pull is
directly along the centerline of
rope and eye. Gives most
efficient use of rope capacity and
is economical.
Flemish Eye Splice
Swaging Provides
Positive Grip
In the standard flemish eye
mechanical splice, rope is
separated into two parts – 3
adjacent strands, and 3
adjacent strands and core.
These two parts are then relaid back in opposite directions
to form an eye, and ends are
secured with a pressed metal
sleeve.
This cutaway of a metal
sleeve swaged onto a
splice shows how metal
“flows”
into
valleys
between
strands
to
positively prevent ends
from unlaying when sling
is used within its rated
capacity.
RATED CAPACITIES (TONS)*
IPS ROPE - IWRC
Dia.
of
Rope
(in)
Min.
Loop Dim.
Length
(SL) of
Single
Sling
W
L Choker
Leg
(ft - in) (in) (in) Hitch Vertical
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-3/4
3
3-1/2
3-3/4
4
4-1/2
1-6
2
2-6
3
3-6
4
4-6
5
5-6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
16 - 6
18
20
24
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
32
36
40
50
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
64
72
80
100
.41
.93
1.6
2.5
3.6
4.8
6.3
7.9
9.7
12
14
19
24
30
37
44
52
69
78
88
108
.56
1.2
2.2
3.4
4.9
6.6
8.5
10
13
15
18
25
32
39
47
57
67
88
100
113
139
EIPS ROPE - IWRC
BASKET HITCH
30O
.97
2.1
3.8
5.9
8.5
11
15
17
23
26
31
43
55
68
81
99
116
152
173
196
241
BASKET HITCH
Single
Choker
Leg
45O
60O
Hitch Vertical
30O
.79
.56
.48
.65
1.1
1.7
1.2
1.1
1.4
2.4
3.1
2.2
1.9
2.5
4.3
4.8
3.4
2.9
3.9
6.8
6.9
4.9
4.1
5.6
9.7
9.3
6.6
5.6
7.6
13
12
8.5
7.2
9.8
17
14
10
9.1
12
21
18
13
11
15
26
21
15
13
18
31
25
18
16
21
36
35
25
21
28
48
45
32
28
37
64
55
39
35
44
76
66
47
42
54
94
81
57
51
65
113
95
67
60
77
133
124
88
79
102
177
141
100
90
115
199
160
113
101
130
225
197
139
124
160
277
45O
.92
2.0
3.5
5.5
7.9
11
14
17
21
25
30
40
52
62
76
92
109
144
163
184
226
60O
.65
1.4
2.5
3.9
5.6
7.6
9.8
12
15
18
21
28
37
44
54
65
77
102
115
130
160
* Rated capacities of basket hitches are based on a minimum diameter of curvature at the point of load contact of 40 times
the rope diameter for slings 1/4" thru 1" diameter and 25 times the rope diameter for slings 1-1/4" diameter and larger.
Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained
persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated
capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
WARNING
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
34
www.hanessupply.com
Cable-Laid Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
These smooth and very flexible slings are made from cut
lengths of cable-laid fabric that is machine formed by
laying six wire ropes in a helical pattern around a core
rope. Flemish eye mechanical splices, secured by pressed
metal sleeves, provide centerline pull at the eyes. More
flexible than same capacity single-part slings.
NO. 108 C
Swaging
Provides
Positive Grip
This cutaway of a metal
sleeve swaged onto a
splice shows how metal
"flows" into valleys
between strands to
positively prevent ends
from unlaying when
sling is used within its
rated capacity.
Flemish Eye Splice
In the standard flemish eye
mechanical splice, rope is
separated into two parts – 3
adjacent strands, and 3
adjacent strands and core.
These two parts are then relaid
back
in
opposite
directions to form an eye, and
ends are secured with a
pressed metal sleeve.
Sling Bodies
Are Made from
7 Individual
Wire Ropes
Ideal for use as basket or choker hitches, where flexibility and ease of
handling are essential and cutting or abrasion is not a critical factor.
RATED CAPACITY - TONS
Eye
7x7x19
LENGTH
7x7x7
Body
Dia.
(in.) Vert. Choker
B
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
.50
1.1
1.9
2.8
4.1
5.4
6.9
8.3
9.9
Slip
Heavy Slip-on
Thru Thimble Thimble
Thimble
Basket Hitch
60°
45°
.34
1.0
.87
.71
.74
2.2 1.9
1.5
1.3
3.7 3.2
2.6
1.9
5.5 4.8
3.9
2.8
8.1 7.0
5.8
3.7
11.
9.4
7.6
4.7
14. 12.
9.7
5.8
17. 14.
12.
7.0
20. 17.
14.
30°
A
B
ST
HT
.50 2
1.1
3
1.9
4
2.8
5
4.1
6
5.4
7
6.9
8
8.3
9
9.9 10
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
W-2
W-2
W-3
W-4
W-4
W-5
W-5
W-6
W-6
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
QT
3/8
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
A
E-E
ST-ST HT-HT OT-OT
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained
persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated
capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
35
www.hanessupply.com
Grommet Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
Rated Capacity Adjustment
For Choker Hitches
CABLE LAID GROMMET
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
ANGLE
PERCENT
OF
OF SLING
CHOKE
RATED
IN
CAPACITY
DEGREES APPLICABLE
Cable Laid Grommets have six wire
ropes laid helically around a wire rope
core, with ends joined either by a handtucked or a mechanical splice to form an
endless body. Highly flexible, they resist
kinks and are easy to handle. Minimum
circumference of the sling is 96 times the
grommet body diameter.
120-180
90-119
60-89
30-59
0-29
When a choke is drawn down tight against a
load, or a side pull is exerted resulting in an
angle of less than 120 degrees, an
adjustment must be made for further
reduction of the sling rated capacity.
Hand-Tucked
Continuous Construction
...made from one
continuous wire rope
No. 21 B
Mechanical Splice
7 Parts of Wire Rope in the
Sling Body
No. 15 B
Rated Capacity - Tons (2,000 Lbs.)
Rated Capacity - Tons (2,000 Lbs.)
BASKET HITCHES
BASKET HITCHES
EIP
Finished
Component Sling
Rope
Body
Dia. (in.)
Dia. (in.)
Finished
Sling
Body
Vert.
Choker Vertical
30°
45°
60°
Dia. (in.)
7 x 7 x 7 GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT CABLE
1/8
3/16
7/32
3/8
9/16
5/8
1.6
3.5
4.5
1.0
2.3
2.9
3.2
6.9
9.0
1.6
3.5
4.5
3/4
5.6
15/16
8.7
1-1/8
12
1-5/16 17
1-1/2
21
1-11/16 27
1-7/8
33
2-1/4
46
2-5/8
62
3
79
3-3/8
98
3-3/4 119
HEADQUARTERS: 55
3.6
5.6
8.0
11
14
17
21
30
40
51
64
77
11
17
25
33
43
53
66
92
123
158
196
237
Vert.
Choker Vertical
30°
45°
60°
1.2
2.5
4.3
6.4
1.4
3.1
5.3
7.9
7 x 7 x 19 CONSTRUCTION
2.2
4.9
6.4
12.8
6.0
7.8
5.6
7.9
8.7 12
12
17
17
23
21
30
27
38
33
46
46
65
62
87
79
112
98
138
119
168
9.7
15
21
29
37
46
57
80
107
137
170
205
7 X 6 X 9 AND 7 X 6 X 37 - EIP
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
100%
87%
74%
62%
49%
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
.83
1.8
3.0
4.6
.54
1.2
2.0
3.0
1.7
3.6
6.1
9.1
7 x 6 x 19 AND 7 x 6 x 37 - EIP CONSTRUCTION
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
6.2
8.3
11
13
16
18
22
25
28
4.1
5.4
6.8
8.4
10
12
14
16
18
12
17
21
26
31
37
43
50
56
6.2
8.3
11
13
16
18
22
25
28
8.8
12
15
18
22
26
31
36
40
11
14
18
22
27
32
38
44
49
Rated Capacities Basket Hitch and vertical lift based on
D/d ratio of 5 when "d" is diameter of the finished grommet.
Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no smaller than
5 times the body diameter.
Rated capacities based on design factor of 5.
Sling angles of less than 30 degrees shall not be used.
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
36
.83
1.8
3.0
4.6
www.hanessupply.com
Grommet Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
STRAND LAID GROMMET WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Strand Laid Grommets have either a wire rope body, or
a body of six strands laid helically around a strand core,
with either a hand tucked or a mechanical splice to form
an endless sling body. Minimum circumference of the
sling is 96 times the grommet body diameter.
Hand Tucked
Continuous Construction
...made from one
continuous strand
No. 11B
Mechanical Splice
7 Parts of Wire Rope
in the Sling Body
No. 14B
Rated Capacity - Tons (2,000 Lbs.)
7 x 19 AND 7 x 37 CLASS - IPS
Rated Capacity - Tons (2,000 Lbs.)
6 x 19 AND 6 x 37 CLASS - IPS - IWRC
BASKET HITCHES
BASKET HITCHES
SLING
SLING
BODY
BODY
DIA.
*
CHOKER
DIA.
(IN)
1.2
1.9
2.7
.85
1.3
1.9
1/4
5/16
3/8
.92
1.4
2.0
.64
1.0
1.4
1.8
2.9
4.1
1.6
2.5
3.5
1.3
2.0
2.9
.92
1.4
2.0
4.5
5.8
7.3
3.6
4.7
6.0
2.6
3.3
4.2
7/16
1/2
9/16
2.8
3.6
4.5
1.9
2.5
3.2
5.5
7.2
9.0
4.8
6.2
7.8
3.9
5.1
6.4
2.8
3.6
4.5
10.
15.
20.
9.0
13.
17.
7.4
10.
14.
5.2
7.4
10.
5/8
3/4
7/8
5.6
8.
11.
3.9
5.6
7.6
11.
16.
22.
9.7
14.
19.
7.9
11.
15.
5.6
8.
11.
9.1
11.
14.
26.
32.
39.
22.
28.
34.
18.
23.
28.
13.
16.
20.
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
14.
18.
22.
9.8
12.
15.
28.
35.
43.
24.
31.
38.
20.
25.
31.
14.
18.
22.
23.
27.
31.
16.
19.
22.
46.
54.
62.
40.
47.
54.
33.
38.
44.
23.
27.
31.
1-3/8
1-1/2
1 -5/8
26.
31.
36.
18.
22.
25.
52.
62.
72.
45.
53.
62.
37.
44.
51.
26.
31.
36.
1-3/4
1-7/8
2
36.
41.
46.
25.
28.
32.
72.
81.
92.
62.
70.
79.
51.
57.
65.
36.
41.
46.
1-3/4
1-7/8
2
41.
47.
54.
29.
33.
38.
83.
95.
107.
72.
82.
93.
59.
67.
76.
41.
47.
54.
2-1/8
2-1/4
2-3/8
51.
56.
62.
36.
39.
44.
102.
113.
124.
88.
98.
108.
72.
80.
88.
51.
56.
62.
2-1/8
2-1/4
2-3/8
60.
67.
75.
42.
47.
52.
120.
134.
149.
104.
116.
129.
85.
95.
105.
60.
67.
75.
2-1/2
2-3/4
3
68.
81.
94.
47.
56.
66.
136.
161.
189.
117.
140.
163.
96.
114.
133.
68.
81.
94.
2-1/2
2-3/4
3
82.
98.
115.
57.
69.
81.
163.
196.
231.
142.
170.
200.
116.
139.
163.
82.
98.
115.
VERT.
1/4
5/16
3/8
.85
1.3
1.9
.60
.93
1.3
1.7
2.7
3.8
1.5
2.3
3.3
7/16
1/2
9/16
2.6
3.3
4.2
1.8
2.3
2.9
5.2
6.7
8.4
5/8
3/4
7/8
5.2
7.4
10.
3.6
5.2
7.0
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
13
16.
20.
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
450
*
CHOKER VERTICAL
300
VERTICAL
600
(IN)
VERT.
600
450
300
Rated Capacities Basket Hitch and vertical lift based on D/d ratio of 5 when "d" is
diameter of the finished grommet.
Rated Capacities based on pin diamter no smaller than 5 times the body diameter.
Sling angles of less than 30 degrees shall not be used.
*See Choker Hitch Rated Capacity Adjustment chart.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
37
www.hanessupply.com
2 Leg Wire Rope Bridles
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
No. 200 Series
Slings are 2-leg allpurpose bridles,
designed for general
lifting purposes where
attachment may be
made directly to the
load, such as hooking
into lifing eyes or
placing loops over lugs.
Dia.
of
Wire
Rope
(in)
Min.
Length
(SL) Of
Sling
(ft.- in.)
Rated Capacities (tons)
IPS-IWRC
60°
45°
30°
Alloy
Oblong
Links
Dia.
(in)
Rated Capacities (tons)
EIPS-IWRC
60°
45°
30°
1/4
5/16
3/8
1-3
1-6
1-8
.97
1.50
2.10
.79
1.30
1.80
.56
.87
1.20
1/2
1/2
3/4
1.10
1.70
2.50
.91
1.50
2.00
.65
1.00
1.40
7/16
1/2
9/16
1 - 10
2-0
2-2
3.00
3.80
4.90
2.50
3.10
4.00
1.70
2.20
2.70
3/4
3/4
1
3.50
4.40
5.60
2.80
3.60
4.60
2.00
2.50
3.10
5/8
3/4
7/8
2-4
2-9
3-3
5.90
8.40
11.00
4.80
6.90
9.30
3.40
4.90
6.60
1
1-1/4
1-1/4
6.80
9.70
13.00
5.50
7.90
11.00
3.90
5.60
7.60
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
3-6
4-0
4-6
15.00
18.00
22.00
12.00
15.00
18.00
8.50
10.00
13.00
1-1/2
1-3/4
1-3/4
17.00
21.00
26.00
14.00
17.00
21.00
9.80
12.00
15.00
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
5-0
5-6
6-0
27.00
32.00
38.00
22.00
26.00
31.00
15.00
18.00
20.00
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
31.00
36.00
43.00
25.00
30.00
35.00
18.00
21.00
23.00
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
6-6
8-0
8-9
10 - 0
43.00
55.00
69.00
84.00
35.00
45.00
56.00
68.00
25.00
32.00
40.00
48.00
2-1/2
2-3/4
3-1/4
3-3/4
49.00
63.00
79.00
97.00
40.00
52.00
65.00
79.00
28.00
37.00
46.00
56.00
For approximate capacities using Fibre Core IPS: deduct 10% from IPS-IWRC strengths.
For approximate capacities on Hand Braided Slings: deduct 15% from corresponding mechanically
swaged strengths.
For approximate capacities on Socket Attachments: add 5% to corresponding IWRC swaged
strengths.
200 FL
200 CT
2 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and
Flemish Loops on Bottom.
2 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and
Crescent Thimble on Bottom.
200 HT
200 OS
2 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Bottom.
2 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and Open
Swage Socket on Bottom.
200 EH
200 CS
2 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and Eye
Hoist Hooks Safety Latches on
Bottom.
2 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and Closed
Swage Socket on Bottom.
200 SPA
200 BAS
2 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and Bolt
Anchor Shackle on Bottom.
2 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and Screw
Pin Anchor Shackle on Bottom.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
38
www.hanessupply.com
3 Leg Wire Rope Bridles
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
No. 300 Series
Slings are 3-leg allpurpose bridles,
generally recommended
for handling unbalanced
loads.
Dia.
of
Wire
Rope
(in)
Min.
Length
(SL) Of
Sling
(ft.- in.)
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
1-3
1-6
1-8
1 - 10
2-0
2-2
2-4
2-9
3-3
3-6
4-0
4-6
5-0
5-6
6-0
6-6
8-0
8-9
10 - 0
Rated Capacities (tons)
IPS-IWRC
60°
45°
30°
Alloy
Oblong
Links
Dia.
(in)
1.40
2.30
3.20
4.40
5.70
7.10
8.80
13.00
17.00
22.00
27.00
33.00
40.00
47.00
53.00
64.00
83.00
103.00
126.00
1.20
1.80
2.60
3.60
4.60
5.80
7.20
10.00
14.00
18.00
22.00
27.00
33.00
39.00
43.00
52.00
67.00
84.00
102.00
.84
1.30
1.90
2.50
3.30
4.10
5.10
7.30
9.90
13.00
16.00
18.00
22.00
26.00
31.00
35.00
46.00
58.00
72.00
1/2
3/4
3/4
1
1
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
3
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
Rated Capacities (tons)
EIPS-IWRC
60°
45°
1.60
2.60
3.70
5.10
6.60
8.30
10.00
14.00
20.00
25.00
31.00
38.00
46.00
55.00
61.00
73.00
95.00
118.00
145.00
1.40
2.10
3.00
4.10
5.30
6.80
8.30
12.00
16.00
21.00
25.00
31.00
38.00
45.00
49.00
60.00
76.00
96.00
118.00
30°
.97
1.50
2.20
2.90
3.80
4.70
5.90
8.40
11.00
15.00
18.00
21.00
25.00
30.00
36.00
40.00
53.00
67.00
84.00
For approximate capacities using Fibre Core IPS: deduct 10% from IPS-IWRC strengths.
For approximate capacities on Hand Braided Slings: deduct 15% from corresponding
mechanically swaged strengths.
For approximate capacities on Socket Attachments: add 5% to corresponding IWRC swaged
strengths.
300 FL
300 CT
3 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and
Flemish Loops on Bottom.
3 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and
Crescent Thimble on Bottom.
300 HT
300 OS
3 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and
Heavy Duty Thimbles on
Bottom.
3 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and Open
Swage Socket on Bottom.
300 CS
300 EH
3 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and Closed
Swage Socket on Bottom.
3 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and Eye
Hoist Hooks Safety Latches on
Bottom.
300 BAS
300 SPA
3 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and Bolt
Anchor Shackle on Bottom.
3 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and
Screw Pin Anchor Shackle on
Bottom.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
39
www.hanessupply.com
4 Leg Wire Rope Bridles
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
No. 400 Series
Slings are 4-leg allpurpose bridles, used
both for balanced &
unbalanced loads and
for heavier loads where
design calls for more
distribution of weight by
the use of attachment at
four points.
Dia.
of
Wire
Rope
(in)
Min.
Length
(SL) Of
Sling
(ft.- in.)
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
1-3
1-6
1-8
1 - 10
2-0
2-2
2-4
2-9
3-3
3-6
4-0
4-6
5-0
5-6
6-0
6-6
8-0
8-9
10 - 0
Rated Capacities (tons)
IPS-IWRC
45°
30°
Alloy
Oblong
Links
Dia.
(in)
1.60
2.50
3.50
4.80
6.20
7.80
9.60
14.00
18.00
24.00
29.00
26.00
44.00
52.00
61.00
69.00
90.00
112.00
136.00
1.10
1.70
2.40
3.40
4.40
5.40
6.80
9.80
13.00
17.00
20.00
26.00
30.00
36.00
40.00
50.00
64.00
80.00
96.00
1/2
3/4
1.
1
1-1/4
1-1/4
1-1/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
2-1/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
3-1/4
3-3/4
3-3/4
4-1/2
4-1/2
Call
Call
60°
1.90
3.00
4.30
5.80
7.60
9.50
12.00
17.00
23.00
29.00
36.00
44.00
53.00
63.00
74.00
85.00
110.00
138.00
168.00
Rated Capacities (tons)
EIPS-IWRC
60°
45°
30°
2.20
3.50
5.00
6.70
8.70
11.00
13.00
18.00
26.00
34.00
42.00
51.00
61.00
73.00
85.00
98.00
126.00
158.00
194.00
1.80
2.80
4.00
5.50
7.10
9.00
11.00
16.00
21.00
28.00
34.00
42.00
50.00
60.00
70.00
80.00
104.00
130.00
158.00
1.30
2.00
2.80
4.00
5.00
6.20
7.80
11.00
15.00
20.00
24.00
30.00
36.00
42.00
46.00
56.00
74.00
92.00
112.00
For approximate capacities using Fibre Core IPS: deduct 10% from IPS-IWRC strengths.
For approximate capacities on Hand Braided Slings: deduct 15% from corresponding
mechanically swaged strengths.
For approximate capacities on Socket Attachments: add 5% to corresponding IWRC swaged
strengths.
400 FL
400 CT
4 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and
Flemish Loops on Bottom.
4 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and
Crescent Thimble on Bottom.
400 HT
400 OS
4 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and
Heavy Duty Thimbles on
Bottom.
4 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and Open
Swage Socket on Bottom.
400 CS
400 EH
4 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and Closed
Swage Socket on Bottom.
4 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and Eye
Hoist Hooks Safety Latches on
Bottom.
400 BAS
400 SPA
4 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and Bolt
Anchor Shackle on Bottom.
4 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy
Duty Thimbles on Top and
Screw Pin Anchor Shackle on
Bottom.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
40
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Rope Bridle End Fittings
Chain Specifications
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
PERTINENT DIMENSIONS FOR END FITTINGS FOR NO. 200, 300 & 400 SERIES SLINGS
Diam.
Of
Wire
Rope
(in)
Standard
Loop Inside
Heavy Duty
Thimble Inside
Alloy
Carbon
Hook
Shackle Size (in)
Size
(tons)
For
For
IPS & EIPS IPS
EIPS
W
(in)
L
(in)
W
(in)
L
(in)
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
5
6
7
8
9
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
18
7/8
1-1/16
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-7/8
1-5/8
1-7/8
2-1/8
2-3/8
2-3/4
2-3/4
3-1/4
3-3/4
4-1/4
4-1/2
5-1/8
1
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
5
7
11
11
15
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-3/4
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-3/4
4
10
11
12
13
14
16
18
20
22
24
–
–
–
–
20
22
24
26
28
32
36
40
44
48
–
–
–
–
2-7/8
3-1/2
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
6
7
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
5-1/8
6-1/4
6-1/4
8
9
12
14
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
15
22
22
30
30
37
45
60
–
–
–
–
–
–
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
2
2-1/2
2-1/2
3
3
3
3-1/2
3-1/2
4
Half Thimble
Inside Loop
Size (tons)
W
L
(in)
(in)
Open
Swage Socket
Closed
Swage Socket
Head
Pin.
Jaw
Hole. Thickness
Dia. (in) Opening (in) Dia. (in)
(in)
6 x 19 WITH IWRC
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4
1-1/4
–
–
2
2-1/4
2-1/4
2-1/4
3-1/4
3-1/4
4-1/2
4-1/2
4-5/8
–
–
4
5
5-1/2
5-1/2
7
9
10-1/2
12
13-1/2
11/16
13/16
13/16
1
1
1-3/16
1-3/16
1-3/8
1-5/8
2
2-1/4
11/16
13/16
13/16
1
1
1-1/4
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
3/4
7/8
7/8
1-1/16
1-1/16
1-1/4
1-1/4
1-7/16
1-11/16
2-1/16
2-5/16
1/2
11/16
11/16
7/8
7/8
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-5/16
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
15
17
18
18
21-1/2
24-1/2
25-1/2
26-1/2
30
32
–
–
–
–
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-3/4
3-1/2
3-1/2
3-3/4
4-1/4
4-1/4
–
–
–
–
–
–
2-1/2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
3-1/2
4
4-1/4
4-1/4
–
–
–
–
–
–
2-9/16
2-9/16
2-13/16
3-9/16
3-9/16
3-13/16
4-5/16
4-5/16
–
–
–
–
–
–
2-1/4
2-1/4
2-1/2
3
3
3-1/4
4
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
6 x 37 WITH IWRC
1-1/2
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
2
2-1/2
2-1/2
3
3
3
3-1/2
3-1/2
4
4
WORKING NOMINAL INSIDE LINK
WGT.
CHAIN SIZE
LOAD LIMIT
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
PER 100 FT
INCHES
DECIMAL
(LBS)*
LENGTH
WIDTH
(LBS)
CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS
CM GRADE 30 PROOF COIL CHAIN
Low carbon steel utility chain with a wide range of
general purpose uses. Self-colored finish. Links
embossed every 10 inches with date code and grade
appearing alternately. Also available in Hot
Galvanized or Bright Zinc finish.
CM GRADE 43 HIGH TEST CHAIN
Made from a selected analysis carbon steel to provide
higher tensile strength and working load limits, as well
as better resistance to wear. Bright (polished) finish.
Links embossed every 10 inches with date code and
grade appearing alternately. Also available in Hot
Galvanized or Bright Zinc finish.
CM GRADE GRADE 70
TRANSPORT (BINDING) CHAIN
Significantly higher tensile strength for all load
binding and tie down applications, which permits you
to hold a given load with the next smaller size chain
than Grade 43. This increased strength-to-weight
ratio means lower costs and a lighter chain, for easier
storage and handling. Gold finish. Links embossed
every 10 inches with date code and grade appearing
alternately.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
5-1/2
6
6-1/2
6-1/2
7
7
8-1/2
8-1/2
10
10
–
–
–
–
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
.218
.276
.327
.390
.468
.531
.656
.787
1.031
800
1,300
1,900
2,650
3,700
4,500
6,900
10,600
17,900
.95
1.00
1.10
1.23
1.37
1.50
1.87
2.12
2.75
.40
.47
.50
.62
.75
.81
1.00
1.12
1.50
38
66
98
144
210
278
422
628
1,069
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
.281
.327
.390
.468
.531
.656
.781
.875
1.000
2,600
3,900
5,400
7,200
9,200
13,000
20,200
24,500
34,100
1.00
1.10
1.23
1.37
1.50
1.87
2.12
2.25
2.75
.47
.50
.62
.75
.81
1.00
1.12
1.14
1.50
71
98
144
210
278
422
606
776
1,050
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
.281
.327
.406
.468
.531
3,150
4,700
6,600
8,750
11,300
.84
.98
1.14
1.33
1.43
.47
.46
.54
.62
.72
74
100
156
204
259
*WARNING! DO NOT EXCEED WORKING LOAD LIMIT.
BINDER CHAIN ASSEMBLIES AVAILABLE IN GRADE 43, 70 & 80
AND A VARIETY OF SIZES AND LENGTHS
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
41
www.hanessupply.com
Chain Sling Assembly
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
GRADE 80 CHAIN SLING ASSEMBLY
BASIC TYPES OF CHAIN SLINGS
Basic types of chain slings are dsignated throughout the
industry by the following symbols:
First Symbol (basic type):
S - Single chain sling with master link and hook, or hook at each end.
C - Choker chain sling with master link on each end; no hooks.
D - Double chain sling with standard master link and hooks.
T - Triple chain sling with standard master link and hooks
Q - Quadruple chain sling with master link and hooks.
Second Symbol (type of master link or end link):
O - Oblong master link – Recommended standard for all types.
P - Pear shaped master link – Available on request.
Third Symbol (type of hook):
S - Sling hook
G - Grab hook
F - Foundry hook
L - Latchlok hook
Sling tags are coded with numerals 1 through 4 to reflect number of branches
in sling. Additional coding is defined as follows:
AS - Adjustable sling
ES - Endless single
SAL - Single adjustable loop
AD - Adjustable double
Type TOS
SB - Single Basket
ED - Endless double
DAL - Double adjustable loop
DB - Double basket
HOW TO SELECT & ORDER THE PROPER CHAIN SLING
1. Determine the weight and configuration of the load(s) to be
lifted.
MASTER
OBLONG
LINK
4. Determine the reach required to give the desired angle. The
reach is measured from the upper bearing surface of the
master link to the bearing surface of the lower attachment.
If chain slings are to be used in pairs and are to be matched
for reach, please indicate when ordering.
5. Be sure to specify type, size and reach when ordering chain
slings. For specifications on additional hooks, attachments
and accessories, refer to the following pages.
S RE
CH A
SLING HOOK
REA
3. Determine the size of the body chain according to the
working load limits. Be sure to take into consideration the
effect of the required angle.
*Working load limit: The working load limit is the maximum
load in pounds which should ever be applied to chain, even
when chain is new, and when load is uniformly applied in
direct tension to a straight length of chain.
QUIR
ED
2. Determine the type of chain sling required, according to
weight and configuration. (refer to the following pages)
ANGLE
LOAD
Note: Angle to the load on multiple leg slings will be 60° or
greater as long as the distance between lifting eyes of load
is NOT greater than reach shown on Identification Tag.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
42
www.hanessupply.com
Alloy Chain Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
CM HERC-ALLOY 800® SINGLE CHAIN SLINGS
A higher strength heat treated alloy steel chain, CM
grade 80 Herc-Alloy 800 chain is primarily used as a
sling component for overhead lifting, but can be used in
rigging and tie down applications where a lighter weight
high strength chain is desirable. Recommended for
overhead lifting by NACM, ANSI, & OSHA.
Before shipment, all CM Herc-Alloy 800 chain slings
undergo a succession of demanding quality control
checks. Every sling is proof tested, registered and
guaranteed for one year to be free from defects in
materials and workmanship. A durable metal tag
attached to the sling permanently identifies the grade,
type, working load limit (at a specific angle of lift) and
registration number of the sling.
CM grade 80 Herc-Alloy 800 chain slings and
attachments are manufactured from special analysis
alloy steel, engineered for a superior combination of
strength, lightness and durability.
Chain slings are used primarily for overhead lifting and
are generally used in conjunction with a crane or some
type of lifting device. Standard sling configurations
consist of chain branches which are affixed on one end
to a master link or ring with some type of attachment,
usually a hook, affixed to the opposite end.
All Herc-Alloy 800 chain and attachments are black
finish and/or color coded orange for easy, permanent
identification. The chain is embossed with the grade
(HA-800) and trace code.
HERC-ALLOY 800® CHAIN AND ATTACHMENTS CONVERSION TABLE
CHAIN SIZE
HOOK SIZE DESIGNATION AND MARKINGS
Fraction (in)
Decimal (in)
Metric (mm)
Sling
7/32
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4
.218
.281
.394
.512
.630
.787
.875
1.024
1.260
5.5
7.0
10.0
13.0
16.0
20.0
22.0
26.0
32.0
HA22
HA220
HA250
HA280
HA290
HA300
HA320
HA330
HA350
Cradle Grab*
Flat Grab
10 M
HA 9/32
HA 3/8
HA 1/2
HA 5/8
HA 3/4
HA 7/8
HA 1
HA 1-1/4
10M
HA1
HA3
HA5
HA6
HA7
HA8
HA9
HA11
Foundry
Latchlok
–
HA498
HA499
HA500
HA501
HA502
HA503
HA504
HA505
–
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
–
–
–
CM HERC-ALLOY 800® CHAIN SIZES AND WORKING LOAD LIMITS
90°
60°
45°
30°
60°
45°
30°
NOMINAL
DIMENSIONS
(IN)
WORKING LOAD LIMITS (LBS)
CHAIN SIZE
(IN)
(MM)
PRODUCT SINGLE
CODE
90°
DOUBLE
60°
TRIPLE & QUAD
45°
30°
60°
45°
30°
INSIDE INSIDE
LENGTH WIDTH
APPROX. APPROX.
NO.
WEIGHT
LINKS PER 100FT.
PER FT.
(LBS)
7/32
5.5
607020
2,100
3,600
3,000
2,100
5,450
4,450
3,150
.671
.296
17.9
9/32
7.0
607028
3,500
6,100
4,900
3,500
9,100
7,400
5,200
.868
.395
13.8
44.7
74.2
3/8
10.0
607037
7,100
12,300
10,000
7,100
18,400
15,100
10,600
1.222
.572
9.8
145.9
1/2
13.0
607050
12,000
20,800
17,000
12,000
31,200
25,500
18,000
1.101
.720
8.5
257.7
5/8
16.0
607062
18,100
31,300
25,600
18,100
47,000
38,400
27,100
1.733
.854
6.9
387.3
3/4
20.0
607075
28,300
49,000
40,000
28,300
73,500
60,000
42,400
2.160
1.052
5.5
622.0
7/8
22.0
607087
34,200
59,200
48,400
34,200
88,900
72,500
51,300
2.250
1.137
5.3
776.4
1
26.0
607101
47,700
82,600
67,400
47,700
123,900
101,200
71,500
2.664
1.348
4.5
995.4
1-1/4
32.0
607128
72,300
125,200
102,200
72,300
187,800
153,400
108,400
3.250
1.656
3.7
1,570.9
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
43
www.hanessupply.com
Chain Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
CARE, USE AND INSPECTION
The life and strength of CM Herc-Alloy 800 chain slings depends
on proper inspection, maintenance and use. For additional
information, refer to ANSI B30.9 and OSHA 1920.184.
• Mark plainly with paint each link or attachment showing any of
the conditions listed here to indicate rejection; remove from
service until properly repaired.
CARE
Chain requires careful storage and regular maintenance.
• Store chains on an A frame in a clean, dry place.
• To avoid corrosion, oil chaines before prolonged storage.
• Do not heat CM Herc-Alloy 800 chain; this will alter its thermal
treatment
• Do not plate or change surface finish of chain. Contact CM
for special requirements.
WEAR ALLOWANCES OF CM HERC-ALLOY 800 CHAIN
Measure cross section at link ends to determine wear. If chain
is worn to less than the minimum allowable thickness, remove
from service.
Maximum
Minimum Thickness
Allowable Wear
Allowable at
MM
Inches
(inches)
Link Ends (inches)*
USE
To protect both operators and materials, observe these
precautions when using chain slings:
• Before use, inspect chain and attachments following the
instructions under "Inspection" below.
• Do not exceed working load limit. Any of the factors listed
here can reduce the load the chain will hold:
• Acceleration in rate of load to application – can produce
dangerous overloading.
• Variation in the angle of the load to the sling – as the
angle decreases, the working load of the sling will
increase.
• Twisting, knotting or kinking – subjects links to unusual
loading, decreasing the working load of the sling.
• Use for purposes other than those for which slings are
intended – can reduce the working load of the sling.
• Free chain of all twists, knots and kinks.
• Center load in hook(s); hook latches must not support load.
• Avoid sudden jerks when lifting and lowering.
• Balance all loads; avoid tipping of loads.
• Use pads around sharp corners.
• Do not drop load on chains.
• Match the size and working load limit of attachments such as
hooks or rings to the size and working load limit of the chain.
• For overhead lifting, use only alloy chain and attachments
(grade 80).
5.5
7/32
––––
11/64 (.171)
7.0
9/32
3/64 (.046)
13/64 (.203)
10.0
3/8
5/64 (.078)
18/64 (.281)
13.0
1/2
7/64 (.109)
22/64 (.343)
16.0
5/8
9/64 (.140)
27/64 (.421)
20.0
3/4
10/64 (.156)
34/64 (.531)
22.0
7/8
11/64 (.171)
40/64 (3625)
26.0
1
12/64 (.187)
47/64 (.734)
32.0
1-1/4
16/64 (.250)
58/64 (.906)
*Applies to CM Herc-Alloy 800 chain only.
USE OF CHAIN UNDER HEAT CONDITIONS
When the chain itself is heated to temperatures shown here,
working load limits should be reduced as indicated.
Temperature
of Chain
Reduction in
Permanent
Reduction In
Working Load Limit1
While Heated
Working Load Limit2
500°F
600°F
700°F
800°F
900°F
1000°F
INSPECTION
none
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
none
none
none
none
10%
15%
1While
2When
It is important both to inspect chain slings regularly and to keep
a record of all chain inspections. Follow this guide for such an
inspection system.
• Before inspecting, clean chains with a non-acid/non-causic
solvent so that marks, nicks, wear and other defects are
visible.
• Inspect each link for these conditions:
• Twists or bends.
• Nicks or gouges.
• Excessive wear at bearing points.
• Stretch.
• Distorted or damaged master links, coupling links or
attachments, especially spread in throat opening of hooks.
chain is at temperature shown in first column.
chain is used at room temperature after having
been heated to temperatures shown in first column.
CERTIFICATE OF TEST AND IDENTIFICATION
The identification tag found on the master coupling link of each
chain sling contains this information:
•
•
•
•
Grade
• Size
Reach
• Type
Working load limit (at a specific angle of lift)
Serial number
CM CHAIN INSPECTION PROGRAMS
CM provides chain users with a wide range of informative materials and instructive programs on chain and chain inspection. Our
coloful chain safety proster/chart and our fact-filled booklet. "CM Lifting, Pulling & Binding Products Manual PMC-10," are available on
request.
CM Chain Clinics on proper chain use, care and inspection are conducted at our headquarters in Amherst, New York, and in plants
across the country. Video cassette training programs, slide and film presentations and in-plant chain sling inspections are also
available.
CM education programs are designed to promote the proper use of all CM products, and to assist users in complying with OSHA
regulations.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
44
www.hanessupply.com
Chain Sling Specifications
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
REACH
SINGLE
CHAIN
SLINGS
TYPE SOG
GRAB HOOK
TYPE SOG
CLEVLOCK
GRAB HOOK
TYPE SOS
CLEVLOCK
SLING HOOK
TYPE SOF
FOUNDRY
HOOK
TYPE SOS
SLING
HOOK
TYPE SOL
LATCHLOK
HOOK
REACH
DOUBLE
CHAIN
SLINGS
TYPE DOS
CLEVLOK
SLING HOOK
TYPE DOG
CLEVLOK
GRAB HOOK
TYPE DOF
FOUNDRY
HOOK
TYPE DOS
TYPE DOG
GRAB HOOK
TRIPLE
& QUAD
CHAIN
SLINGS
RE
AC
H
SINGLE
BASKET
TYPE OOS
DOUBLE BASKET
SINGLE
ADJUSTABLE LOOP
CHAIN SLING
RE
AC
H
TYPE TOS
DOUBLE
ADJUSTABLE LOOP
CHAIN SLING
SINGLE ADJUSTABLE
LOOP - STYLE A
HEADQUARTERS: 55
DOUBLE ADJUSTABLE
LOOP - STYLE A
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
45
www.hanessupply.com
Chain Sling Saddle Rings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
ALLOWS ADJUSTMENT OF CHAIN REACH
United States Patent #4,241,575
Canadian Patent #1,086,510 British Patent #2,029,370
SAME STRENGTH AS STANDARD CHAIN SLINGS,
ONLY MORE ECONOMICAL
SYSTEM
10
10
10
10
10
10
8
8
8
CHAIN
SIZE
INCHES
SINGLE
BRANCH
SLING
90 DEGREE
LOADING
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
4,300
8,800
15,000
22,600
35,300
42,700
47,700
72,300
80,000
HEADQUARTERS: 55
TRIPLE AND QUADRUPLE SLING
DOUBLE SLING
60°
7,500
15,200
26,000
39,000
61,100
74,000
82,600
125,200
138,600
45°
30°
CHAIN
SIZE
INCHES
6,100
12,400
21,200
32,000
49,900
60,400
67,400
102,200
113,100
4,300
8,800
15,000
22,000
35,300
42,700
47,700
72,300
80,000
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
60°
45°
30°
11,200
22,800
39,000
58,700
91,700
110,900
123,900
187,800
—
9,100
18,600
31,800
47,900
74,900
90,600
101,200
153,400
—
6,450
13,200
22,500
33,900
53,000
64,000
71,500
108,400
—
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
46
www.hanessupply.com
Chain Slings - Single
Types S & C
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
CM GRADE 80 SINGLE CHAIN SLING TYPE S & C
OBLONG MASTER LINK
WORKING
CHAIN SIZE
(IN.) (MM)
7/32
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4
5.5
7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32
WORKING
LOAD LIMIT
(LBS)*
DIAMETER
LINK
NUMBER
2,100
3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200
47,700
72,300
HA40
HA50
HA75
HA100
HA100
HA125
HA150
HA175
HA200
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
DIAMETER
INSIDE
INSIDE
MATERIAL
WIDTH
LENGTH
A
B
C
13/32
1/2
3/4
1
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
1-1/2
2-1/2
2-3/4
3-1/2
3-1/2
4-3/8
5-1/4
6
7
APPROX. WT.
(LBS)
TYPE SOS
5 FT. REACH
3
5
5-1/2
7
7
8-3/4
10-1/2
12
14
4
5
10
18
25
38
54
76
116
B
REACH
A
C
SOS
SLING
HOOK
SOG
GRAB
HOOK
SOF
FOUNDRY
HOOK
SOL
LATCHLOK
CO
CM GRADE 100 SINGLE CHAIN SLING TYPE S & C
OBLONG MASTER LINK
WORKING
CHAIN SIZE
(IN.) (MM)
7/32
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
5.5
7
10
13
16
20
WORKING
LOAD LIMIT
(LBS)*
DIAMETER
LINK
NUMBER
2,700
4,300
8,800
15,000
22,600
35,300
HA40
HA50
HA75
HA100
HA100
HA125
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
DIAMETER
INSIDE
INSIDE
MATERIAL
WIDTH
LENGTH
A
B
C
13/32
1/2
3/4
1
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2-1/2
2-3/4
3-1/2
3-1/2
4-3/8
3
5
5-1/2
7
7
8-3/4
APPROX. WT.
(LBS)
TYPE SOS
5 FT. REACH
4
5
10
18
25
38
Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained
persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated
capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
47
www.hanessupply.com
Chain Slings - Grade 80 Alloy
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
DOUBLE CHAIN SLING TYPE D
B
REACH
A C
DOS
SLING
HOOKS
DOF
FOUNDRY
HOOKS
DOG
GRAB
HOOKS
DOL
LATCHLOK
HOOKS
OBLONG MASTER LINK
DIA.
MATERIAL
A
INSIDE
WIDTH
B
INSIDE
LENGTH
C
APPROX
WT.
(LBS.)
TYPE
DOS
5' REACH
HA40
HA50
HA75
13/32
1/2
3/4
1-1/2
2-1/2
2-3/4
3
5
5-1/2
8
9
18
12,000
18,100
28,300
HA100
HA125
HA150
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
3-1/2
4-3/8
5-1/4
7
8-3/4
10-1/2
31
49
71
34,200
47,700
72,300
HA175
HA200
HA225
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
6
7
8
12
14
16
98
132
221
DIMENSIONS (IN)
CHAIN SIZE
WORKING LOAD LIMIT (LBS)
(IN)
(MM)
60°
45°
30°
7/32
9/32
3/8
5.5
7
10
3,600
6,100
12,300
3,000
4,900
10,000
2,100
3,500
7,100
1/2
5/8
3/4
13
16
20
20,800
31,300
49,000
17,000
25,600
40,000
7/8
1
1-1/4
22
26
32
59,200
82,600
125,200
48,400
67,400
102,200
MASTER
LINK
NO.
TRIPLE & QUAD CHAIN SLING TYPE T & Q
Safety note: A quad branch
chain sling usually does not
sustain loads with even
distribution to its four
branches, especially when
loads are of rigid structure.
Therefore,
maximum
working load limits are set
at the same values as for
triple branch chain slings of
equal quality and size and
used with branches at the
same angle of inclination.
B
B
H
AC
RE
TOS
SLING
HOOKS
A
C
RE
AC
H
C
A
OBLONG MASTER LINK SUB-ASSEMBLY
APPROX. WT.
(LBS)
(IN)
(MM)
60°
45°
30°
MASTER
LINK SUB
ASSEMBLY
NO.
7/32
9/32
3/8
5.5
7
10
5,450
9,100
18,400
4,450
7,400
15,100
3,150
5,200
10,600
HA50-SA
HA75-SA
HA100-SA
1/2
3/4
1
2-1/2
2-3/4
3-1/2
5
5-1/2
7
12
14
28
16
18
36
1/2
5/8
3/4
13
16
20
31,200
47,000
73,500
25,500
38,400
60,000
18,000
27,100
42,400
HA125-SA
HA150-SA
HA175-SA
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
4-3/8
5-1/4
6
8-3/4
10-1/2
12
50
79
112
62
97
137
7/8
1
1-1/4
22
26
32
88,900
123,900
187,800
72,500
101,200
153,400
51,300
71,500
108,400
HA200-SA
HA225-SA
HA275-SA
2
2-1/4
2-3/4
7
8
9
14
16
16
155
215
348
188
260
421
CHAIN SIZE
HEADQUARTERS: 55
WLL (LBS)*
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
DIMENSIONS (IN)
DIA.
INSIDE
INSIDE
MATERIAL WIDTH
LENGTH
A
B
C
QOS
SLING
HOOKS
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
48
TYPE
TOS
REACH
TYPE
QOS 5’
REACH
www.hanessupply.com
Chain Slings - Grade 100 Alloy
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
DOUBLE CHAIN SLING TYPE D
B
REACH
A C
DOS
SLING
HOOKS
DOF
FOUNDRY
HOOKS
DOG
GRAB
HOOKS
OBLONG MASTER LINK
60°
45°
30°
PRODUCT
CODE
DIA.
MATERIAL
A
INSIDE
WIDTH
B
INSIDE
LENGTH
C
APPROX
WT.
(LBS.)
TYPE
DOS
5' REACH
4,700
7,400
15,200
26,000
39,100
61,100
3,800
6,100
12,400
21,200
32,000
49,900
2,700
4,300
8,800
15,000
22,600
35,300
555231
555232
555235
555238
555240
555243
13/32
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-1/2
2-1/2
2-3/4
3-1/2
4-3/8
5-1/4
3
5
5-1/2
7
8-3/4
10-1/2
8
9
18
31
49
71
DIMENSIONS (IN)
CHAIN SIZE
WORKING LOAD LIMIT (LBS)
(IN)
(MM)
7/32
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
5.5
7
10
13
16
20
TRIPLE & QUAD CHAIN SLING TYPE T & Q
B
B
RE
AC
TOS
SLING
HOOKS
OBLONG MASTER LINK SUB-ASSEMBLY
(IN)
(MM)
60°
45°
30°
MASTER
LINK SUB
ASSEMBLY
NO.
7/32
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
5.5
7
10
13
16
20
7,000
11,200
22,900
39,000
58,700
91,700
5,700
9,100
18,700
31,800
47,900
74,900
4,000
6,400
13,200
22,500
33,900
53,000
HA50-SA
HA75-SA
HA100-SA
HA125-SA
HA150-SA
HA175-SA
CHAIN SIZE
HEADQUARTERS: 55
WLL (LBS)*
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
DIMENSIONS (IN)
DIA.
INSIDE
INSIDE
MATERIAL WIDTH
LENGTH
A
B
C
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2-1/2
2-3/4
3-1/2
4-3/8
5-1/4
6
5
5-1/2
7
8-3/4
10-1/2
12
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
49
C
H
H
A
A
AC
C
RE
Safety note: A quad branch
chain sling usually does not
sustain loads with even
distribution to its four
branches, especially when
loads are of rigid structure.
Therefore,
maximum
working load limits are set at
the same values as for triple
branch chain slings of equal
quality and size and used
with branches at the same
angle of inclination.
QOS
SLING
HOOKS
APPROX. WT.
(LBS)
TYPE
TOS 5'
REACH
TYPE
QOS 5’
REACH
12
14
28
50
79
112
16
18
36
62
97
137
www.hanessupply.com
Load Binders
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
LOAD BINDER WARNINGS AND APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
LOAD BINDER WARNINGS AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONS - LEVER TYPE LOAD BINDERS
• Hook load binder to chain so you
can operate it while standing on the
ground. Position load binder so its
handle can be pulled downward to
tighten chain (see photo). Be aware
of ice, snow rain, oil, etc. that can
affect your footing. Make certain
your footing is secure.
• The Crosby Group, Inc. specifically
recommends AGAINST the use of a
handle extender (cheater pipe). If sufficient leverage cannot
be obtained using the lever type load binder by itself, a
ratchet type binder should be used.
• If the above recommendation is disregarded and a cheater
pipe is used, it must closely fit the handle and must slide
down the handle until the handle projections are contacted.
The pipe should be secured to the handle, for example, by a
pin, so that the pipe cannot fly off the handle if you lose
control and let go. The increased leverage, by using a
cheater pipe, can cause deformation and failure of the chain
and load binder.
• During and after tightening chain, check load binder handle
position. Be sure it is in the locked position and that its
bottom side touches the chain link.
• Chain tension may decrease due to load shifting during
transport. To be sure the load binder remains in proper
position: Secure handle to chain by wrapping the loose end
of chain around the handle and the tight chain, or tie handle
to chain with soft wire.
• When releasing load binder, remember there is a great deal
of energy in the stretched chain. This will cause the load
binder handle to move very quickly with great force when it
is unlatched. Move handle with caution. It may whip –
Keep body clear.
• Never use a cheater pipe or handle extender to release
handle. Use a steel bar and pry under the handle and stay
out of the path of handle as it moves upward.
• If you release the handle by hand, use an open hand under
the handle and push upward. Do not close your hand
around the handle. Always keep yourself out of the path
of the moving handle.
WARNING
• Failure to use this load binder properly may result in
serious injury or even death
• Do not operate load binder while standIng on the
load.
• Move handle with caution. It may whip – Keep body
clear.
• Keep yourself out of the path of the moving handle.
• You must be familiar with state and federal
regulations regarding size and number of chain
systems required for securing loads on trucks.
• Always consider the safety of nearby workers as well
as yourself when using load binder.
• While under tension, load binder must not bear
against any object.
• Do not thow these instructions away. Keep them
close at hand and share them with any others who
use this load binder.
RATCHET TYPE
LEVER TYPE
LEVER SNUBBING TYPE
LEVER WALKING TYPE
INSTRUCTIONS - RATCHET LOAD BINDERS
• Position ratchet binder so it can be operated from the ground.
• Make sure your footing is secure.
Mechanical Advantage
MAINTENANCE OF ALL LOAD BINDERS
Lever Type Binder = 25 : 1
Ratchet Type Binder = 50 : 1
• Routinely check load binders for wear, bending, cracks,
nicks, or gouges. If bending or cracks are present – Do
not use load binder.
• Routinely lubricate pivot and swivel points of Lever Binders,
and pawl part and screw threads of Ratchet Binders to
extend product life and reduce friction wear.
Example: 100 pounds of effort
applied to the binder results in
the following force on the binder.
Lever Type:
2500 (100 lbs. x 25) lbs. of force
LEVER RELEASING TYPE
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Ratchet Type:
5000 (100 lbs. x 50) lbs. of force
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
50
www.hanessupply.com
Load Binders - Crosby
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
STANDARD LEVER TYPE LOAD BINDERS
L-150
• Forged Steel–Quenched & Tempered.
• Binder toggles away from the load.
MODEL
STOCK
NO.
STD.
PKG.
MIN-MAX
CHAIN
SIZE
(IN.)
7-1
A-1
C-1
1048128
1048146
1048164
4
4
4
5/16-3/8
3/8-1/2
1/2-5/8
WORKING
LOAD
PROOF
LIMIT
LOAD
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
5400
9200
13000
MINIMUM
ULTIMATE WEIGHT HANDLE TAKE
STRENGTH
EACH LENGTH
UP
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
(IN.)
(IN.)
10800
18400
26000
19000
33000
46000
7.02
12.47
19.68
16.00
18.69
21.00
4.50
4.50
4.75
CM RATCHET TYPE LOAD BINDER
•
•
•
•
•
Heavy duty, rigid, all steel construction.
Short reach hooks for maximum take-up.
Infinite adjustment.
Continuous take-up.
Meets DOT and CVSA specifications.
WORKING
LOAD LIMIT
(LBS.)
MAX
SIZE (IN.)
PRODUCT
CODE
UPC
43927-
TAKE-UP
(IN.)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
EACH (LBS.)
3/8
5/8
G80, G43
G70
7,100
D48360
8176748360
8
13
1/2
5/8
G70
G43
13,000
D48367
30008
8
14
CM 3/8" LEVER TYPE LOAD BINDER
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Provides more control in binding and releasing without extra tools.
Handle closes down away from load with more leverage.
Hooks are heat treated steel.
Functionally superior to any other on the road.
Handles are drop forged from special bar quality steel.
Single welded links as in binder chain for better reliability.
More take-up for binding greater loads. Smaller handle slot with
riveted nose to prevent spreading at the critical loading point.
• Meets DOT and CVSA requirements.
CHAIN SIZE
(IN.)
CHAIN
GRADE
3/8
30, 43, 70, 80
HEADQUARTERS: 55
WORKING LOAD PRODUCT
HANDLE
TAKE-UP WEIGHT
LENGTH (IN.)
(IN.)
(LBS.)
LIMIT (LBS.)*
CODE
7,100
D48769
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
16
4-7/8
8-1/4
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
51
www.hanessupply.com
Lebus® Load Binders
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
STANDARD RATCHET TYPE LOAD BINDER
A
G
B
E1 OPEN
E CLOSED
C
F1 OPEN
F CLOSED
L-140
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Upgrade for use with Grade 7 Transport Chain - applies to R-7 only.
Utilizes standard Crosby A-323 Alloy Eye Grab Hooks.
New design "one piece" forged handle.
Continuous take-up feature, infinite adjustment, gets the last half of chain.
One piece assembly, no bolts or nuts to loosen.
Ratchet spring rust proofed.
All load bearing or holding parts forged.
Easy operating positive ratchet.
Meets or exceeds CVSA Cargo Securement Guidelines, August 1993.
MIN-MAX
CHAIN
SIZE
MODEL STOCK NO.
(IN.)
R-7
R-A
R-C
1048404 5/16-3/8
1048422 3/8 -1/2
1048440 1/2-5/8
WORKING
LOAD
PROOF
LIMIT
LOAD
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
6600
9200
13000
MINIMUM
ULTIMATE WEIGHT HANDLE TAKE
STRENGTH EACH LENGTH
UP
(LBS.)
(IN.)
(IN.)
(IN.)
13200
18400
26000
26000
33000
46000
11.23
12.83
14.55
14
14
14
10
10
10
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A
B
C
8.0
8.0
8.0
14.00
14.00
14.00
1.38
1.38
1.38
D
E
E1
F
2.75 22.94 30.94 25.13
2.75 25.25 33.25 27.63
2.75 26.38 34.38 29.44
F1
G
33.13
35.63
37.44
.50
.63
.72
NOTE: Binders shown with Proof Load Pounds have been individually Proof Tested to these values shown, prior to shipment.
L-130 MIDGET LOAD BINDER
G
E
B
D
F
• Forged handle, hooks and swivel link.
• Steel swivels and clevis.
• Meets or exceeds DOT and CVSA Cargo securement, August 1993.
C
A
MODEL
L-130
STOCK NO
MIN-MAX
CHAIN
SIZE
(IN.)
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT
(LBS.)
ULTIMATE
LOAD
(LBS.)
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
TAKE
UP
(IN.)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
W -1
1048100
3/16 -1/4
1450
5100
2.57
2.40
16.13
13.63
11.00
11.25
6.25
6.58
.34
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
52
www.hanessupply.com
Nylon Web Sling Properties
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
•
•
•
•
•
Resistant to Alkalies
Untreated – approx. 6% stretch; treated – approx. 10% stretch at rated capacity
Temperature limit is 180°F
Contains red warning yarns
Ratings based on straight pin diameter one-half the sling width.
Subject to damage by sharp edges
RATED CAPACITIES (LBS.)
WEB
WIDTH
CODE
NUMBER
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"
TC1-802
TC1-803
TC1-804
TC1-805
TC1-806
TC1-808
TC1-810
TC1-812
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
TC2-802
TC2-803
TC2-804
TC2-805
TC2-806
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"
TT1-802
TT1-803
TT1-804
TT1-805
TT1-806
TT1-808
TT1-810
TT1-812
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
TT2-802
TT2-803
TT2-804
TT2-805
TT2-806
1"
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
EE1-801
EE1-802
EE1-803
EE1-804
EE1-805
EE1-806
1"
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
EE2-801
EE2-802
EE2-803
EE2-804
EE2-805
EE2-806
1"
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
EN1-801
EN1-802
EN1-803
EN1-804
EN1-805
EN1-806
1"
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
EN2-801
EN2-802
EN2-803
EN2-804
EN2-805
EN2-806
VERTICAL
CHOKER
BASKET
SINGLE PLY SLINGS
TYPE 1 SLINGS
CHOKER & BASKET HITCH
TRIANGLE & CHOKER FITTINGS
3,200
4,800
6,400
8,000
9,600
12,800
16,000
19,200
2,500
3,800
5,000
6,400
7,700
10,200
12,800
15,400
6,400
9,600
12,800
16,000
19,200
25,600
32,000
38,400
5,000
6,900
9,200
11,200
13,400
12,800
17,200
23,000
28,000
33,600
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
6,400
9,600
12,800
16,000
19,200
25,600
32,000
38,400
–
–
–
–
–
12,800
17,200
23,000
28,000
33,600
1,250
2,500
3,800
5,000
6,400
7,700
3,200
6,400
9,600
12,800
16,000
19,200
2,500
5,000
6,900
9,200
10,900
13,000
6,400
12,800
17,200
23,000
27,200
32,600
2,500
5,000
6,900
9,200
10,900
13,000
6,400
12,800
17,200
23,000
27,200
32,600
4,900
9,800
13,000
16,500
19,600
23,000
12,400
24,400
32,600
41,400
49,000
57,200
TWO PLY SLINGS
6,400
8,600
11,500
14,000
16,800
SINGLE PLY SLINGS
TYPE 2 SLINGS
BASKET & VERTICAL
HITCHES ONLY
TWO TRIANGLE FITTINGS
3,200
4,800
6,400
8,000
9,600
12,800
16,000
19,200
TWO PLY SLINGS
6,400
8,600
11,500
14,000
16,800
SINGLE PLY SLINGS
TYPE 3 & 4 SLINGS
FLAT OR TWISTED EYES
VERTICAL, CHOKER, BASKET
HITCHES
1,600
3,200
4,800
6,400
8,000
9,600
TWO PLY SLINGS
3,200
6,400
8,600
11,500
13,600
16,300
SINGLE PLY SLINGS
TYPE 5 SLINGS
VERTICAL, CHOKER, BASKET
HITCHES
ENDLESS OR GROMMET TYPE
3,200
6,400
8,600
11,500
13,600
16,300
TWO PLY SLINGS
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
6,200
12,200
16,300
20,700
24,500
28,600
Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.
Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and
temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
53
www.hanessupply.com
Nylon Web Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
BASIC SLING TYPES
Type 1
HITCHES
Vertical Choker Basket
TC Slings
Slings with a triangle on
one end and a slotted
triangle (the choker) on
the other end. Choice of
lightweight aluminum or
durable steel fittings.
Type 2
Vertical Cher Basket
TT Slings
Slings with a triangle at
both ends. Used in vertical
and basket hitches only.
Choice of lightweight
aluminum or durable steel
fittings.
Type 3
Vertical Choker Basket
EE Slings
Slings with an eye on both
ends. Choice of straight or
tapered eyes (tapered eye
are standard on 2" and
larger web-widths).
Type 4
Vertical Choker Basket
EE Slings
Same basic type as Type
3 but eyes are twisted to a
right angle to the sling
body. (Tapered eye are
standard on 2" and larger
web-widths).
Type 5
Vertical Choker Basket
EN Slings
Endless slings, sometimes
also referred to as
grommet slings. The most
versatile sling.
Type 6
Vertical Choker Basket
RE Slings
Return eye sling, also
referred to as reversed
eye sling. Sling body is
formed by 2 parts of
webbing sewn side by side
using either a cordura
tube or web in the finished
width.
Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.
Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and
temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
WARNING
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
54
www.hanessupply.com
Nylon Web Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
5.2 - MECHANICAL CONSIDERATIONS
5.2.1
Determine weight of the load. The weight of the load shall be within the rated capacity of
the sling.
5.2.2
Select the proper sling having suitable characteristics for the type of load, hitch and
environment.
5.2.3
Slings shall not be loaded in excess of the rated capacity. Consideration should be given
to the angle of lift (sling-to-load angle), which affects rated capacity.
5.2.4
Slings with fittings which are used in a choker hitch shall be of sufficient length to assure
that the choking action is on the webbing, and never on the other fitting.
5.2.5
Slings used in a basket hitch shall have the load balanced to prevent slippage.
5.2.6
The opening in fittings shall be the proper shape and size to insure that the fitting will seat
properly in the hook or other attachments.
5.2.7
Slings shall always be protected from being cut by sharp corners, sharp edges, protrusions
or abrasive surfaces.
5.2.8
Slings shall not be dragged on the floor or over an abrasive surface.
5.2.9
Slings shall not be twisted or tied into knots, or joined by knotting.
5.2.10 Slings shall not be pulled from under loads when the load is resting on the sling.
5.2.11 Do not drop slings equipped with metal fittings.
5.2.12 Slings that appear to be damaged shall not be used unless inspected and accepted as
usable under Section 5.2.
5.2.13 The sling shall be hitched in a manner providing control of the load.
5.2.14 Portions of the human body should be kept from between the sling and the load, and from
between the sling and the crane hook or hoist hook.
5.2.15 Personnel should stand clear of the suspended load.
5.2.16 Personnel shall not ride the sling.
5.2.17 Shock loading should be avoided.
5.2.18 Twisting the legs (branches) shall be avoided.
5.2.19 Load applied to the hook should be centered in the base (bowl) of hook to prevent point
loading on the hook.
5.2.20 During lifting, with or without the load, personnel shall be alert for possible snagging.
5.2.21 The slings' legs (branches) should contain or support the load from the sides above the
center of gravity when using a basket hitch.
5.2.22 Slings shall be long enough so that the rated load (rated capacity) is adequate when the
angle of the legs (branches) is taken into consideration.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
55
www.hanessupply.com
Nylon Web Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
5.3 - ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
5.3.1
Slings should be stored in a cool, dry and dark place, and should not be exposed to
sunlight, to prevent mechanical or chemical damage when not in use.
5.3.2
Chemically active environments can affect the strength of synthetic web slings in varying
degrees ranging from none to total degradation. The sling manufacturer should be
consulted before slings are used in chemically active environments.
a. ACIDS
1. Nylon is subject to degradation in acids, ranging from none to total degradation.
2. Polyester is resistant to many acids, but is subject to degradation, ranging from none
to moderate in some acids.
3. Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the following:
i
Type of Acid
ii Exposure to conditions
iii Concentration
iv Temperature
b. ALKALIS
1. Polyester is subject to degradation in alkalis, ranging from none to total degradation.
2. Nylon is resistant to many alkalis, but is subject to degradation ranging from none to
moderate in some alkalis.
3. Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the following:
i
Type of Alkali
ii. Exposure to conditions
iii Concentration
iv Temperature
5.3.3
Nylon and polyester slings shall not be used at temperatures in excess of 180°F (85°C),
however, they may be used in temperatures as low as -40°F (-40°C).
5.3.4
Slings incorporating aluminum fittings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays,
mists or liquids of alkalis and/or acids are present.
5.3.5
Environments in which synthetic webbing slings are continuously exposed to ultra-violet
light can affect the strength of synthetic webbing slings in varying degrees ranging from
slight to total degradation.
a. Factors which affect the degree of strength loss are:
1. Length of time of continuous exposure
2. Sling construction and design
3. Other environmental factors such as weather conditions and geographic location.
b. Suggested procedures to minimize the effects of ultra-violet light
1. Store slings in a cool, dry and dark place when not being used for prolonged periods
of time
2. Inspect slings weekly or more often depending on frequency of sling use
c. Visual indications of ultra-violet degradation are:
1. Bleaching out of sling color
2. Increased stiffness of sling material
3. Surface abrasion in areas not normally in contact with the load.
d. Proof-Testing – Slings used in environments where they are subject to continuous
exposure to ultra-violet light should be proof-tested to two times rated capacity annually,
or more frequently depending on severity of exposure.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
56
www.hanessupply.com
Nylon Web Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
5.4 - INSPECTION
5.4.1
TYPE OF INSPECTION
a. INITIAL INSPECTION – Before any new or repaired sling is placed in service, it shall
be inspected to insure that the correct sling is being used, as well as to determine that
the sling meets the requirements of this specification.
b. FREQUENT INSPECTION – This inspection should be made by the person handling the
sling each time the sling is used.
c. PERIODIC INSPECTION – This inspection shall be conducted by designated personnel.
Frequency of inspection should be based on:
1. Frequency of sling use
2. Severity of service conditions
3. Experience gained on the service life of slings used in similar applications
4. Periodic inspections should be conducted at least monthly
5.5 - POSSIBLE DEFECTS
5.5.1
A sling shall be removed from service if any defects such as the following are visible:
a. Acid or alkali burns
b. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of the sling
c. Holes, tears, cuts, snags or embedded particles
d. Broken or worn stitching in load bearing splices
e. Excessive abrasive wear
f. Knots in any part of the sling
g. Distortion and excessive pitting or corrosion or broken fittings
h. Other apparent defects which cause doubt as to the strength of the sling
i. If sling rated capacity or sling material identification is missing or not readable
5.6 - INSPECTION RECORDS
5.6.1
Written inspection records, utilizing the identification for each sling as established by
the user, should be kept on file for all slings. These records should show a description
of the new sling and its condition on each subsequent inspection.
5.7 - REPAIR OF WEB SLINGS
5.7.1
Slings shall be repaired only by a sling manufacturer. When repaired by other than the
original manufacturer, the sling shall be permanently marked to identify the repair
agent.
5.7.2
All repaired slings shall be proof-tested to two (2) times its newly assigned rated
capacity, berfore being put back into service. Certification of proof-test should be
provided.
5.7.3
Temporary repairs of either webbing, fittings, or stitching shall not be permitted.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
57
www.hanessupply.com
Polyester Ratchet Assembly
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
TRUCKER TIE DOWN AND LASHING EQUIPMENT
RATCHET STRAPS — Designed to handle most types of flatbed tie-down
requirements.
• All straps have an 18" fixed end as standard, except for straps with 3705-2
and 3705-3 chain anchors which have a fixed end of 30." Special length fixed
ends and alternate end hardware available through Hanes Supply.
Labeled to meet CVSA guidelines, DOT regulations and WSTDA
recommended standards.
2" RATCHET STRAP W/804 WIDE HANDLE AND 2004 WEBBING
10,000 LB. BREAKING STRENGTH
STRAP
END
LENGTH HARDWARE
WLL
27'
1015
3,335 lbs.
Flat Hook
1515 kgs.
30'
27'
27'
3705-2
Chain Anchor
1006
Wire Hook
3,335 lbs.
1515 kgs.
3,335 lbs.
1515 kgs.
3" RATCHET STRAP W/806 LONG HANDLE AND 3004 WEBBING
STRAP
LENGTH
27'
30'
STRAP
LENGTH
27'
30'
27'
30'
END
HARDWARE
1021-3
Flat Hook
END
HARDWARE
WLL
5,000 lbs.
2270 kgs. 15,000 LB. BREAKING STRENGTH
WLL
3705-3
5,400 lbs.
Chain Anchor 2450 kgs.
3704
Grab Hook
5,400 lbs.
2450 kgs.
16,200 LB. BREAKING STRENGTH
4" RATCHET STRAP W/808 LONG HANDLE AND 4004 WEBBING
STRAP
LENGTH
27'
30'
STRAP
LENGTH
27'
30'
HEADQUARTERS: 55
END
HARDWARE
1021-3
Flat Hook
WLL
5,000 lbs.
2270 kgs. 15,000 LB. BREAKING STRENGTH
END
HARDWARE
WLL
1016
Wire Hook
6,600 lbs.
2995 kgs.
20,000 LB. BREAKING STRENGTH
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
58
www.hanessupply.com
Polyester Ratchet Assembly
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
TRUCKER TIE DOWN AND LASHING EQUIPMENT
STRAP-ALL™ STRAPS — Light duty tie-down
RATCHET STRAP WITH 800 RATCHET, WIRE HOOKS AND D RINGS
• Breaking Strength: 2,500 lbs./1135 kgs. • WLL: 835 lbs./380 kgs.
711681/45 - 16'
RATCHET STRAP WITH 800 RATCHET AND VINYL COATED S HOOKS
• Breaking Strength: 1,200 lbs. • WLL: 400 lbs.
710987 - 9'
LOGISTIC STRAPS — Designed for interior van loading requirements.
• All straps have a 4' fixed end as standard.
• Adjustable ends are sewn captivated.
2" LOGISTIC STRAPS W / 811 RATCHET BUCKLE AND 4900 WEBBING
STRAP
ASSY.
LENGTH
END
BREAKING
(FT)
HARDWARE STRENGTH
WLL
12
Series E, A
FE8306-1
3,000 lbs. 1,000 lbs.
16
Spring
1360 kgs. 455 kgs.
20
Fitting
12
Series E, A
43020-1
3,000 lbs. 1,000 lbs.
16
3-Piece
1360 kgs. 455 kgs.
20
Fitting
12
Series F
1831
1,250 lbs. 420 lbs.
16
Butterfly
570 kgs.
195 kgs.
20
Fitting
12
Series F
FE8427-1
2,200 lbs. 735 kgs.
16
Plate Trailer 1000 kgs. 335 kgs.
20
Hook
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
59
www.hanessupply.com
Manual Hoists - Puller
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
CM PULLER
CM Puller is designed for heavy-duty
construction and industrial applications.
Used to pull, lift, drag or stretch, it features:
• Tough aluminum alloy construction and
powder coat finish.
• Weatherproof for outdoor service.
• Simple construction with fewer parts for
ease of maintenance.
• Hoistaloy hardened steel link type load
chain for strength, long wear life and
flexibility.
• Weatherized Weston-type automatic
braking system for positive load control.
• Easy, one-hand operation and control —
only 58 pounds of pull required for 3/4 ton
model capacity.
• Forged upper and lower hooks with
latches standard.
RATED
CAPACITY
(TONS)
PROD.
CODE
3/4
1-1/2
3
6
4043
4045
4047
4050
• Free wheeling for fast and easy
attachment to load.
• Upper and lower Latchlok hooks available
for all capacities.
• Optional Load Limiter protection device
stops transmission of lever forces
protecting against dangerous overload.
• Optional anchor sling simplifies attachment
to allow anchor hook to swivel in tight space
applications (3/4 & 1-1/2 ton units only).
• Optional Load Sentry warns of overload
condition.
• Optional shorter lever for 3/4 and 1-1/2 ton
units available.
• Optional zinc-plated chain available.
• Unlimited lift.
• Lifetime warranty.
• Made in U.S.A.
3/4 ton Puller
Shown
Also available
in 1-1/2, 3 & 6
ton capacity
Optional Load
Security
PULL TO MINIMUM
HOOK
APPROX.
STD. LIFT FULL DISTANCE LEVER
THROAT SHIPPING
LIFT † LOADS BETWEEN LENGTH
OPENINGS WEIGHT
(FT)
(LBS) HOOKS (IN)
(IN)
REEVING
(IN)
(LBS)
5
5
5
5
58
89
95
96
10-3/4
14-1/4
16-15/16
21-3/8
21-1/4
21-1/4
21-1/4
21-1/4
1
1
2
4
1-1/32
1-1/8
1-7/32
1-3/4
16
16
38
73
Optional
Load Limiter
† Can be supplied with lifts longer than 5 feet
Latchlok
type
hook
Optional
anchor
sling
(3/4 &
1-1/2
ton)
CM SHORT HANDLE PULLER
• Easy one-hand operation.
• Lever pull range is 45 to 62 pounds to lift
full load.
• Handle that rotates 360O, making it easy
to operate in any position and in small
spaces.
• Tough yet lightweight aluminum
construction and powder coat finish.
• Free chaining for fast, easy attachment to
load.
• Forged upper and lower hooks with latches.
• Simple construction with fewer parts for
ease of maintenance.
• Optional Load Limiter® device protects
against overload
• Lifetime warranty
• CM® Hoistaloy® hardened steel load chain • Made in U.S.A.
for strength, long wear life and flexibility.
PULL TO
HOOK
RATED
STD.
LIFT FULL LEVER THROAT
CAPACITY PRODUCT LIFT
LOAD
LENGTH OPENING
(TONS)
CODE
(FT) REEVING
(LBS)
(IN.)
(IN)
3/4
1-1/2
3
7300P
7320P
7330P
5
5
5
1
1
2
45
55
62
12
16-3/4
16-3/4
1-1/32
1-1/8
1-3/16
MIN.
DISTANCE
BETWEEN
HOOKS (IN)
APPROX.
SHIPPING
WT.
(LBS)
12-1/4
14-3/4
17-5/8
16
27
40
3/4 ton Puller
Shown
Also available
in 1-1/2 & 3
ton capacity
Optional kits also available - Load Limiter, Anchor Sling & Latchlok® Hook.
Call Hanes Supply for complete details.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
60
www.hanessupply.com
Manual Hoists - Cyclone
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
CM CYCLONE HAND CHAIN HOIST
One of the most popular and reliable hoists
ever designed, the CM Cyclone combines
superior engineering, efficiency and
durability. Available in a variety of
capacities from 1/4 ton to 10 tons, CM
Cyclone features:
• High-strength aluminum alloy castings in
frame and covers.
• Inspected over 75 times to meet or
exceed HMI and ASME/ANSI
performance and safety standards.
• Standard hand chain drop is 2 feet less
than lift, (example: 8 foot lift hoist has 6
foot hand chain drop).
• Chain containers, zinc-plated load and
hand chain, aluminum unwelded hand
chain, Latchlok hooks, bronze hooks,
eye-type suspension, bullard hooks and
units without Load Limiter optional,
depending on capacity.
• Lifetime warranty.
• Made in U.S.A.
• Most interchangeability of parts in the
industry.
• Standard Load Limiter for simple,
automatic overload protection.
• Enclosed contoured Weston-type
automatic brake for positive load control.
• High-efficiency spur gearing for greater
lift with minimum effort.
• Rugged CM Hoistaloy chain for added
strength and durability.
• Fully machined, forged liftwheel pickets
for easier lifting and smooth free
chaining.
RATED
STANDARD
CAPACITY PRODUCT
LIFT †
MINIMUM
CHAIN
DISTANCE
OVERHAULED
CHAIN PULL SHIPPING
TO LIFT FULL WEIGHT
BETWEEN
TO LIFT LOAD
(TONS)
CODE
(FT.)
REEVING
HOOKS (IN.)
ONE FOOT (FT.)
1/4
1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
4621
4622
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
3
4
5
12-7/8
12-7/8
14
17-5/16
17-5/16
21-1/2
21-1/2
24-1/4
25-1/4
34-1/2
35-1/2
22-1/2
22-1/2
30
40-1/2
52
81
104
156
156
208
260
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
23
46
69
80
83
85
88
75
90
89
95
37
37
40
65
64
96
96
128
132
235
249
1/4 to 2 Ton
Capacity
† Can be supplied with longer lifts
3 and 4 Ton
Capacity
HEADQUARTERS: 55
5 and 6 Ton
Capacity
8 Ton
Capacity
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
10 Ton
Capacity
Hanes Supply 25 Ton
Capacity Test Stand
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
61
www.hanessupply.com
Manual Hoists - LHH
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
LHH HAND CHAIN HOIST
Coffing LHH Models - Stamped steel hand
chain hoists are an excellent low cost option
in the Coffing line. The compact, lighweight
design is ideal for construction and
contractor applications where portability and
easy rigging are critical.
• Capacities and Lift - Rated loads from 1/2
to 20 tons in stock with standard lifts of
10, 15 and 20 feet. Standard hand chain
drop is 2 feet less than lift. Other lifts and
hand chain drops, and 25 - 50 Ton
models available - Please contact Hanes
Supply for details.
• Compact and Light Weight - Designed for
portability and easy installation. Compact
gear housing provides low headroom.
• Easy to Operate - Lubricated bearings
and bushings, bearing mounted pinions,
CAPACITY
LIFTS
(FT)**
•
•
•
•
and heat-treated spur gearing ensure
smooth and efficient operation with
minimal effort.
Safety and Load Control - Mechanical
load brake engages instantly for precise
load holding and positioning. 360 degree
swivel hooks with safety latches for
positive load engagement.
Durable - Through-hardened load chain
provides added strength and wear
resistance for greater chain life.
Stamped steel housing withstands
rugged conditions.
Easy to Maintain - Designed for easy
maintenance. Hoist can be dismantled
easily with simple hand tools.
Lifetime Warranty.
STRANDS
OF
LOAD
CHAIN
MINIMUM
HEADROOM
(IN)
AVG.
OVERHAUL
FOR 1 FT.
LIFT (FT)
NET PULL WT. FOR
TO LIFT
10 FT.
RATED
LIFT
LOAD (LBS) (LBS)
(LBS)
(TONS)
MODEL†
1,000
2,000
3,000
1/2
1
1-1/2
LHH-1/2
10/15/20
LHH-1
10/15/20
LHH-1-1/2 10/15/20
1
1
1
10-1/4
11-13/16
13-9/16
32
56
75
55
53
65
19
25
36
4,000
6,000
10,000
2
3
5
LHH-2
LHH-3
LHH-5
10/15/20
10/15/20
10/15/20
1
1
3
15
17-1/8
22-5/8
75
95
203
74
84
79
45
66
75
16,000
20,000
24,000
8
10
12
LHH-8
LHH-12
LHH-12
10/20
10/20
10/20
3
3
5
32-1/2
32-1/2
50-5/8
312.5
312.5
526
77
95
84
158
158
328
30,000
40,000
50,000
15
20
25*
LHH-15
LHH-20
LHH-25
10/20
10
10
5
6
8
50-5/8
52-3/8
52-7/8
526
312.5 x 2 †
416.7 x 2 †
103
99 x 2 †
97 x 2 †
328
535
680
60,000
80,000
100,000
30*
40*
50*
LHH-30
LHH-40
LHH-50
10
10
10
10
14
20
65
73-5/16
77-5/8
526.3 x 2 †
714.3 x 2 †
1000 x 2 †
104 x 2 †
104 x 2 †
104 x 2 †
945
1,400
1,840
1/4 to 50 Ton
Capacity
*25, 30, 40 and 50 ton models available by special order - contact Hanes Supply for more details.
**Standard lifts shown. Other lifts available - contact Hanes Supply for more details.
† LHH-20 through LHH-50 models have two hand chains.
NOTE: Please contact Hanes Supply for complete dimensional data.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
62
www.hanessupply.com
Powered Chain Hoists - Lodestar
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
CM LODESTAR ELECTRIC CHAIN HOIST
The balanced, integrated, proven design of the Lodestar
has made it the most popular electric chain hoist in the
industry. Lodestar gives you more value for your money
including:
• Up to 3 ton capacities for heavy-duty industrial
applications.
• Gear train lifetime lubricated with non-oxidizing grease.
• Precision machined and hardened liftwheel with
hardened chain guides for precise chain liftwheel fit.
• Grearing designed for exceptionally long life and quiet
operation.
• H4 duty standard.
• Rugged control station (NEMA 4).
• Hoist duty motor, standard Protector overload device
and standard screw type limit switches.
• Hardened, forged steel, latch type hooks and Hoistaloy
load chain for long, dependable service.
• Easy to install and maintain.
• No special tools required to disassemble.
• High reliability and long life.
• Designed for greater productivity, efficiency and
economy.
• Lifetime warranty.
• Each hoist thoroughly inspected and tested to over
125% of rated load prior to shipment.
• Meets ASME B30.16.
• Made in U.S.A.
Special Applications
• Harsh environment hoists available for severe duty of
plating, galvanizing and washdown applications.
• Hoists with climbing capability available for temporary
rigging of lifting applications – must be used in inverted
position only.
• Hoists with creep control allow precise positioning
through field adjustment within the range of
approximately 1/16" to 1/2".
Hook
Suspension
Motorized
Plain Trolley
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
63
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Mesh Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
LIKE
A GIANT
HAND...
STRONG, GENTLE GRIP – SAFE, SURE BALANCE MAKES
GRIPPER
WOVEN
WIRE
SLINGS
BEST FOR FAST, SAFE, EASY LIFTS
Safer than wire rope, gentle as canvas, flexible as manila...that's only a part of the story of the Gripper Sling –
the ultimate in versatile materials handling tools. Like a giant hand, Gripper Slings grasp and hold the load in a
strong, gentle grip when used in a choke hitch... safely and gently cradle it on a broad, flat surface in a basket
hitch.
Whatever the size or shape of the load you handle – rounds, flats, hexes or squares--Gripper Slings can reduce
load damage in production or shipping, provide greater safety for load and operator, cut rigging and unhitching
time and eliminate the need for two-legged slings. Here's how –
NO LOAD DAMAGE – The unique woven wire construction of Gripper Slings consists of a series of smooth,
spiral wires joined together across the body of the sling. This gives the sling complete flexibility, enabling it to
bend easily around even irregularly shaped loads and eliminating the danger of gouging or marring edges of the
load members. For turned or ground surfaces, PVS or Neoprene-covered slings assure extremely delicate
handling.
SAFE – The wide bearing surface of the Gripper Sling provides better load balance and gripping power...less
crushing effect when handling hollow tubing or similar parts. Its instant gripping action means there's no slipping
of shifting when load is applied. All metal construction means there's no core to rot, nothing to tear suddenly.
Gripper Slings will not whip, kink or tangle, and there are no loose strands to snag load or operator. As for
rigging and hitching, a single man can easily do the job.
STRONG – Thousands of spiral wire loops in a transverse construction give Gripper Slings exceptionally long
life. Should a single wire break, the slack is absorbed by the rest of the sling. Gripper Slings are pretested and
guaranteed to meet load specifications. Standard lengths and widths with capacities up to 100,000 lbs. are
available. Special sizes and corrosion resistant alloys available on request.
Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained
persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated
capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
WARNING
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
64
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Mesh Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
HOW TO SELECT PROPER SLING WIDTH
First, determine the hitch you will use for the guage slected. Then read down the column under the selected hitch
and guage to the load weight you wish to lift. Then read across to the first column at left to find sling width
required. Example: You wish to use a G-43 sling in a choke hitch to lift 6,400 poiunds. Sling width required is 8".
EFFECT OF ANGLE ON RATED
CAPACITIES IN BASKET HITCH
60°
45°
30°
NOMINAL
WIDTH OF
SLING
(IN)
G-35
HEAVY
DUTY
G-43
MED.
DUTY
G-59
LIGHT
DUTY
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
CHOKER
1,600
3,000
4,400
6,600
8,800
11,000
13,200
15,400
17,600
19,800
22,000
1,450
2,175
2,900
4,800
6,400
8,000
9,600
11,200
12,800
13,500
15,000
900
1,400
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
30°
45°
60°
VERTICAL
BASKET
30° VERT.
60° HORZ.
45° VERT.
45° HORZ.
60° VERT.
30° HORZ.
3,200
6,000
8,800
13,200
17,600
22,000
26,440
30,800
35,200
39,600
44,000
2,900
4,350
5,800
9,600
12,800
16,000
19,200
22,400
25,600
27,000
30,000
1,800
2,800
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000
2,700
5,100
7,480
11,225
15,000
18,700
22,440
26,180
29,920
33,660
37,400
2,320
3,700
4,900
8,150
10,880
13,600
16,300
19,000
21,700
22,900
25,500
1,600
2,400
3,500
5,200
6,900
8,600
10,400
12,100
13,900
15,600
17,300
2,000
3,800
5,600
8,400
11,250
14,000
16,800
19,600
22,400
25,200
28,000
1,740
2,700
3,670
6,100
8,100
10,200
12,000
14,000
16,200
17,000
19,000
1,300
2,000
2,800
4,200
5,700
7,100
8,500
9,900
11,300
12,700
14,100
1,600
2,800
4,400
6,600
8,800
11,000
13,200
15,400
17,600
19,800
22,000
1,450
2,175
2,900
4,800
6,400
8,000
9,600
11,200
12,800
13,500
15,000
900
1,400
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
SAFETY FACTOR OF 5
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained
persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated
capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
65
www.hanessupply.com
Rope Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
MANILA ROPE SLINGS
Table H-15
ROPE
DIA.
NOM.
(IN.)
NOM.
WGT.
MIN.
PER
BREAK
100 FT. STRENGTH VERT.
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
HITCH
CHOKER
HITCH
RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (SAFETY FACTOR = 5)
EYE AND EYE SLING
ENDLESS SLING
BASKET HITCH
BASKET HITCH
ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL
ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL
90°
60°
45°
30°
90°
60°
45°
30°
ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL
VERT CHOKER
ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL
0°
30°
45°
60°
HITCH
HITCH
0°
30°
45°
60°
1/2
7.5
2,650
550
250
1,100
900
750
550
950
500
1,900
1,700
1,400
950
9/16
10.4
3,450
700
350
1,400
1,200
1,000
700
1,200
600
2,500
2,200
1,800
1,200
5/8
13.3
4,400
900
450
1,800
1,500
1,200
900
1,600
800
3,200
2,700
2,200
1,600
3/4
16.7
5,400
1,100
550
2,200
1,900
1,500
1,100
2,000
950
3,900
3,400
2,800
2,000
13/16
19.5
6,500
1,300
650
2,600
2,300
1,800
1,300
2,300
1,200
4,700
4,100
3,300
2,300
7/8
22.5
7,700
1,500
750
3,100
2,700
2,200
1,500
2,800
1,400
5,600
4,800
3,900
2,800
1
27.0
9,000
1,800
900
3,600
3,100
2,600
1,800
3,200
1,600
6,500
5,600
4,600
3,200
1-1/16
31.3
10,500
2,100
1,100
4,200
3,600
3,000
2,100
3,800
1,900
7,600
6,600
5,400
3,800
1-1/8
36.0
12,000
2,400
1,200
4,800
4,200
3,400
2,400
4,300
2,200
8,600
7,500
6,100
4,300
1-1/4
41.7
13,500
2,700
1,400
5,400
4,700
3,800
2,700
4,900
2,400
9,700
8,400
6,900
4,900
1-5/16
47.9
15,000
3,000
1,500
6,000
5,200
4,300
3,000
5,400
2,700
11,000
9,400
7,700
5,400
1-1/2
59.9
18,500
3,700
1,850
1-5/8
74.6
22,500
4,500
2,300
9,000
7,800
6,400
4,500
8,100
4,100
16,000
14,000
11,500
8,000
1-3/4
89.3
36,500
5,300
2,700
10,500
9,200
7,500
5,300
9,500
4,800
19,000
16,500
13,500
9,500
7,400
6,400
5,200
3,700
6,700
3,300
13,500
11,500
9,400
6,700
2
107.5
31,000
6,200
3,100
12,500
10,500
8,800
6,200
11,000
5,600
22,500
19,500
16,000
11,000
2-1/3
125.0
36,000
7,200
3,600
14,500
12,500
10,000
7,200
13,000
6,500
26,000
22,500
18,500
13,000
2-1/4
146.0
41,000
2-1/2
166.7
46,500
9,300
4,700
18,500
16,000
13,000
9,300
16,500
8,400
33,500
29,000
23,500
16,500
2-5/8
190.8
52,000
10,500
5,200
21,000
18,000
14,500
10,500
18,500
9,500
37,500
32,500
26,500
18,500
8,200
4,100
16,500
14,000
11,500
8,200
15,000
7,400
29,500
25,500
21,000
15,000
NYLON ROPE SLINGS
Table H-16
ROPE
DIA.
NOM.
(IN.)
NOM.
WGT.
MIN.
PER
BREAK
100 FT. STRENGTH VERT.
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
HITCH
CHOKER
HITCH
RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (SAFETY FACTOR = 5)
EYE AND EYE SLING
ENDLESS SLING
BASKET HITCH
BASKET HITCH
ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL
ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL
90°
60°
45°
30°
90°
60°
45°
30°
ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL
VERT CHOKER
ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL
0°
30°
45°
60°
HITCH
HITCH
0°
30°
45°
60°
1/2
6.5
6,080
700
350
1,400
1,200
950
700
1,200
600
2,400
2,100
1,700
1,200
9/16
8.3
7,600
850
400
1,700
1,500
1,200
850
1,500
750
3,000
2,600
2,200
1,500
5/8
10.5
9,800
1,100
550
2,200
1,900
1,600
1,100
2,000
1,000
4,000
3,400
2,800
2,000
3/4
14.5
13,490
1,500
750
3,000
2,600
2,100
1,500
2,700
1,400
5,400
4,700
3,800
2,700
13/16
17.0
16,150
1,800
900
3,600
3,100
2,600
1,800
3,200
1,600
6,400
5,600
4,600
3,200
7/8
20.0
19,000
2,100
1,100
4,200
3,700
3,000
2,100
3,800
1,900
7,600
6,600
5,400
3,800
1
26.0
23,750
2,600
1,300
5,300
4,600
3,700
2,600
4,800
2,400
9,500
8,200
6,700
4,800
1-1/16
29.0
27,360
3,000
1,500
6,100
5,300
4,300
3,000
5,500
2,700
11,000
9,500
7,700
5,500
1-1/8
34.0
31,350
3,500
1,700
7,000
6,000
5,000
3,500
6,300
3,100
12,500
11,000
8,900
6,300
1-1/4
40.0
35,625
4,000
2,000
7,900
6,900
5,600
4,000
7,100
3,600
14,500
12,500
10,000
7,100
1-5/16
45.0
40,850
4,500
2,300
9,100
7,900
6,400
4,500
8,200
4,100
16,500
14,000
12,000
8,200
1-1/2
55.0
50,530
5,600
2,800
11,000
9,700
7,900
5,600
10,000
5,000
20,000
17,500
14,000
10,000
1-5/8
68.0
61,750
6,900
3,400
13,500
12,000
9,700
6,900
12,500
6,200
24,500
21,500
17,500
12,500
1-3/4
83.0
74,100
8,200
4,100
16,500
14,500
11,500
8,200
15,000
7,400
29,500
27,500
21,000
15,000
2
95.0
87,400
9,700
4,900
19,500
17,000
13,500
9,700
17,500
8,700
35,000
30,500
24,500
17,500
2-1/8
109.0
100,700
11,000
5,600
22,500
19,500
16,000
11,000
20,000
10,000
40,500
35,000
28,500
20,000
2-1/4
129.0
118,750
13,000
6,600
26,500
23,000
18,500
13,000
24,000
12,000
47,500
41,000
33,500
24,000
2-1/2
149.0
133,000
15,000
7,400
29,500
25,500
21,000
15,000
26,500
13,500
53,000
46,000
37,500
26,500
2-5/8
168.0
153,900
17,100
8,600
34,000
29,500
24,000
17,000
31,000
15,500
61,500
53,500
43,500
31,000
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
66
www.hanessupply.com
Synthetic Rope Slings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
POLYESTER ROPE SLINGS
Table H-17
ROPE
DIA.
NOM.
(IN.)
NOM.
WGT.
MIN.
PER
BREAK
100 FT. STRENGTH VERT.
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
HITCH
CHOKER
HITCH
RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (SAFETY FACTOR = 5)
EYE AND EYE SLING
ENDLESS SLING
BASKET HITCH
BASKET HITCH
ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL
ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL
90°
60°
45°
30°
90°
60°
45°
30°
ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL
VERT CHOKER
ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL
0°
30°
45°
60°
HITCH
HITCH
0°
30°
45°
60°
1/2
8.0
6,080
700
350
1,400
1,200
950
700
1,200
600
2,400
2,100
1,700
1,200
9/16
10.2
7,600
850
400
1,700
1,500
1,200
850
1,500
600
2,400
2,100
1,700
1,200
5/8
13.0
9,500
1,100
550
2,100
1,800
1,500
1,100
1,900
950
3,800
3,300
2,700
1,900
3/4
17.5
11,875
1,300
650
2,600
2,300
1,900
1,300
2,400
1,200
4,800
4,100
3,400
2,400
13/16
21.0
14,725
1,600
800
3,300
2,800
2,300
1,600
2,900
1,500
5,900
5,100
4,200
2,900
7/8
25.0
17,100
1,900
950
3,800
3,300
2,700
1,900
3,400
1,700
6,800
5,900
4,800
3,400
1
30.5
20,900
2,300
1,200
4,600
4,000
3,300
2,300
4,200
2,100
8,400
7,200
5,900
4,200
1-1/16
34.5
24,225
2,700
1,300
5,400
4,700
3,800
2,700
4,800
2,400
9,700
8,400
6,900
4,800
1-1/8
40.0
28,025
3,100
1,600
6,200
5,400
4,400
3,100
5,600
2,800
11,000
9,700
7,900
5,600
1-1/4
46.3
31,540
3,500
1,800
7,000
6,100
5,000
3,500
6,300
3,200
12,500
11,000
8,900
6,300
1-5/16
52.5
35,625
4,000
2,000
7,900
6,900
5,600
4,000
7,100
3,600
14,500
12,500
10,000
7,100
1-1/2
66.8
44,460
4,900
2,500
9,900
8,600
1-5/8
82.0
54,150
6,000
3,000
12,000
10,400
8,500
6,000
11,000
5,400
21,500
19,000
15,500
11,000
1-3/4
82.0
64,410
7,200
3,600
14,500
12,500
10,000
7,200
13,000
6,400
26,000
22,500
18,000
13,000
7,000
4,900
8,900
4,400
18,000
15,500
12,500
8,900
2
118.0
76,000
8,400
4,200
17,000
14,500
12,000
8,400
15,000
7,600
30,500
26,500
21,500
15,000
2-1/8
135.0
87,400
9,700
4,900
19,500
17,000
13,500
9,700
17,500
8,700
35,000
30,500
24,500
17,500
2-1/4
157.0
101,650
11,500
5,700
22,500
19,500
16,000
11,500
20,500
10,000
40,500
35,000
29,000
20,500
2-1/2
181.0
115,900
13,000
6,400
26,000
22,500
18,000
13,000
23,000
11,500
46,500
40,000
33,000
23,000
2-5/8
205.0
130,150
14,500
7,200
29,000
25,000
20,500
14,500
26,000
13,000
52,000
45,000
37,000
26,000
POLYPROPYLENE ROPE SLINGS
Table H-18
ROPE
DIA.
NOM.
(IN.)
NOM.
WGT.
MIN.
PER
BREAK
100 FT. STRENGTH VERT.
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
HITCH
CHOKER
HITCH
RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (SAFETY FACTOR = 5)
EYE AND EYE SLING
ENDLESS SLING
BASKET HITCH
BASKET HITCH
ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL
ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL
90°
60°
45°
30°
90°
60°
45°
30°
ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL
VERT CHOKER
ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL
0°
30°
45°
60°
HITCH
HITCH
0°
30°
45°
60°
1/2
4.7
3,900
650
350
1,300
1,200
950
650
1,200
600
2,400
2,100
1,700
1,200
9/16
6.1
4,845
800
400
1,600
1,400
1,100
650
1,200
600
2,400
2,100
1,700
1,200
5/8
7.5
5,890
1,000
500
2,000
1,700
1,400
1,000
1,800
900
3,500
3,100
2,500
1,800
3/4
10.7
8,075
1,300
700
2,700
2,300
1,900
1,300
2,400
1,200
4,900
4,200
3,400
2,400
13/16
12.7
9,405
1,600
800
3,100
2,700
2,200
1,600
2,800
1,400
5,600
4,900
4,000
2,800
7/8
15.0
10,925
1,800
900
3,600
3,200
2,600
1,800
3,300
1,600
6,600
5,700
4,600
3,300
1
18.0
13,300
2,200
1,100
4,400
3,800
3,100
2,200
4,000
2,000
8,000
6,900
5,600
4,000
1-1/16
20.4
15,200
2,500
1,300
5,100
4,400
3,600
2,500
4,600
2,300
9,100
7,900
6,500
4,600
10,500
9,000
1-1/4
27.0
19,950
3,300
1,700
6,700
5,800
4,700
3,300
6,000
3,000
12,000
10,500
8,500
6,000
1-5/16
1-1/8
30.5
23.7
22,325
17,385
3,700
2,900
1,900
1,500
7,400
5,800
6,400
5,000
5,300
4,100
3,700
6,700
3,400
13,500
11,500
9,500
6,700
1-1/2
38.5
28,215
4,700
2,400
9,400
8,100
6,700
4,700
8,500
4,200
17,000
14,500
12,000
8,500
1-5/8
47.5
34,200
5,700
2,900
11,500
9,900
8,100
5,700
10,500
5,100
20,500
18,000
14,500
10,500
1-3/4
57.0
40,850
6,800
3,400
13,500
12,000
9,600
2,900
6,800
5,200
12,500
2,600
6,100
24,500
21,000
7,400
17,500
5,200
12,500
2
69.0
49,400
8,200
4,100
16,500
14,500
11,500
8,200
15,000
7,400
29,500
25,500
21,500
15,000
2-1/8
80.0
57,950
9,700
4,800
19,500
16,500
13,500
9,700
17,500
8,700
35,000
30,100
24,500
17,500
2-1/4
92.0
65,550
11,000
5,500
22,000
19,000
15,500
11,000
19,500
9,900
39,500
34,000
28,000
19,500
2-1/2
107.0
76,000
12,500
6,300
25,500
22,000
18,000
12,500
23,000
11,500
45,500
39,500
32,500
23,000
2-5/8
120.0
85,500
14,500
7,100
28,500
24,500
20,000
14,500
25,500
13,000
51,500
44,500
36,500
25,500
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
67
www.hanessupply.com
Rope Specifications
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
ROPE SPECIFICATIONS
THREE STRAND AND EIGHT STRAND – STANDARD LAY ROPES
POLYPRO
LBS.
PER
100'
FEET
PER
LB.
NYLON
3/16
5/8
1.0 100.0
1,000
1.2
83.4
850
1/4
3/4
1.2
83.4
1,250
1.5
66.7
1,650
2.0
50.0
1,650
5/16
1
1.8
55.6
1,900
2.5
40.0
2,550
3.1
32.2
2,550
800
LBS.
PER
100'
FEET
BRK.
PER STGTH.
LB.
(LBS.)
LBS.
PER
100'
MANILA
CIR.
(IN.)
.75 133.0
BRK.
STGTH.
(LBS.)
POLYESTER
DIA.
(IN.)
FEET
BRK.
PER STGET.
LB.
(LBS.)
LBS.
PER
100'
FEET
PER
LB.
BRK.
STGTH.
(LBS.)
1.5
66.7
450
2.0
50.0
600
3.0
35.0
1,000
3/8
1-1/8
2.8
35.7
2,700
3.5
28.5
3,700
4.5
22.2
3,700
4.0
25.0
1,350
7/16
1-1/4
3.8
26.3
3,500
5.0
20.0
5,000
6.2
16.1
5,000
5.3
19.0
1,750
1/2
1-1/2
4.7
21.3
4,200
6.5
15.4
6,400
8.0
12.5
6,400
7.5
13.3
2.650
5/8
2
7.5
13.3
6,200
10.5
9.5
10,400
13.0
7.7
10,000
13.3
7.5
4,400
3/4
2-1/4
10.7
9.3
8,500
14.5
6.9
14,000
17.5
5.7
12,500
16.7
6.0
5,400
7/8
2-3/4
15.0
6.7
11,500
20.0
5.0
20,000
25.0
4.0
18,000
22.0
4.5
7,700
1
3
18.0
5.5
14,000
26.0
3.8
25,000
30.5
3.3
22,000
27.0
3.7
9,000
1-1/8
3-1/2
23.7
4.2
18,300
34.0
2.9
33,000
40.0
2.5
29,500
36.0
2.8
12,000
13,500
1-1/4
3-3/4
27.0
3.7
21,000
40.0
2.5
37,500
46.3
2.5
33,200
42.0
2.4
1-5/16
4
30.5
3.3
23,500
45.0
2.2
43,000
52.5
1.9
37,500
48.0
2.2
–
1-1/2
4-1/2
38.5
2.6
29,700
55.0
1.8
53,000
66.8
1.5
46,800
60.0
1.7
18,500
1-5/8
5
47.5
2.1
36,000
68.0
1.5
65,000
82.0
1.2
57,000
75.0
1.3
22,500
1-3/4
5-1/2
57.0
1.7
43,000
83.0
1.2
78,000
98.0
1.02
67,800
90.0
1.1
26,500
2
6
69.0
1.4
53,000
95.0
1.1
92,000
118.0
.85
75,000
108.0
.93
31,000
2-1/8
6-1/2
80.0
1.2
62,000 109.0
.92
105,000 135.0
.75
81,000
125.0
.79
36,000
92.0
1.1
70,000 129.0
.77
125,000 157.0
.64
96,000
146.0
.69
41,000
80,500 150.0
.67
138,000 181.0
.55 110,000
167.0
.59
46,500
2-1/4
7
2-1/2
7-1/2
107.0
.93
2-5/8
8
120.0
.83
90,000 168.0
.59
154,000 205.0
.49 125,000
191.0
.53
52,000
2-7/8
8-1/2
137.0
.73
100,000 189.0
.53
173,000 230.0
.43 140,000
213.0
.47
58,000
3
9
153.0
.65
116,000 210.0
.47
195,000 258.0
.39 158,000
242.0
.42
64,000
3-1/4
10
190.0
.52
137,000 263.0
.38
238,000 319.0
.31 190,000
299.0
.33
77,000
3-1/2
11
232.0
.43
162,000 316.0
.31
288,000 384.0
.26 230,000
367.0
.28
91,000
4
12
275.0
.36
190,000 379.0
.26
342,000 460.0
.21 275,000
436.0
.23
105,000
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
68
www.hanessupply.com
Winch Lines
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
USAGE / MAINTENANCE GUIDE
2-in-1® DOUBLE BRAIDED ROPE
Samson 2-IN1® Double Braided Rope is
actually two ropes in one. First the
braided core is constructed. A second
rope is then braided over it to form the
cover. You then have two ropes
performing as a single integrated
strength member. By altering the
construction of the core and/or cover, it
is possible to engineer a rope with
specific performance characteristics.
Braided Core Rope
Parallay® Design
is a twisting and braiding
process that orients all the
fibers parallel to the axis of
the rope.
Braided Cover Rope
Samson Product Identification
Tracer
For Example:
STABLE BRAID
•Balanced construction – core and
cover share the load equally
NYSTRON
•Fiber selection – different fiber
combinations in the core and cover
to meet specific performance
requirements
SPECTRON II
• Imbalanced construction – core and
cover have different load sharing
capabilities.
• Coatings may be applied to selected
sections or to continuous long
lengths.
WINCH LINE SELECTION GUIDE
SIZE (Dia.)
1/2"
9/16"
5/8"
3/4" 13/16" 7/8"
1"
ELASTIC
ELONGATION*
1-1/8" 1-1/4" 10% 20% 30%
STABLE BRAID
STABLE
BRAID
Approx. Avg.
Tensile Lbs.
9,870 12,600 15,500 19,400
Approx. Wgt.
Per 100 Ft. Lbs.
8.5
10.9
13.7
28,400 37,200 45,800 54,400
17.2
25.9
34.4
42.7
1.1
1.7
2.7
3.7
5.3
6.9
.57
.76
.92
51.2
NYSTROM
NYSTROM
Approx. Avg.
Tensile Lbs.
10,500 13,200 16,300 23,000
Approx. Wgt.
Per 100 Ft. Lbs.
7.7
10.0
12.6
30,800 40,400 49,800 59,100
17.3
23.7
31.5
39.2
46.9
SPECTRON IIII
SPECTRON
Approx. Avg.
Tensile Lbs.
Approx. Wgt.
Per 100 Ft. Lbs.
15,500 22,000 27,000 35,000 40,000 50,000 57,000 72,900 81,000
8.1
9.8
12.3
15.7
19.9
24.3
27.8
34.6
40.2
*Elastic Elongation after 50 Cycles from 2000D2
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
69
www.hanessupply.com
Winch Lines
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
GUIDELINES FOR THE USE
OF SAMSON WINCH LINES
Do not attach end of line to drum by using core only.
ROPE STRENGTH
Note carefully the quoted breaking strengths of the various
Samson Braid sizes. These are approximate average breaking
strengths and are subject to a plus or minus 5% testing
tolerance. Advertised breaking strengths are determined by the
standard cordage testing and do not cover conditions such as
sustained loads or shock loading. These strengths are attained
under laboratory conditions. Remember also, that this is a
breaking strength--not a recommended working load capacity.
(See next paragraph for working load factors.)
ASSIGNED WORKING LOAD FACTORS
Will vary in accordance with varying safety practices and policies
of different utilities and industrial users. However, our
recommendation, and one that is fairly well accepted in the
industry, is a minimum 5:1 working load factor. Thus, your
maximum work load should be approximately 20% of the quoted
breaking strength. This factor will provide greater safety and
extended service life of the winch line. A low working load factor
is not only dangerous, but poor economy as it overworks the
fibers and shortens the life of the line.
DETERMINING LENGTH OF ROPE THAT CAN BE
PUT ON A WINCH
The formula for rope capacity on a winch drum is:
Length to be stored = A(B2 - C2)
15.3 x dia of rope 2
A, B, C, and diameter are in inches.
DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES
Samson Stable Braid, Nystron, and Spectron II have been
described as a "non-conductor". It is our hope that it is never
turned over to a line crew on these terms. It is important to note
that most quoted Dielectric Properties are results obtained from
new, clean rope, and hold true only under such ideal conditions.
Dirt, grease, other foriegn matter and moisture, including
humidity, will all alter the non-conductivity/conductivity of this or
any other synthetic rope or material.
Flange
Diameter
END-FOR-ENDING
SHARP CUTTING EDGES
It is recommended that every winch line be rotated End-forEnd
on a periodic basis. This will vary high stress and wear point and
extend useful life. Recommended period is six (6) months, at
which time visual inspection and washing can be programmed.
Samson winch lines should not be exposed to sharp edges and
surface such as metal burrs on Winch Drums, sheaves,
shackles, thimbles, wire slings, etc. Samson Winch Lines are
made from synthetic fibers, and as such, can be cut and
damaged by sharp edges. When installing winch lines on old
truck units, great care must be exercised to assure that the rope
is not coming in contact with hardware that has been scored and
chewed by previously used wire lines. Sheaves, shackles,
thimbles, etc. should, in most cases, be replaced. Other metal
surfaces should be carefully examined and dressed if necessary.
WINDING ROPE ON WINCH DRUM
The first layer (wrap) around winch drum should be put on
closely and tightly. Initial winding tension (load) should be
approximately 50 pounds. This will prevent subsequent wraps
from slipping down between turns when tension is applied.
Samson Winch Lines will tend to self-level themselves.
IMPORTANT: Recommend at least four wraps always be left on
winch drum.
ATTACHING LINE TO WINCH DRUM
There are various methods of attaching a winch line to a winch
drum: the use of a wedge or plug and set screw in the main body
of the drum, or "U" bolt through the side of the flange. Another
method involves welding a round plug to the winch drum. The
soft eye at the bitter end of the winch line is placed over the plug
and held in place with a flat keeper which is screwed in flush with
the top of the plug. Be sure the attachment method does not
have a sharp edge that will cut the line under load. If possible, it
is advisable to have an eye splice in both ends of the Winch Line
so that it can be reversed in the event of damage to one end.
This is not always possible, depending on the method of
attachment to the winch drum, and whether or not a closed
thimble is spliced into the eye. If an eye is not used at the drum
end, then this end should be tightly whipped with a strong twine.
Important: The end connection is not designed to carry any load,
so at least four wraps should always be kept on the drum.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
DO NOT WORK
BELOW 4 TURNS
ON A DRUM
ABRASION PROTECTION OF LINE
Stable Braid, Nyston, and Spectron II, with their outer jacket of
Polyester, have a relatively high degree of resistance to abrasion
and fusing. However, all synthetics are subject to fusing if
subjected to enough friction and heat, and therefore such
practices as surging on a Gypsy head winch, hard rendering
around poles or over cross-arms, etc. should be avoided
whenever possible.
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
70
www.hanessupply.com
Winch Lines
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
THE USE OF SLINGS WITH A WINCH LINE
"DOUBLE BLOCK" SYSTEM
The winch line itself should not be used as a choker to pick up a
pole or other objects. The hook attached on the end of the wind
line can cut deeply into the rope itself. We recommend a
separate line, sling or strap be used as the choker and not the
basic winch line itself.
For handling heavy loads (up to 14,880 lbs. – pad-mounted
transformers, etc.) using 1" diameter Stable Braid winch lines,
without exceeding R.W.L. of rope (7,440 lbs.), a Double Block
System is recommended.
The system avoids the use of 1-1/4" diameter Stable Braid,
which limits capacity of winch drum and/or sheave-size.
BOOM SHEAVE RECOMMENDATIONS
To assure maximum efficiency and safety, the boom sheave
diameter should be no less than eight (8) times the rope
diameter. The sheave groove diameter should be no less than
10% greater than the rope diameter, and the groove should be
round in shape – not V-shaped.
Boom-tip winch drum
(or sheave-leading from
base-mounted-winch)
1" dia. rope
(stable Braid)
7,440 lb. RWL
(one-leg)
Derrick-boom-rated @ 14,520 lbs. max.
(bare drum) – elevated @ 70°
from horizontal.
2-legs = 14,880 RWL –
compatible with boom
max. capacity: ie., Rope
cannot be overloaded –
beyond rope RWL
Boom drilled for eye-bolt
(permanently installed) –
to accomodate standard
winch-line hook – as
needed.
EYE SPLICING
Eye splices at the end of winch lines, (if not put in at the factory)
should be done in strict accordance with the steps and
procedures as outlined in the Samson Splicing Manual under
"Standard Eye Splice." This splice can be easily learned and
executed by line crews and shop personnel. Assistance in
splicing instruction is available through Hanes Supply. Training
Splicing Kits, manuals, and tools can be ordered through Hanes
Supply.
Removable Nylite "Snatch-Block" –
stored in truck, for quick installation
and removal – as needed.
Note: While the 2-leg
system does allow use
of 1" dia. rope (vs 1-1/4"
dia.) – it does require a
greater length and
results in slower lifting
speeds.
NOTE: Unless boom is equipped with "pole-grabber" claws –
this system does not work well – when handling and setting
poles – as pole can't be snubbed tightly against jaws at end of
boom.
The Standard Eye Splice can't be pulled out under tension; it
can, however, be pulled out by hand when in a relaxed state. To
prevent such tampering, it is recommended that stich locking or
a tight seizing be applied to the base or throat of the splice.
When splicing used rope, be sure to refer to the "Special Tips for
Splicing Used Rope" in the Splicing Manual.
The result is that 1" diameter Stable Braid can be used – with a
single leg, for most normal lifting operations – (up to 7,440 lbs.)
– and for heavy lifts up to 14,880 lbs.) using the double leg
system – in both cases, observing approximate recommended
work loads.
KNOTS
Prolonged exposure of synthetic ropes to Ultraviolet Radiation of
sunlight causes varying degrees of strength degradation. Some
concern has been created by various reports published on this
subject (and by erroneous interpretations drawn from these
reports).
ULTRAVIOLET – STRENGTH DEGRADATION
Splicing is, by far, the strongest and most efficient means of
attachment. Knots should never be tied in a winch line if it can in
any way be avoided, as knots can reduce the strength of any
rope (or wire) as much as 50%. Also, avoid sharp bends in the
line where possible as this will also greatly reduce strength.
Polyester fibers are the least affected by ultraviolet exposure,
and resulting strength degradation of exposed fibers is
negligible.
STITCH LOCKING EYE SPLICES
Stitch locking may prove advantageous on some splices to
prevent no-load opening due to mishandling.
Nylon is more susceptible to strength loss due to ultraviolet rays;
but, with both fibers, the degree of susceptibility to ultraviolet
damage is dependent upon the type of fiber, and the various
ultraviolet inhibitors with which they are treated by the fiber
manufacturer.
The important point to note here is that ultraviolet rays have low
penetration in synthetic fibers, thus it is only the outer surface
fibers that are affected.
Material required – about one (1) fid length of Nylon Whipping
Twine approximately the same size as the strands in the size
rope you are stitch locking. The same strands cut from the rope
you are stitch locking may also be used, but whipping twine is
preferable. Instructions are in the Samson Splicing Manual.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
HARMFUL CHEMICALS
Certain chemicals will break down synthetic fibers. To be
avoided are sulfuric acids, alkalies, or chlorinate hydrocarbons
over 160°F; strong cleaning agents or bleaches may be harmful.
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
71
www.hanessupply.com
Winch Lines
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
CLEANING
loading... in order to prolong the life of the line and reduce
premature down grading. If there is reason to believe that a line
has been shock loaded above its recommended working load, it
should be logged; and if a number of these occur, the line should
be rotated and inspected.
Sometimes utilities have adopted the very good practice of
carrying at all times, a spare (clean and dry) winch line enclosed
in a plastic bag, enabling crews in the field to quickly replace a
damaged, soiled or wet winch line. Samson winch lines can be
washed in a mild detergent and warm water, rinsed and air-dried.
The polyester fibers themselves actually absorb only a negligible
amount of water, but water trapped between the fibers should be
squeezed out (by placing the line under tension) and air-dried.
VISUAL INSPECTION
The load-bearing capacity of Samson Stable Braid and Nystron
Ropes are divided equally between the inner core and the outer
cover – thus, despite damage to the outer cover strands, you
have an intact inner core capable of supporting approximately
50% of the applied load... an important reserve safety factor.
Spectron II has 100% of its load bearing capacity accomplished
by the core.
SHOCK LOADING
Shock loading of any line – synthetic, manila, or wire – produces
a drastically different set of physical properties and results as
compared with normal loading. Shock loading, most simply
described, is a "jerking" or "snatching" or a line. Or, a very
sudden change in tension – from a state of relaxation or low load
to one of high load. This results in accelerated wearing.
DISCARD POINT
Continued use and normal wear in the line gradually diminishes
the ultimate bearing strength and lowers the factor of safety. In
determining the proper discard time of Samson winch lines, the
following guides are suggested:
a. If as many as 1/2 of the cover strands are cut at a given
point, this damaged section should be cut out. If within 10 feet
of the eye, put in a new eye splice. If over 10 feet, rejoin the
rope with a Standard End-for-End Splice per the Splice
Manual. The rope can then be put back into normal operation.
A few damaged strands spaced out along the rope at intervals
is no real cause for immediate concern, but should be watched
and periodically examined.
A typical shock load on a winch line occurs when an object is
lifted vertically with a sudden jerk, or when this load is suddenly
dropped. A 5,000 pound load, under these conditions, may then
"weigh" 30,000 pounds – and break a winch line rated in this
strength range.
A 4" sudden drop – as off a platform – can actually double the
load. Similarly, an over-wrap "falling off" the winch drum can
result in a 50% shock load.
Assume that you have seven identical ropes – each with a
30,000 lb. breaking strength – and you work these ropes daily –
each rope lifting a different load, as below – for example, in a
winch line application:
BREAKING
STRENGTH
WORKING
LOAD
WORKING
LOAD
FACTOR
NO. OF LIFTS
BEFORE
FAILURE*
1. 30,000 lbs.
5,000 lbs.
6/1
1,000
2. 30,000 lbs.
6,000 lbs.
5/1
750
3. 30,000 lbs.
7,500 lbs.
4/1
500
4. 30,000 lbs.
10,000 lbs.
3/1
300
5. 30,000 lbs.
15,000 lbs.
2/1
100
6. 30,000 lbs.
20,000 lbs.
1.5/1
25
7. 30,000 lbs.
28,000 lbs.
1.1/1
5
b. If the individual cover strands have been worn down after
extended use to within 50% of their original bulk over an
extended area of the line, then the line should be discarded (or
assigned to a less critical task). This can best be determined
by an examination and comparison of the bulk of an individual
strand which is exposed and subject to wear with the same
strand where it crosses under other strands and is protected
(and therefore is full size).
c. Another guide for determining discard time is when the rope
has a residual strength of 50% of its original new rope
strength. This can be determined through laboratory tensile
strength break tests. This can be done by Hanes Supply. If
utilities wish to perform their own tests, they should contact
Hanes Supply to coordinate testing procedure, methods and
apparatus. Hanes Supply has instructions on technical
procedures for testing braided synthetic ropes.
TRAINING
A Preventative Maintenance and Safety Program in the use of
winch lines is strongly recommended. Hanes Supply will assist
in this.
*Relative values only
This illustration clearly shows the higher the Working Load
Factor the greater the Service Life, and the lower the
replacement factor. Thus, a Working Load Factor also related
directly as an "Economy Factor."
Samson winch lines, used and cared for properly, will render
years of efficient, economical, and trouble-free service.
Winch line replacements, either in cut lengths or 600 ft. spools
are available through Hanes Supply.
Your may turn this around and look at it another way: If you're
always lifting the same weight; then, the stronger the rope (and
higher the Working Load Factor) – the longer the rope will last.
Samson Ocean Systems guarantees its products against
manufacturing defects, but can't be held responsible for failure
or accident due to improper use or failure to observe prescribed
procedures for usage, as set forth above. Write to Samson for
Guidelines on Care, Usage & Inspection of Rope.
FATIGUE
Synthetic fibers have a "memory." They function similar to metal
(wire) in that they remember and retain the effects of being
overloaded and shock loaded. This is an important reason to
stress winch line procedures which reduce danger of shock
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
72
www.hanessupply.com
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
73
NONE
NONE
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
ABRASION RESISTANCE
EXCELLENT
GOOD
DOES NOT
BURN
ROT AND MILDEW
LIGHT
STRONG
100%
RESISTANT
100%
RESISTANT
IDENTIFICATION
GOOD
EXCELLENT
GOOD
EXCELLENT
TO SOLVENTS
GOOD
GOOD
MELTS BEFORE
BURNING.
FORMS HARD
BEAD.
PUNGENT ODOR.
MELTS BEFORE
BURNING.
FORMS HARD
BEAD.
CELERY ODOR.
GOOD
100%
RESISTANT
VERY GOOD
VERY GOOD
VERY GOOD
NONE
WEB
UP TO 50%
MELTS AT 482°F
1% OF WEIGHT
10 - 12%
SINKS
1.38
6.5 - 9.0
100%
RESISTANT
GOOD
EXCELLENT
FAIR
NONE
WEB
UP TO 50%
9% OF WEIGHT
MELTS AT 482°F
16%
SINKS
1.14
8.0 - 9.0
DECOMPOSES
AT 800°F
TP & SE
NONE
POLYESTER
FILAMENT TYPE
NYLON
.5% OF WEIGHT
3.6%
SINKS
1.44
23
ARAMID
TO AKLALIS
EXCELLENT
EFFECT OF AGE
RESISTANCE TO
CHEMICALS AND ACIDS
TPX
NONE
MELTS AT 300°F
EFFECT OF SUNLIGHT
ON SLINGS
.2% OF WEIGHT
MOISTURE ABSORBENCY
3.6%
ELASTICITY AT
STRETCH BREAK
EFFECT OF HEAT
1.2
SINKS
SPECIFIC GRAVITY
ABILITY TO FLOAT
27
STRENGTH
(GRAMS PER DENIER)
K-SPEC
EXCELLENT
MELTS BEFORE
BURNING.
HARD TO CUT.
100%
RESISTANT
EXCELLENT
EXCELLENT
EXCELLENT
NONE
TPX
NONE
MELTS AT 297°F
ZERO
3.6%
FLOATS
.97
27
HMWPE
CHARACTERISTICS OF NATURAL AND SYNTHETIC FIBERS
FAIR
FLOATS.
MELTS BEFORE
BURNING.
BURNING ASPHALT
ORDOR.
100%
RESISTANT
GOOD
GOOD
EXCELLENT
NEGLIGIBLE
UP TO 50%
50% TENSILE AT 200°
MELTS AT 330°F
ZERO
22 - 28%
FLOATS
.92
6.5 - 8.0
MULTIFILIMENT
POLYPROPYLENE
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
Fiber Characteristics
www.hanessupply.com
MSI Products
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
The MSI-3360 Challenger II DigitalCrane
Scale is an instrument for light-duty overhead
industrial weighing.
The MSI-7200 Dyna-Link is a versatile digital
force measurement and load-indicating
instrument for inside and outside use. Ask
about remote display options.
MSI-7200
DYNA-LINK
MSI-3360
CHALLENGER II
DYNA-LINK
SPECIFICATIONS
CHALLENGER
SPECIFICATIONS
500 LB.
TO 250 TON
RANGE
250 LB.
TO 15,000 LB.
RANGE
"PORTA-WEIGH
PLUS"
SPECIFICATIONS
TRANS-WEIGH
SPECIFICATIONS
500 LB.
TO 250 TON
RANGE
500 LB.
TO 250 TON
RANGE
MSI-4300
"PORTA-WEIGH PLUS"
MSI-6260
TRANS-WEIGH
The MSI-6260 Trans-Weigh Radio Telemetry
Crane Scale provides trouble-free data
transmission from crane hook to digital
indicator.
The MSI-4300 "Porta-Weigh Plus" Overhead
Crane Scale has served duty in aerospace,
chemical, marine, mining, petroleum, and
steel industry applications for heavy-duty use.
Ask about the MSI-4260 "Porta-Weigh" for
Intrinsically Safe and High Heat applications.
WARNING
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Do not use this product unless properly trained.
Inspect and use according to OSHA B30.9 or Manufacturers Instructions.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
74
www.hanessupply.com
Griphoist Products
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
The Griphoist Dynafor® LLX with
Microprocessor
combines
digital
technology with lightweight, durable
aluminum construction for state-of-the-art
load monitoring and check-weighing.
Output by cable to hand-held display,
computer or printer. Operates in extreme
atmospheric conditions.
DYNAFOR® LLX
SPECIFICATIONS
250 LB.
TO 500,000 LB.
RANGE
GRIPHOIST
DYNAFOR® LLX
The Griphoist Wireless Dynafor® LLX-TR
sends radio signal up to 180 feet away to
hand-held display, or optional wallmounted display or printer.
DYNAFOR® LLX-TR
SPECIFICATIONS
250 LB.
TO 500,000 LB.
RANGE
GRIPHOIST
DYNAFOR® LLX-TR
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
75
www.hanessupply.com
Hilman Rollers
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
GUIDELINES FOR SELECTING THE PROPER MODEL
1. How much does the load weigh?
2. How many contact points does the load have? The Hilman rollers are rated in metric tons. Divide the number of
contact points into the total load to determine the capacity of individual rollers. Determine if the load is equally
distributed or unbalanced. If unbalanced, some rollers may carry more load and some less.
3. What is the rolling surface and its condition? The rolling surface should be hard and level, and free of debris.
Where the surface is not hard such as asphalt or dirt, a track or steel plate can be used as the rolling surface.
If the surface is not level, there must be a hold-back system on the load to brake and control it. If the floor is
composed of a delicate surface, then specify Nyton rollers which are coated to soften the roller contact.
4. Are there turns involved or is it a straight line move? If there are turns, rollers with swivels or swivels with a
locking top are suggested. If no turns, then a rigid style top is fine.
Rollers are available in sizes ranging from 1/2 to 3,000 tons. Riggers kits which consist of four rollers, steering
handles and various tops are available if moving loads with rollers is a common task. The kit comes complete with
a locking steel box. A riggers set is the same as a kit without the steel box.
HILMAN DELUXE KITS
• Steel or Nyton Chain
14 guage
steel
carrying
case
Move and position all types of heavy equipment
Hilman Rollers
provide maximum
turning options
Raised base
prevents corrosion
and provides
forklift loading
Two full-length steering
handles knock-down
for storage
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
76
www.hanessupply.com
Lifting Attachments
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
LIFTER VS SPREADER – THE DIFFERENCE
Lifting beams are used when available headroom is not sufficient for top rigging. Lifting
beams must be designed structurally larger than spreader beams to adequately handle
load stress. Spreader beams with top rigging are smaller because most load stress is
absorbed by the rigging. This differentiation is critical in order to properly specify the
equipment required. Make sure you know the difference.
DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY
Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.
DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
WARNING
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
77
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Rope Clips
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
CROSBY CLIP WARNINGS AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
1.
Refer to Table I following these instructions. Turn back
specified amount of rope from thimble or loop. Apply first
clip one base width from dead end of rope. Apply U-Bolt
over dead end of wire rope – live end rests in saddle.
Tighten nuts evenly, alternate from one nut to the other
until reaching the recommended torque.
2.
When two clips are required, apply the second clip as near
the loop or thimble as possible. Tighten nuts evenly,
alternating until reaching the recommended torque. When
more than two clips are required, apply the second clip as
near the loop or thimble as possible, turn nuts on second
clip firmly, but do not tighten. Proceed to Step 3.
3.
G-450
(Red-U-Bolt)
When three or more clips are required, space additional
clips equally between first two – take up rope slack –
tighten nuts on each U-Bolt evenly, alternating from one
nut to the other until reaching recommended torque.
WARNING
IMPORTANT
Apply first load to test the assembly. This load should be of
equal or greater weight than loads expected in use. Next,
check and retighten nuts to recommended torque. In
accordance with good rigging and maintenance practices,
the wire rope end termination should be inspected
periodically for wear, abuse, and general adequacy.
• Failure to read, understand, and follow these
instructions may cause death or serious injury.
• Read and understand these instructions before
using clips.
• Prepare wire rope end termination only as
instructed.
• Do not use with plastic coated wire rope.
• Apply first load to test the assembly. This load
should be of equal or greater weight than loads
expected in use. Next, check and re-tighten nuts to
recommended torque. (See Table I, this page).
TABLE I
Efficiency ratings for wire rope end terminations are based
upon the catalog breaking strength of wire rope. The
efficiency rating of a properly prepared loop or thimble –
eye termination for clip sizes 1/8" through 7/8" is 80%, and
for sizes 1" through 3-1/2" is 90%.
The number of clips shown (see Table I) is based upon
using RRL or RLL wire rope, 6 x 19 or 6 x 37 Class, FC or
IWRC; IPS or XIP. If Seale construction or similar large
outer wire type construction in the 6 x 19 Class is to be
used for sizes 1" and larger, add one additional clip. If a
pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, add
one additional clip.
The number of clips shown also applies to rotationresistant RRL wire rope, 8 x 19 Class, IPS, XIP, sizes 11/2" and smaller; and to rotation-resistant RRL wire rope,
19 x 7 Class IPS, XIP, sizes 1-3/4" and smaller.
For elevator, personnel hoist, and scaffold applications,
refer to ANSI A17.1 and ANSI A10.4. These standards do
not recommend U-Bolt style wire rope clip terminations.
The style wire rope termination used for any application is
the obligation of the user.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
MINIMUM
NO.
OF CLIPS
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-3/4
3
3-1/2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
9
10
10
12
AMOUNT OF
*TORQUE IN
ROPE TO TURN
FT.
BACK IN INCHES
(LBS)
3-1/4
3-3/4
4-3/4
5-1/4
6-1/2
7
11-1/2
12
12
18
19
26
34
44
44
4
58
61
71
73
84
100
106
149
4.5
7.5
15
30
45
65
65
95
95
130
225
225
225
360
360
360
430
590
750
750
750
750
1200
1200
If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, add
one additional clip.
If a greater number of clips are used than shown in the table, the
amount of turnback should be increased proportionately.
*The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads
being clean, dry, and free of lubrication.
For OSHA (Construction) applications, see OSHA
1926.251.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
CLIP
SIZE
(IN.)
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
78
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Rope Clips
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
CROSBY® CLIPS
• Sizes 1/8" through 3" have
forged bases
E
Look for the Red-U-Bolt®,
your assurance of
Crosby Clips.
• Entire clip – hot dip galvanized to
resist corrosive and rusting
action.
A
F
• Only genuine Crosby clips have
a red U-BOLT for instant
recognition.
G
C
B
• All clips are individually bagged
or tagged with proper application
instructions
and
warning
information.
• Clip sizes up through 1-1/2" have
rolled threads.
D
G-450
H
SEE APPLICATION AND
WARNING INFORMATION
Crosby clips all sizes 1/4" and larger meet
Federal Specification FF-C-450 TYPE 1 CLASS 1.
ROPE
SIZE
(IN)
G-450
STOCK NO.
GALV.
STD.
PKG.
QTY.
WT. PER
100
(LBS)
A
B
C
DIMENSIONS (IN)
D
G
H
*1/8
*3/16
1/4
1010015
1010033
1010051
100
100
100
6
10
20
.22
.25
.31
.72
.97
1.03
.44
.56
.50
.47
.59
.75
.41
.50
.66
.38
.44
.56
.81
.94
1.19
.94
1.16
1.44
5/16
3/8
7/16
1010079
1010097
1010113
100
100
50
30
47
76
.38
.44
.50
1.38
1.50
1.88
.75
.75
1.00
.88
1.00
1.19
.72
.91
1.13
.69
1.63
.88
1.31
1.94
1.81
1.69
.75
2.28
1/2
9/16
5/8
1010131
1010159
1010177
50
50
50
80
104
106
.50
.56
.56
1.88
2.25
2.38
1.00
1.25
1.25
1.19
1.31
1.31
1.13
1.22
1.34
.88
.94
.94
1.91
2.06
2.06
2.28
2.50
2.50
3/4
7/8
1
1010195
1010211
1010239
25
25
10
142
212
252
.62
.75
.75
2.75
3.12
3.50
1.44
1.62
1.81
1.50
1.75
1.88
1.41
1.59
1.78
1.06
1.25
1.25
2.25
2.44
2.63
2.84
3.16
3.47
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1010257
1010275
1010293
10
10
10
283
438
442
.75
.88
.88
3.88
4.25
4.63
2.00
2.13
2.31
2.00
2.31
2.38
1.91
2.19
2.31
1.25
1.44
1.44
2.81
3.13
3.13
3.59
4.13
4.19
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
1010319
1010337
1010355
10
Bulk
Bulk
544
704
934
.88
1.00
1.13
4.94
5.31
5.75
2.38
2.62
2.75
2.59
2.75
3.06
2.44
2.66
2.94
1.44
1.63
1.81
3.41
3.63
3.81
4.44
4.75
5.28
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
1010373
1010391
1010417
Bulk
Bulk
Bulk
1300
1600
1900
1.25
1.25
1.25
6.44
7.13
7.69
3.00
3.19
3.44
3.38
3.88
4.13
3.28
3.19
3.69
2.00
2.00
2.00
4.44
4.50
4.05
5.88
6.38
6.63
†2-3/4
3
†31/2
1010435
1010453
1010426
Bulk
Bulk
Bulk
2300
3100
4000
1.25
1.50
1.50
8.31
9.19
10.75
3.56
3.88
4.50
4.38
4.75
5.50
4.88
4.69
6.00
2.00
2.38
2.38
5.00
5.88
6.19
6.88
7.63
8.38
E
F
*Electro-plated U-Bolt and Nuts
†2-3/4" and 3-1/2" are made of cast steel.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
79
www.hanessupply.com
Master Link
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
MASTER LINK
• Alloy Steel - Quenched and Tempered.
• Individually proof tested at 2 times Working
Load Limit with certification.
• Proof test certification shipped with each link.
• Sizes from 1/2" to 2" are drop forged.
A-342
STOCK
NO. S.C.
SIZE
(IN)
WLL*†
(LBS)
WT.
EACH
(LBS)
DIMENSIONS (IN)
DEFORMATION
A
B
C
D
E
INDICATOR
1/2
5/8
3/4
1014262
1014280
1014306
7000
9000
12300
.82
1.52
2.07
.50
.63
.75
2.50
3.00
2.75
5.00
6.00
5.50
3.50
4.25
4.25
6.00
7.25
7.00
3.00
3.50
3.50
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1014324
1014342
1014360
24360
36000
54300
4.85
9.57
16.22
1.00
1.25
1.50
3.50
4.38
5.25
7.00
8.75
10.50
5.50
6.88
8.25
9.00
11.25
13.50
4.50
5.50
6.50
1-3/4
2
2-1/4††
1014388
1014404
1014422
84900
102600
143100
25.22
37.04
54.10
1.75
2.00
2.25
6.00
7.00
8.00
12.00
14.00
16.00
9.50
11.00
12.50
15.50
18.00
20.50
7.50
9.00
–
2-1/2††
2-3/4††
3††
1014468
1014440
1014486
147300
216900
228000
67.75
87.70
115.00
2.50
2.75
3.00
8.00
9.50
9.00
16.00
16.00
18.00
13.00
15.00
15.00
21.00
21.50
24.00
–
–
–
3-1/4††
3-1/2††
3-3/4††
1014501
1014529
1015051
262200
279000
336000
145.00
200.00
198.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
10.00
12.00
10.00
20.00
24.00
20.00
16.50
19.00
17.50
26.50
31.00
27.50
–
–
–
4††
4-1/4††
4-1/2††
1015060
1015067
1015079
373000
354000
360000
228.00
302.00
345.00
4.00
4.25
4.50
10.00
12.00
14.00
20.00
24.00
28.00
18.00
20.50
23.00
28.00
32.50
37.00
–
–
–
4-3/4††
5††
1015088
1015094
389000
395000
436.00
516.00
4.75
5.00
14.00
15.00
28.00
30.00
23.50
25.00
37.50
40.00
–
–
A-342
A
CE
B
D
*Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.
†Based on single leg sling (in-line load), or resultant load on muliple legs with an included angle less than or equal to 120°.
For use with chain slings.
††Welded Master Link.
MASTER LINK ASSEMBLY
B
D
E
A
C
F
G
SIZE
(IN)
• Alloy Steel - Quenched and Tempered.
• Individually proof tested at 2 times Working
Load Limit with certification.
• Proof test certification shipped with each link.
A-345
STOCK
NO. S.C.
WLL*†
(LBS)
WT.
EACH
(LBS)
DIMENSIONS (IN)
A
B
C
D
DEFORMATION
E
F
INDICATOR
3/4
1014734
10500
2.60
.75
2.75
5.50
.56
3.55
1.57
3.50
1
1014752
24360
6.10
1.00
3.50
7.00
.69
3.94
2.36
4.50
1-1/4
1014770
36000
13.20
1.25
4.38
8.75
.88
3.94
2.36
5.50
1-1/2
1014798
54300
24.20
1.50
5.25
10.50
1.15
5.91
2.76
6.50
1-3/4
1014814
84900
35.60
1.75
6.00
12.00
1.25
6.30
3.54
7.50
2
1014832
102600
57.30
2.00
7.00
14.00
1.50
7.09
3.94
9.00
A-345
*Working Load Limit with coupling links at 60° included angle.
†Ultimate Load is 4 times Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
80
www.hanessupply.com
Forged Shackles
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
ROUND PIN
SCREW PIN
•
•
•
•
•
Working load limit permanently shown on every shackle.
Forged – Quenched and Tempered, with alloy pins.
Capacities 1/3 through 55 tons.
Look for the red pin...the mark of genuine Crosby quality.
Shackles can be furnished proof tested with certificates
to designated standards such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or
other certification available when requested at the time of
order.
• Hot dip galvanized or self-colored.
• Fatigue rated.
G-209 S-209
G-213 S-213
Round pin anchor shackles meet the
requirements of Federal Specification
RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A, Class 1.
Screw pin anchor shackles meet the
requirements of Federal Specification
RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A, Class 2.
NOM.
SIZE
(IN.)
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/2
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT*
(TONS)
†1/3
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3-1/4
4-3/4
6-1/2
8-1/2
9-1/2
12
13-1/2
17
25
35
†55
STOCK NO.
G-209
GALV.
S-209
S.C.
G-213
GALV.
S-213
S.C.
1018357
1018375
1018393
1018419
1018437
1018455
1018473
1018491
1018516
1018534
1018552
1018570
1018598
1018614
1018632
1018650
1018678
–
1018384
1018400
1018428
1018446
1018464
1018482
1018507
1018525
1018543
1018561
1018589
1018605
1018623
1018641
1018669
1018687
–
1018017
1018035
1018053
1018071
1018099
1018115
1018133
1018151
1018179
1018197
1018213
1018231
1018259
1018277
1018295
–
–
1018026
1018044
1018062
1018080
1018106
1018124
1018142
1018160
1018188
1018204
1018222
1018240
1018268
1018286
1018302
–
NOM.
SIZE
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT*
A
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/2
†1/3
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3-1/4
4-3/4
6-1/2
8-1/2
9-1/2
12
13-1/2
17
25
35
†55
.38
.47
.53
.66
.75
.81
1.06
1.25
1.44
1.69
1.81
2.03
2.25
2.38
2.88
3.25
4.13
WEIGHT EACH
(LBS)
G-209 G-213
S-209 S-213
.06
.10
.19
.31
.38
.72
1.37
2.35
3.62
5.03
7.41
9.50
13.53
17.20
27.75
45.00
85.75
–
.13
.18
.29
.38
.71
1.50
2.32
3.49
5.00
6.97
9.75
13.25
17.25
29.46
45.75
–
DIMENSIONS (IN)
B
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.63
.75
.88
1.00
1.13
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.63
2.00
2.25
2.75
C
.88
1.13
1.22
1.44
1.69
1.88
2.38
2.81
3.31
3.75
4.25
4.69
5.25
5.75
7.00
7.75
10.50
D
.19
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.63
.75
.88
1.00
1.16
1.29
1.42
1.54
1.84
2.08
2.71
E
F
G
.60
.78
.84
1.03
1.16
1.31
1.69
2.00
2.28
2.69
2.91
3.25
3.63
3.88
5.00
5.75
7.25
.56
.61
.75
.91
1.06
1.19
1.50
1.81
2.09
2.38
2.69
3.00
3.31
3.63
4.19
4.71
5.69
.98
1.28
1.47
1.78
2.03
2.31
2.94
3.50
4.03
4.69
5.16
5.75
6.38
6.88
8.86
9.97
12.87
H
1.47
1.84
2.09
2.49
2.91
3.28
4.19
4.97
5.83
6.56
7.47
8.25
9.16
10.00
12.34
13.68
17.84
L
M
N
P
.16
.19
.22
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.50
.56
.63
.69
.75
.81
1.00
1.22
1.38
1.12
1.38
1.66
2.03
2.38
2.69
3.34
3.97
4.50
5.07
5.59
6.16
6.84
7.35
9.08
10.34
13.00
–
1.34
1.59
1.88
2.13
2.38
2.91
3.44
3.81
4.53
5.13
5.50
6.13
6.50
7.75
8.75
–
.19
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.69
.81
.97
1.06
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.62
2.25
2.40
3.13
TOLERANCE
+/C
A
.06
.06
.06
.13
.13
.13
.13
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.13
.13
.13
.13
.25
*NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.0 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 6 times the Working Load Limit.
†Furnished in screw pin only.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
81
www.hanessupply.com
Alloy Bolt-Type Shackles
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
BOLT-TYPE ANCHOR SHACKLE
G-2140
NOM.
WORKING
SHACKLE
LOAD
SIZE
LIMIT*
(IN.)
(TONS)
STOCK NO.
G-2140
GALV
S-2140
S.C.
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
1-1/2
30
1021110
1021129
20.8
1-3/4
40
1021138
1021147
33.9
2
55
1021156
1021165
52.0
2-1/2
85
1021174
1021183
96.0
3
120
1021192
–
178.0
3-1/2
†150
1021218
–
265.0
4
†175
1021236
–
338.0
4-3/4**
†200
1021414
–
450.0
5**
†250
1021432
–
600.0
6**
†300
1021450
–
775.0
7**
†400
1021478
–
1102.0
NOM.
WORKING
SHACKLE
LOAD
SIZE
LIMIT*
(IN.)
(TONS)
S-2140
• Working Load Limit is permanently
shown on every shackle.
• Alloy bows, alloy bolts.
• Quenched and tempered.
• Sizes 200 tons and larger are
individually proof tested.
• Forged Alloy Steel 30 through 175 metric
tons. Cast Alloy Steel 200 through 400
metric tons.
• Pins are galvanized and painted red.
DIMENSIONS
(IN)
TOLERANCE
+/-
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
A
E
1-1/2
30
2.38
3.62
1.62
1.63
5.75
1.50
6.88
7.94
10.00
3.88
.13
.25
1-3/4
40
2.88
4.31
2.25
2.00
7.00
1.75
8.50
9.31
12.22
5.00
.13
.25
2
55
3.25
4.81
2.40
2.25
7.75
2.00
9.75
10.41
13.28
5.75
.13
.25
2-1/2
85
4.12
5.69
3.12
2.75
10.50
2.62
12.50
13.56
17.34
7.25
.25
.25
3
†120
5.00
6.50
3.62
3.25
12.98
3.00
14.50
16.50
21.50
7.88
.25
.25
3-1/2
†150
5.25
8.00
4.12
3.75
14.63
3.50
16.50
19.00
24.62
9.00
.25
.25
4
†175
5.50
9.00
4.56
4.25
14.50
4.00
18.38
19.75
25.69
10.00
.25
.25
4-3/4**
†200
7.25
10.50
6.00
4.75
15.50
3.75
21.00
19.88
29.25
11.00
.25
.25
5**
†250
8.25
12.00
6.50
5.00
20.00
4.00
24.50
21.12
35.00
13.00
.25
.25
6**
†300
8.38
12.00
6.75
6.00
19.50
5.25
25.00
22.88
35.25
13.00
.25
.25
7**
†400
8.25
14.00
7.25
7.00
22.50
6.50
26.00
26.12
40.25
13.00
.25
.25
*NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.0 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit on 200
through 400 metric tons. For sizes 30 throught 175 metric tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 5.4 times the Working Load Limit.
**Cast Alloy Steel.
†Furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.
††Maximum Proof Load is 1000 tons and furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
82
www.hanessupply.com
Bolt-Type Shackles
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
BOLT-TYPE
ANCHOR SHACKLE
G-2130
S-2130
Bolt Type Anchor shackles with thin
head bolt–nut with cotter pin, meets the
requirements of Federal Specification
RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A, Class 3.
NOM.
WORKING
SHACKLE
LOAD
SIZE
LIMIT*
(IN.)
(TONS)
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
1/3
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3-1/4
4-3/4
6-1/2
8-1/2
9-1/2
12
13-1/2
17
25
35
55
†85
†120
†150
NOM.
WORKING
SHACKLE LOAD
SIZE
LIMIT*
(IN.)
(TONS)
3/16
1/3
1/4
1/2
5/16
3/4
3/8
1
7/16
1-1/2
1/2
2
5/8
3-1/4
3/4
4-3/4
7/8
6-1/2
1
8-1/2
1-1/8
9-1/2
1-1/4
12
1-3/8
13-1/2
1-1/2
17
1-3/4
25
2
35
2-1/2
55
3
†85
3-1/2
†120
4
†150
HEADQUARTERS: 55
BOLT-TYPE
CHAIN SHACKLE
• Working Load Limit is permanently shown on
every shackle.
• Forged – quenched and tempered, with alloy
pins.
• Capacities 1/3 through 150 metric tons.
• Look for the red pin... the mark of genuine
Crosby quality.
• Shackles can be furnished proof tested with
certificates to designated standards, such as
ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other certification.
Charges for proof testing and certification
available when requested at time of order.
• Hot dip galvanized or self colored.
• Fatigue rated.
G-2130
GALV.
A-21E0
S.C.
G-2150
GALV.
A-2150
S.C.
2130
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
2150
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
1019464
1019466
1019468
1019470
1019471
1019472
1019490
1019515
1019533
1019551
1019579
1019597
1019613
1019631
1019659
1019677
1019695
1019711
1019739
1019757
–
–
–
–
–
1019481
1019506
1019524
1019542
1019560
1019588
1019604
1019622
1019640
1019668
1019686
1019702
–
–
–
–
1019768
1019770
1019772
1019774
1019775
1019793
1019819
1019837
1019855
1019873
1019891
1019917
1019935
1019953
1019971
1019999
1020013
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1019784
1019800
1019828
1019846
1019864
1019882
1019908
1019926
1019944
1019962
1019980
1020004
–
–
–
.06
.11
.22
.33
.49
.79
1.68
2.72
3.95
5.66
8.27
11.71
15.83
20.80
33.91
52.25
98.25
154.00
265.00
338.00
–
.13
.23
.33
.49
.75
1.47
2.52
3.85
5.55
7.60
10.81
13.75
18.50
31.40
46.75
85.00
124.25
–
–
STOCK NO.
G-2150
S-2150
Bolt Type Chain shackles with thin hex
head bolt–nut with cotter pin, meets the
requirements of Federal Specification
RR-C-271D Type IVB, Grade A, Class 3.
DIMENSIONS (IN)
TOLERANCE
+/A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
K
L
M
N
P
R
C&G
A
.38
.47
.53
.66
.75
.81
1.06
1.25
1.44
1.69
1.81
2.03
2.25
2.38
2.88
3.25
4.13
5.00
5.25
5.50
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.63
.75
.88
1.00
1.13
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.63
2.00
2.25
2.75
3.25
3.75
4.25
.88
1.13
1.22
1.44
1.69
1.88
2.38
2.81
3.31
3.75
4.25
4.69
5.25
5.75
7.00
7.75
10.50
13.00
14.63
14.50
.19
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.63
.75
.88
1.00
1.13
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.62
3.00
3.50
4.00
.60
.78
.84
1.03
1.16
1.31
1.69
2.00
2.28
2.69
2.91
3.25
3.63
3.88
5.00
5.75
7.25
7.88
9.00
10.00
.56
.61
.75
.91
1.06
1.19
1.50
1.81
2.09
2.38
2.69
3.00
3.31
3.63
4.19
4.81
5.69
6.50
8.00
9.00
–
–
–
–
–
1.63
2.00
2.38
2.81
3.19
3.56
3.94
4.44
4.88
5.75
6.75
8.00
8.50
–
–
1.47
1.84
2.09
2.49
2.91
3.28
4.22
4.97
5.83
6.56
7.47
8.28
9.16
10.00
12.22
13.28
17.34
21.50
24.63
25.69
–
–
–
–
–
3.03
3.75
4.53
5.33
5.94
6.78
7.50
8.28
9.06
10.97
12.28
14.84
16.88
–
–
.98
1.28
1.47
1.78
2.03
2.31
2.94
3.50
4.03
4.69
5.16
5.75
6.38
6.88
8.50
9.75
12.50
14.50
16.50
18.38
–
–
–
–
–
1.81
2.31
2.75
3.19
3.69
4.06
4.53
5.00
5.38
6.38
7.25
9.13
11.00
–
–
.19
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.69
.81
.97
1.00
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.62
2.12
2.40
3.13
3.62
4.12
4.56
1.29
1.56
1.82
2.17
2.51
3.03
3.63
4.44
5.00
5.69
6.41
6.97
7.69
8.25
9.59
11.00
13.69
16.50
19.00
19.75
–
–
–
–
–
.50
.63
.81
.97
1.00
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.62
2.12
2.00
2.62
3.50
–
–
.06
.06
.06
.13
.13
.13
.13
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.13
.13
.13
.13
.25
.25
.25
.25
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
83
www.hanessupply.com
Alloy Shackles
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
"WIDE BODY" SLING SAVER SHACKLES INCREASE SLING LIFE
• Greatly improves wearability of wire rope slings.
• Increase in shackle bow radius provides minimum
58% gain in sling bearing surface and eliminates
need for a thimble.
• Increases usable sling strength minimum of 15%.
• Pin is non-rotating, with weld on handles for easier
use.
• All ratings are in metric tons, embossed on side of
bow.
• Sizes 400 tons and larger are tested to 1.33 times
Working Load Limit.
400 THROUGH 1000
METRIC TONS
• Standard 2160 shackles 400 tons and larger are
individually proof tested with Crosby certification.
Shackles requiring ABS, DNV, Lloyds and other
certifications are available upon special request
and must be specified at time of order.
G-2160
CONVENTIONAL
SHACKLE
• Weighs no more than conventionally designed
shackles.
Patented
• All sizes quenched and tempered for maximum
strength.
"WIDE BODY"
SHACKLE
• Forged alloy steel from 75 through 300 metric tons.
• Cast alloy steel from 400 through 1000 metric tons.
75 THROUGH 300
METRIC TONS
• All bows are furnished Dimetcoted. All pins are
Dimetcoted then painted red.
WLL*
G-2160
TONS)
DIMENSIONS (IN)
WT.
(METRIC STOCK EACH
NO.
A
(LBS)
B
C
+/-.25
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
R
+/-.02
75†
1021290
99
13.62
4.13
2.12
2.76
4.76
12.80
2.52
11.41
4.72
3.66
4.37
1.00
3.00
3.90
12.32
18.31
125†
1021307
161
15.75
5.12
2.56
3.15
5.71
15.94
3.15
14.37
5.90
4.33
5.12
1.06
2.95
4.64
14.96
22.68
200†
1021316
500
20.00
5.90
3.35
4.13
7.28
20.96
4.33
18.90
8.07
5.41
6.69
1.26
4.33
5.75
19.49
29.82
9.25
300†
1021325
811
23.27
7.28
4.00
5.25
26.25
5.51
23.62
10.43
6.31
8.07
1.50
4.42
6.89
23.64
37.39
400††
1021334
1041
28.13
8.66
5.16
6.30
11.02 25.79
6.30
22.64
12.60
7.28
9.45
1.50
4.72
7.76
27.16
38.78
500††
1021343
1378
31.87
9.84
5.59
7.09
12.52 28.35
6.69
24.80
13.39
8.86
10.43
1.61
4.92
8.74
31.10
42.72
600††
1021352
1833
35.94
10.83
6.04
7.87
13.78 31.50
7.28
27.56
14.57
9.74
11.93
1.75
5.39
9.74
34.06
47.24
700††
1021361
2446
39.07
11.81
6.59
8.46
14.80 33.17
7.87
28.94
15.75
10.63 12.62
1.89
5.94
10.75 37.01
50.18
800††
1021254
3016
38.82
12.80
7.19
9.06
15.75 34.06
8.27
29.53
16.54
10.92 13.90
1.89
6.14
11.26 38.39
52.09
900††
1021389
3436
41.34
13.78
7.78
9.84
16.93 34.74
8.66
29.80
17.32
11.52 15.20
2.01
6.08
12.50 40.35
54.04
1000††
1021370
4022
46.30
14.96
8.33
10.63
17.72 35.24
9.06
29.92
18.11
12.11 16.00
2.01
5.98
12.99 42.32
55.31
*Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
†Forged Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.
††Cast Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 1.33 times the Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
84
www.hanessupply.com
"Synthetic Sling Saver" Shackle
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
SLING SAVER SHACKLES INCREASE SLING LIFE
S-252
S-253
The Crosby "Synthetic Sling Saver" Shackle, designed for Round or Flat
Synthetic Slings, has the following features:
• Eliminates "bunching" effect caused by traditional shackles.
• Reduces sling tendency to slide.
Increased radius of bow gives wider sling bearing surface resulting in an
increased area for load distribution, thus:
• Increases Synthetic Sling efficiency by at least 15% as compared to a
standard anchor or chain shackle bow.
• Allowing better load distribution on internal fibers.
Both a Screw Pin and Bolt, nut and cotter pin configuration.
• Bolt (Pin) has a large diameter that provides better load distribution.
Each shackle has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material
traceability along with a Working Load Limit and the name Crosby forged
into it.
• Available in sizes from 3-1/4 tons (1") to 50 tons (6").
• All Alloy construction.
• Design Factor of 5 to 1.
• Fatigue rated to 20,000 cycles at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit.
WEB
SLING
NOMINAL
SIZE
(IN.)
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT*
(TONS)
1&2
1
3-1/4
1020485
1.4
1020575
1.4
3&4
1.5
6-1/2
1020496
2.4
1020575
2.2
ROUND
SLING
SIZE
(NUMBER)
5&6
2
8-3/4
S-252
BOLT TYPE
WEIGHT
S-252
EACH
STOCK NO.
(LBS.)
1020507
S-252
S-253
SCREW PIN
WEIGHT
S-253
EACH
STOCK NO.
(LBS.)
4.1
1020593
S-253
3.8
7&8
3
12-1/2
1020518
8.0
1020602
7.3
9 & 10
4
20-1/2
1020529
16.9
1020611
15.2
11 & 12
5
35
1020540
35.0
1020620
30.8
13
6
50
1020551
57.5
1020629
52.0
ROUND
SLING
SIZE
(NUMBER)
WEB
SLING
NOMINAL
SIZE (IN.)
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT*
(TONS)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
P
R
1&2
3&4
5&6
7&8
9 & 10
11 & 12
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
3-1/4
6-1/2
8-3/4
12-1/2
20-1/2
35
.88
1.25
1.38
1.62
2.12
2.50
.62
.75
.88
1.12
1.38
1.75
1.38
1.75
2.25
3.25
4.50
5.50
.75
.88
1.00
1.25
1.50
2.00
1.50
1.88
2.81
3.06
5.75
6.34
.44
.50
.56
.75
.88
1.12
3.38
4.15
5.50
6.34
9.75
11.50
3.68
4.25
4.72
5.88
7.19
9.31
1.12
1.31
1.50
1.88
2.25
3.00
1.50
1.81
2.09
2.62
3.12
4.19
.75
1.00
1.12
1.38
1.75
2.25
2.69
3.38
4.19
5.62
7.50
9.19
3.22
4.03
4.50
5.59
6.88
8.66
.44
.50
.50
.62
.75
1.00
1.00
1.19
1.44
1.81
2.13
2.88
50
3.00
2.12
6.50
2.25
7.70
1.25
16.75
10.38
3.38
4.75
2.75
11.00
10.22
1.22
3.19
13
6
DIMENSIONS
(IN.)
N
*Note: Maximum Proof Load is 2-1/2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
85
www.hanessupply.com
Synthetic Sling Hook
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
WEB SLING HOOK
The Web Sling hook, originally designed for 2-Ply Web slings, can also be used
with Round Slings as long as the Working Load Limit ratings are compatible.
The new hook incorporates the following features:
9 Eye is desigend with a wide beam surface which:
• Eliminates bunching effects
• Reduces sling tendency to slide.
• Allows a better load distribution on internal fibers.
9 Each hook has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material
traceability along with a working load limit.
9 Hooks available in sizes 1-1/2 (1"), 3 (2"), and 5 (3") tons.
9 All alloy construction.
9 Design factor of 5 to 1.
9 Fatigue rated to 20,000 cycles at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit.
WS-320 A
WEB SLING HOOK
WEB SLING
ROUND
NOMINAL
SLING
SIZE
SIZE
(IN.)
(NUMBER)
WEB SLING ROUND WORKING
NOMINAL
SLING
LOAD
SIZE
SIZE
LIMIT*
(IN.)
(NUMBER) (TONS)
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT*
(TONS)
S-4320
HOOK WS-320 A
WSL-320 A REPLACEMENT
I.D.
S.C
WITH LATCH
LATCH KIT
CODE STOCK NO. STOCK NO.
STOCK NO.
1"
1
1-1/2
FA
1022701
1022706
1096374
2"
2
3
HA
1022712
1022717
1096468
3"
3
5
IA
1022723
1022728
1096515
DIMENSIONS
(IN.)
A
B
C
D
F
5.25 2.26 3.98 3.11 1.38
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
.75
O
P
Q
.91 2.24 1.01
T
AA
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
1"
1
1-1/2
.84
.94
.93
.71 1.50
.63
.98 2.00
1.10
2"
2
3
7.11
3.66 5.31 3.97 1.63
1.13
1.32
1.13
.94 2.50
.85 1.13 1.09 2.82 1.69 1.16 2.00
2.86
3"
3
5
9.33 5.13 7.06 4.81 2.00
1.44
1.63
1.47 1.31 3.75 1.13 1.63 1.36 3.51 2.59 1.53 2.50
6.60
*Note: Proof load is 2-1/2 times Working Load Limit. Average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 time Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
86
www.hanessupply.com
Sling and Hoist Hooks
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
SLING AND HOIST HOOKS
WARNING
WARNINGS AND APPLICATION
INSTRUCTIONS
S-320N
S-322
Important Safety Information –
Read and Follow
• A visual periodic inspection for cracks, nicks, wear,
gouges and deformation as part of a comprehensive
documented inspection program, should be conducted by
trained personnel in compliance with the schedule in ANSI
B30.10.
• For hooks used in frequent load cycles or pulsating loads,
the hook and threads should be periodically inspected by
Magnetic Particle or Dye Penetrant. (Note: Some
disassembly may be required.)
• Never use a hook whose throat opening has been
increased, or whose tip has been bent more than 10
degrees out of plane from the hook body, or is in any other
way distorted or bent. Note: A latch will not work
properly on a hook with a bent or worn tip.
• Never use a hook that is worn beyond the limits shown in
Figure 1.
• Remove from service any hook with a crack, nick, or
gouge. Hooks with a crack, nick or gouge shall be repaired
by grinding lengthwise, following the contour of the hook,
provided that the reduced dimension is within the limits
shown in Figure 1.
• Never repair, alter, rework, or reshape a hook by welding,
heating, burning, or bending.
• Never side load, back load, or tip load a hook. (See Figure
2)
• Eye hooks, shank hooks and swivel hooks are designed to
be used with wire rope or chain. Efficiency of assembly
may be reduced when used with synthetic material.
• Do not swivel the S-322 swivel hook while it is supporting
a load.
• The use of a latch may be mandatory by regulations or
safety codes; e.g., OSHA, MSHA, ANSI/ASME B30,
Insurance, etc.
• Always make sure the hook supports the load. (See Figure
3) The latch must never support the load. (See Figure 4)
• When placing two (2) sling legs in hook, make sure the
angle from the vertical to the outermost leg is not greater
than 45 degrees, and the included angle between the legs
does not exceed 90 degrees.* (See Figure 5)
• See ANSI/ASME B30.10 "Hooks" for additional
information.
*For two legged slings with angles greater than 90°, use an intermediate
link such as a master link or bolt type shackle to collect the legs of the
slings. The intermediate link can then be placed over the hook to provide
an in-line load on the hook. This approach must also be used when using
slings with three or more legs.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
2/3
2/3
45° 45°
45° 45°
ZONE B
S-320
ZONE B
S-319
• Loads may disengage from hook if proper
procedures are not followed.
• A failing load may cause serious injury or
death.
• See OSHA Rule 1926.550(g) for personnel
hoisting by cranes or derricks. A 319, 320 or
322 hook with a PL Latch attached (when
secured with the bolt, nut and pin) may be
used for lifting personnel.
• Threads may corrode and/or strip and drop
the load.
• Hook must always support the load. The
load must never be supported by the latch.
• Never apply more force than the hook's
assigned Working Load Limit (WLL) rating.
• Read and understand these instructions
before using hook.
ZONE C
60°
ZONE D
ZONE A
ZONE A
ZONE
ZONE
ZONE
ZONE
A:
B:
C:
D:
REPAIR NOT REQUIRED
10% OF ORIGINAL DIMENSION
5% OF ORIGINAL DIMENSION
SEE MINIMUM THREAD SIZE
Figure 1
Side Load
Back Load
Tip Load
WRONG
Figure 2
RIGHT
Figure 3
WRONG
Figure 4
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
87
ZONE C
60°
Figure 5
www.hanessupply.com
Hoist Hooks
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
SHANK HOOKS
SEE APPLICATION AND
WARNING INFORMATION
• The most complete line of shank hoist hooks. Available 3/4
to 300 tons.
• Available in carbon steel, alloy steel, and bronze.
• Quenched and Tempered.
• Proper design, careful forging and precision controlled
quench and tempering give maximum strength without
excessive weight and bulk.
• Every Crosby Shank Hook has a pre-drilled cam which can
be equipped with a latch. Even years after purchase of the
original hook, latch assemblies can be added.
S-319
S-319N
• Load Rating code stamped on each hook (Refer to Hook
Identification Code columns below).
WORKING LOAD LIMIT*
(TONS)
SHANK‡
LENGTH
CARBON ALLOY BRONZE
TYPE
3/4*
1
.5
Std.
1**
1-1/2
.6
Std.
1-1/2**
2
1.0
Std.
2**
3
1.4
Std.
3**
4-1/2
2.0
Std.
5**
7
3.5
Std.
7-1/2**
11
5.0
Std.
10**
15
6.5
Std.
15**
22
10.0
Std.
20
30
–
Std.
20
30
–
Long
25
37
–
Std.
25
37
–
Long
30
45
–
Std.
30
45
–
Long
40
60
–
Std
40
60
–
Long
50†
75†
–
Std.
50†
75†
–
Long
–
100†
–
Std.
–
100†
–
Long
–
150†
–
Std.
–
200†
–
Std.
–
300†
–
Std.
HOOK IDENTIFICATION
CODE
319-C
319-A
320-C
320-A 319-B
322-C
322-A
DC
DA
DB
FC
FA
FB
GC
GA
GB
HC
HA
HB
IC
IA
IB
JC
JA
JB
KC
KA
KB
LC
LA
LB
NC
NA
NB
OC
OA
–
OC
OA
–
PC
PA
–
PC
PA
–
SC
SA
–
SC
SA
–
TC
TA
–
TC
TA
–
UC
UA
–
UC
UA
–
–
WA
–
–
WA
–
–
XA
–
–
YA
–
–
ZA
–
DIMENSIONS
(IN.)
A
4.42
5.05
5.74
6.53
8.07
10.19
12.52
14.05
17.38
19.47
–
24.81
–
27.44
–
32.31
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
B
1.47
1.75
2.13
2.41
3.00
3.81
4.66
5.38
6.63
7.00
–
8.50
–
9.31
–
10.75
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
C
3.34
3.80
4.24
4.82
5.91
7.47
9.16
10.19
12.82
14.06
–
18.19
–
20.12
–
23.72
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
D
2.86
3.15
3.55
3.97
4.87
6.27
7.50
8.37
10.34
13.62
13.62
14.06
14.06
15.44
15.44
18.50
18.50
20.62
20.62
23.00
23.00
24.38
26.69
30.12
F
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.63
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.25
4.25
5.00
5.00
5.38
5.38
6.00
6.00
7.00
7.00
7.75
7.75
6.81
6.81
6.75
7.50
9.50
G
.73
.84
1.00
1.13
1.44
1.81
2.25
2.59
3.00
3.62
3.62
4.56
4.56
5.06
5.06
6.00
6.00
6.69
6.69
8.59
8.59
9.12
9.75
10.62
H
.81
.94
1.16
1.32
1.63
2.06
2.63
2.94
3.50
4.62
4.62
5.00
5.00
5.50
5.50
6.50
6.50
7.25
7.25
9.88
9.88
10.94
11.81
12.94
**Available hot dip galvanized. ‡See column "Y" for actual shank length.
†Cams on these hook sizes fit PL Latch only.
Hook I.D. Codes: A - Alloy Steel, B - Bronze, C - Carbon Steel.
*NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All carbon hooks – average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy
eye hooks 1 ton thru 22 tons – average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons –
average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.0 times the Working Load Limit. Alloy shank hooks 1 ton through 22 tons – average straightening load
(ultimate load) is 4.0 times the Working Load Limit. Alloy shank hooks 30 tons through 300 tons (ultimate load is All Bronze hooks – average
straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
88
www.hanessupply.com
Hoist Hooks
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
• Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the product which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK®
features.
• Deformation Indicators – Two strategically placed marks, one just below the shank or eye and the
other on the hook up, which allow for a QUIC-CHECK® measurement to determine if the throat
opening has changed, thus indicating abuse or overload.
• To check, use a measuring device (i.e. tape measure) to measure the distance between the
marks. The marks should align to either an inch or half-inch increment on the measuring device.
If the measurement does not meet this criteria, the hook should be inspected further for possible
damage.
• Angle Indicators – Indicates the maximum included angle which is allowed between two (2) sling
legs in the hook. These indicators also provide the opportunity to approximate other included
angles between two sling legs.
Shank Hook dimensions
with PL Latch Assembled
DIMENSIONS
(IN.)
WEGHT EACH
(LBS.)
DEFORMATION
INDICATOR
J
.93
.97
1.06
1.19
1.50
1.78
2.41
2.62
3.41
4.00
4.00
4.25
4.25
4.75
4.75
5.75
5.75
6.50
6.50
5.88
5.88
6.00
6.60
8.00
K
.63†
.71†
.88†
.94†
1.31
1.66
1.88
2.19
2.69
3.00
3.00
3.62
4.00
3.72
4.50
4.44
5.50
6.25
6.25
5.50
5.50
6.00
7.00
7.25
L
5.14
5.68
6.35
4.14
8.63
10.43
12.52
13.47
16.65
23.09
31.09
31.12
41.12
34.12
43.12
36.06
47.56
41.16
49.16
42.12
48.12
45.75
50.50
54.69
O
.89
.91
1.00
1.09
1.36
1.61
2.08
2.27
3.02
3.25
3.25
3.00
3.00
3.38
3.38
4.12
4.12
5.38
5.38
4.50
4.50
4.50
5.00
6.25
P
2.00
2.24
2.45
2.82
3.51
4.52
5.32
6.00
6.90
8.78
8.78
11.38
11.38
12.63
12.63
14.81
14.81
16.53
16.53
17.38
17.38
18.00
19.25
22.69
Q
.75
.91
1.13
1.25
1.56
2.00
2.44
2.84
3.50
3.50
–
4.50
–
4.94
–
5.69
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
R
2.35
2.59
2.76
3.16
3.85
4.77
5.88
6.37
8.14
9.44
9.44
12.56
12.56
14.00
14.00
15.50
15.50
19.38
19.38
18.41
18.41
18.38
20.50
23.50
T††
.87
.98
1.03
1.16
1.53
1.96
2.47
2.62
2.83
3.44
3.44
3.88
3.88
4.75
4.75
5.69
5.69
6.00
6.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
8.00
8.25
X††
.59
.66
.72
.88
1.16
1.41
1.81
2.00
2.56
3.12
3.12
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.50
4.50
5.00
5.00
7.00
7.00
7.25
8.00
9.50
Y
2.06
2.25
2.59
2.84
3.34
3.84
4.38
4.50
5.50
10.00
18.00
15.00
24.00
15.00
24.00
14.50
26.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
21.00
18.00
20.00
20.00
Z
.69
.78
.88
1.00
1.25
1.56
1.94
2.19
2.63
3.12
3.12
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.50
4.50
5.00
5.00
7.00
7.00
7.25
8.00
9.50
AA
1.50
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.50
3.00
4.00
4.00
5.00
6.50
6.50
7.00
7.00
8.00
8.00
10.00
10.00
11.50
11.50
12.00
12.00
13.00
13.00
15.00
319
.50
.75
1.00
1.82
3.69
7.25
13.49
18.00
35.33
72.00
85.50
134.00
172.00
182.00
214.00
268.00
312.00
390.00
390.00
610.00
675.00
735.00
1020.00
1390.00
320
.61
.75
1.00
1.85
3.85
7.25
13.00
17.25
33.00
53.00
85.50
134.00
172.00
182.00
214.00
268.00
312.00
390.00
390.00
610.00
675.00
735.00
1020.00
1390.00
†Dimensions shown are for S-4320 latch kits. Dimensions for sizes 20 ton carbon and larger are for PL Latch Kits.
††Dimension before machining (as forged).
*NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All carbon hooks – average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy
eye hooks 1 ton thru 22 tons – average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons –
average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.0 times the Working Load Limit. Alloy shank hooks 1 ton through 22 tons – average straightening load
(ultimate load) is 4.0 times the Wroking Load Limit. Alloy shank hooks 30 tons through 300 tons (ultimate load is All Bronze hooks – average
straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
89
www.hanessupply.com
Sling and Hoist Hooks
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
EYE HOOKS
SEE APPLICATION AND
WARNING INFORMATION
All Crosby 320 Eye Hoist Hooks incorporate the following features:
• Designed with 5:1 Design Factor.
• Proper design, careful forging and precision controlled quenched
and tempering give maximum strength without excessive weight
and bulk.
• Pre-drilled cam which can be equipped with a latch.
• Eye hooks are load rated.
• Available in carbon steel and alloy steel.
• Strategically placed markings forged into the product which
address two (2) QUIC-CHECK® features. (See following page)
• Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at 20,000
cycles.
• Low profile hook tip.
• Integrated latch (S-4320) meets the World class standard for
lifting.
• Heavy duty stamped latch interlocks with the hook tip.
• High cycle, long life spring.
• When secured with proper cotter pin through the hole in the tip
of the hook, meets the intent of OSHA Rule 1926.550(g) for
personnel hoisting.
S-320
WORKING
LOAD LIMITS*
(TONS)
S-320N / S-1320N
ALLOY
HOOK
ID
CODE
CARBON
S-320C
S.C.
EYE HOOK
STOCK NO.
CARBON
G-320C
GALV.
ALLOY
S320A
S.C.
3/4†
1†
D
1022200
1022208
1022375
1†
1-1/2†
F
1022211
1022219
1022386
1-1/2†
2†
G
1022222
1022230
2†
3†
H
1022233
3†
5†
I
1022244
5†
7†
J
1022255
7-1/2†
11†
K
1022264
1022274
1022441
15.00
1096609
–
–
10†
15†
L
1022277
1022285
1022452
21.60
1096657
–
–
15†
22†
N
1022288
1022296
1022465
39.50
1096704
–
–
20
30
O
1023289
–
1023546
60.00
–
1093716
1090161
25
37
P
1023305
–
1023564
105.00
–
1093717
1090189
30
45
S
1023323
–
1023582
148.00
–
1093718
1090189
40
60
T
1023341
–
1023608
228.00
–
1093719
1090205
CARBON
REPLACEMENT
LATCH KITS
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
S-4320
STOCK NO.
PL
STOCK NO.
SS-4055
STOCK NO.
.61
1096325
–
–
.89
1096374
–
–
1022397
1.44
1096421
–
–
1022241
1022406
2.07
1096468
–
–
1022249
1022419
4.30
1096515
–
–
1022262
1022430
8.30
1096562
–
–
*Eye Hooks (3/4TC - 22TA), Proof load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Eye Hooks (20TC - 60TA), Proof Load is 2 times Working Load Limit.
All carbon hooks – average straightening loads (ultimate load) is 5 tiimes Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through 22 ton – average load)
is 4.5 times Working Load Limit.
†New 320N style hook.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
90
www.hanessupply.com
Sling and Hoist Hooks
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
SEE APPLICATION AND
WARNING INFORMATION
• Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the product which address two (2) QUICCHECK® features.
• Deformation Indicators – Two strategically placed marks, one just below the shank or
eye and the other on the hook up, which allow for a QUIC-CHECK® measurement to
determine if the throat opening has changed, thus indicating abuse or overload.
• To check, use a measuring device (i.e. tape measure) to measure the distance
between the marks. The marks should align to either an inch or half-inch increment
on the measuring device. If the measurement does not meet this criteria, the hook
should be inspected further for possible damage.
• Angle Indicators – Indicates the maximum included angle which is allowed between
two (2) sling legs in the hook. These indicators also provide the opportunity to
approimate other included angles between two sling legs.
Shank Hook dimensions
with PL Latch Assembled
HOOK
ID
CODE
C
D
F
G
J
DIMENSIONS
(IN.)
K
D
3.34
2.83
M
N
O
T
AA
1.25
.73
.91
.63
.63
.36
.89
.75
.87
F
3.81
3.11
1.50
1.38
.84
.93
.71
.71
.42
.91
.91
.98
G
4.14
2.00
1.50
1.00
1.00
.88
.88
.55
1.00
1.13
1.03
3.00
H
4.69
I
5.77
3.97
1.63
1.13
1.13
.94
.94
.58
1.09
1.25
1.16
2.00
4.81
2.00
1.44
1.47
1.31
1.31
.72
1.36
1.56
1.53
J
7.37
2.50
6.27
2.50
1.81
1.75
1.66
1.66
.90
1.61
2.00
1.96
3.00
.353
Q
K
9.07
7.45
3.00
2.25
2.29
1.88
1.63
1.11
2.08
2.44
2.47
4.00
L
10.08
8.30
3.25
2.59
2.50
2.19
1.94
4.27
2.27
2.84
2.62
4.00
5.00
N
12.53
10.30
4.25
3.00
3.30
2.69
2.38
1.56
3.02
3.50
2.83
O
14.06
13.62
5.00
3.62
4.00
3.00
3.00
1.75
3.25
3.50
3.44
6.50
P
18.19
14.06
5.38
4.56
4.25
4.00
3.19
2.00
3.00
4.50
3.88
7.00
S
20.12
15.44
6.00
5.06
4.75
4.50
3.25
2.18
3.38
4.94
4.75
8.00
T
23.72
18.50
7.00
6.00
5.75
5.50
3.91
2.53
4.12
5.69
5.69
10.00
*Eye Hooks (3/4TC - 22TA), Proof load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Eye Hooks (20TC - 60TA), Proof Load is 2 times Working Load Limit.
All carbon hooks – average straightening loads (ultimate load) is 5 tiimes Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through 22 ton – average load) is
4.5 times Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
91
www.hanessupply.com
Clevises
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
W
U
P
D
T
A
N
T
TABLE I
STANDARD CLEVIS DIMENSIONS – Inches
Material: C-1035 and SA-182-F-11 in stock
Threads: U.N.C. Class 2B, Right or Left Hand
Finish: Self-Colored, Galvanized, Plated
Options: Stainless Steel; Other Alloys;
Special Threading
CLEVIS
NO.
Maximum working loads have been
established with a safety factor of 5:1 using
the maximum pin diameter, the resulting net
area of the eye at the pin hole, and the
expected ultimate tensile strength of C-1035
steel.
The maximum tap size (U dimension) shown
in Table I is for reference purposes only. It
should be used only to determine the largest
tap diameter the clevis can accommodate
without considering the pin diameter. Use
Table II to select the proper combination of tap
size and pin diameter for any given size of
clevis.
Some combinations of tap size and pin
diameter shown will not develop the maximum
working load of the clevis shown in Table I.
Selection of the rod and pin, the material from
which both are made, as well as the clevis
size adequate to meet the required design
load is the responsibility of the purchaser or
user. Load imposed upon the clevis should not
exceed the maximum working load values
shown in Table I.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
DIAMETER OF TAP – Inches
If the pin is made from steel with physical
properties lower in value than the steel used
for the rod, the pin may not develop the
strength of the rod in either shear or bending;
requiring a larger diameter pin.
N
5/8
U
MAX.
W
2
1-7/16
2-1/2
2-1/2
1-1/8
7/8 1-1/4
3
3
1-1/4
1-3/8 1-1/2
3-1/2
3-1/2
1-1/2
4
4
1-3/4
5
5
6
6
7
7
3
3
8
8
4
4
TOLERANCE
A
5/8 1-1/16 5/16 + 1/32 - 0
P
MAX.
3-9/16
MAX.
WORKING
LOAD
KIPS
WGT.
EACH
LBS.
3/4
3.5
4
1-1/2
7.5
1/2 + 1/32 - 1/32
5-1/16
1-3/7
1-1/2 1-3/4
1/2 + 1/16 - 1/16
6
2
18
6
1-3/4 2
1/2 + 1/16 - 1/16 5-15/16
2-1/4
21
8
2-1/4
2-1/8 2-1/2
5/8 + 3/32 - 0
7
2-1/2
37.5
16
2-3/4
2-1/2 3
3/4 + 3/32 - 0
8
3
54
26
3-1/2
7/8 + 1/8 - 1/16
9
3-3/4
4
1-1/2 + 1/8 - 1/16 10-1/8
5/16 + 1/32 - 0
4-1/4
1
2-1/2
15
4
68.5
36
135
90
TABLE II
DIAMETER OF PIN – Inches
Clevis sizes in Table II for any given tap size
and pin diameter combination are based upon
the net area of the eye at the pin hole being
equal to or greater than 125% of the net area
at the minor diameter of a round rod without
upset ends, threaded Unified National Coarse
Series.
For any combination of tap size and pin
diameter shown, the pin in double shear will
develop the strength of the rod if both the rod
and pin are made from steel having the same
physical properties. The pin must be
investigated for bending, however; and if
inadequate, a larger diameter pin selected.
Pins supplied with clevises by Cleveland City
Forge are made from steel having a minimum
ultimate tensile strength of 58,000 pounds per
square inch, unless otherwise specified.
D
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
1-7/8
2
2-1/8
2-1/4
2-3/8
2-1/2
2-5/8
2-3/4
2-7/8
3
3-1/8
3-1/4
3-3/8
3-1/2
3-5/8
3-3/4
3-7/8
4
1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 2½ 2½
2½ 2½ 2½
2½ 2½
3
3
3
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
1¼ 1½ 1¾
2
2½ 2½
2½ 2½
2½ 3
3
3
3
3
3
3 3½
3
3
3 3½
3
3 3½ 3½
3½ 3½ 4
4
4
4
4
5
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
2¼ 2½ 2¾
4
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
92
3
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
3¼ 3½ 3¾
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
4
4¼
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
www.hanessupply.com
Hooks
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
HOOKS • SNAP • REPLACEMENT • SORTING
SLIDING CHOKER HOOKS
• FORGED ALLOY STEEL
through 3/4".
• Wide throat to take heavy
thimbles
*Ultimate Load is 5 times Safe
Working Load.
SINGLE
PART
ROPE
SIZE
EIGHT
PART
ROPE
SIZE
3/8
SAFE
WORKING
LOAD*
(LBS.)
–
Quenched & Tempered
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A
2,500
C
2-1/16
E
L
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
5/8
5/8
4-9/32
.77
1/2
1/8
3,300
2-1/4
3/4
25/32
4-31/32
1.19
5/8†
3/16
5,000
3-1/16
3/4 OR 1
5/16
6-3/8
2.89
3/4†
1/4
8,000
3-3/8
1 OR 1-7/16
1-5/32
7-21/32
5.00
†When ordering, EYE diameter
("C") should be specified.
A-350
SLIDING CHOKER
HOOK with LATCH
• Pressed steel latches and stainless
steel springs, bolts and nuts.
• Safe Working Loads shown are
based on Ultimate Load that is 4
times the Safe Working Load.
SNAP HOOKS
HOOK
SIZE
(IN.)
Forged Steel, Quenched & Tempered
SAFE
WORKING
LOAD
(LBS.)
INSIDE
DIAM.
OF EYE
(IN.)
THROAT
OPENING
(IN.)
LENGTH
OVERALL
(IN.)
WEIGHT
POUNDS
PER 100
7/16
750
3/4
3/4
3-15/16
23.25
9/16
1,000
1-1/8
13/16
4-3/4
48.25
OVERALL
LENGTH
(IN.)
THROAT
OPENING
(IN.)
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
G-3315
• Easily attached to any hoist with
welded link load chain and roller
chain or wire rope with suitable end
fitting.
S-3316
REPLACEMENT HOOKS
SIZE
HOIST
(TON)
• Spring latch, latch bolt with self
locking nut – stainless steel. Nuts
cadmium plated brass.
WIDTH
BETWEEN
JAWS
(IN.)
Quenched & Tempered
DIAM.
BOLT
(IN.)
1/2
9/16
3/8
6-1/8
31/32
1.25
1
11/16
7/16
7-11/16
1-1/8
2.61
• For chain and electric hoists with
swivel jaw-forged.
SORTING HOOKS
• Deep straight throat permits efficient handling of flat plates
or large cylindrical shapes.
• The long tapered point allow easy grab in rings, pear links,
eye bolts or lifting holes.
A-378
• Ultimate load is 5 times the Safe Working Load.
Safe Working Load at Tip
Forged Alloy Steel
Quenched & Tempered
2 Ton
Safe Working Load at Bottom of Hook
7-1/2 Ton
Overall Length
9-11/16"
I.D. of Eye
1-3/8"
Opening at Top of Hook
2-13/16"
Radius at Bottom of Hook
5/8"
Weight Each
6.42 Lbs.
SORTING HOOK
with HANDLE
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
93
www.hanessupply.com
Chain Hooks
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
CM ALLOY CLEVIS TYPE GRAB HOOK – GRADE 80
SEE APPLICATION AND
WARNING INFORMATION
• Attach directly to the chain – no connecting
links to buy.
• Heat treated pins.
• Extra deep throat.
• Painted orange.
• Hooks embossed with chain grade.
• "Alloy" forged on every hook.
• Grab hooks are compatible with grade 80 alloy
chain except M807A.
M806A
• Alloy clevis hooks develop the mechanical
properties of grade 80, as stated, but are not
recommended for overhead lifting sling
applications.
CHAIN
SIZE
(IN.)
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT†
(LBS.)
DIMENSIONS
(IN.)
PROD.
CODE
W
D
H
L
P
R
APPROX
WEIGHT
EA. (LBS.)
1/4
3,500
M804A
5/16
1-15/16
3/8
3-1/4
21/64
1-7/8
.38
5/16
4,500
M805A
3/8
2-9/32
7/16
3-31/32
25/64
2-3/8
.62
29/64
2-5/8
1/2
4-1/2
1/2
2-5/8
.96
1/2
3
9/16
5-1/32
1/2
3
1.46
3/8
7,100
M806A
7/16
6,900
M807A**
1/2
12,000
M808A
19/32
3-7/16
21-32
5-23/32
19/32
3-5/16
2.02
5/8
18,100
M810A
3/4
4-5/16
23-32
6-7/8
3/4
3-15/16
3.75
†Alloy clevis hooks develop the mechanical properties of grade 80, as stated, but are not recommended for
overhead lifting sling applications.
**Grade 63
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
94
www.hanessupply.com
Wedge Sockets
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
WEDGE SOCKET
WARNING
WARNINGS AND APPLICATION
INSTRUCTIONS
• Loads may slip and fall if the Wedge Socket
is not properly installed.
• A failing load can seriously injure or kill.
• Read and understand these instructions
before installing the Wedge Socket.
• Do not side load the Wedge Socket.
• Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and
Wire Rope in the socket. This load should be
of equal or greater weight than loads
expected in use.
Extended Wedge Socket Assembly
U.S. Patent No. 5,553,360
S-421T
"THE TERMINATOR™"
NOTE: Existing Crosby S-421 Wedge Sockets can be
retrofitted with the New Terminator Wedge.
FIGURE 1
New QUIC-CHECK™ "Go" and "No-Go" features cast into
wedge. The proper size wire rope is determined when the
following criteria are met:
1. The wire rope shall pass thru the "Go" hole in the wedge.
2. The wire rope shall NOT pass thru the "No-Go" hole in the
wedge.
*TAIL
LENGTH
"No-Go"
Important Safety Information –
Read and Follow
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Inspection / Maintenance Safety
Always inspect socket, wedge and pin before using.
Do not use part showing cracks.
Do not use modified or substitute parts.
Repair minor nicks or gouges to socket or pin by lightly
grinding until surfaces are smooth. Do not reduce original
dimension more than 10%. Do not repair by welding.
Inspect permanent assemblies annually, or more often in
severe operating conditions.
Assembly Safety
Use only with standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope of designated
size. For intermediate size rope, use next larger size socket.
For example: When using 9/16" diameter wire rope use a 5/8"
size Wedge Socket Assembly. WElding of the tail on the
standard wire rope is not recommended. The tail length of the
dead end should be a minimum of 6 rope diameters but not
less than 6". (See Figure 1)
To use with Rotation Resistant wire rope (special wire rope
constructions with 8 or more outer strands) ensure that the
dead end is welded, brazed or seized before inserting the
wire rope into the wedge socket to prevent core slippage or
loss of rope lay. The tail length of the dead end should be a
minimum of 20 rope diameters but not less than 6". (See
Figure 1)
Properly match socket, wedge and clip (See Table I) to wire
rope size.
Align live end of rope, with center line of pin. (See Figure 1)
Secure dead end section of rope. (See Figure 1)
Tighten nuts on clip to recommended torque. (Table I)
Do not attach dead end to live end or install wedge
backwards. (See Figure 2)
Use a hammer to seat Wedge and Rope as deep into
socket as possible before applying first load.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
RIGHT
"Go"
*Tail Length
Standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope
A minimum of 6 rope diameters,
but not less than 6".
Rotation Resistant Wire Rope
A minimum of 20 rope diameters,
but not less than 6".
TABLE I
Rope Size
3/8 7/16 1/2
Clip Size
3/8 7/16 1/2
*Torque Ft./Lbs. 45 65 65
9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4
9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4
95 95 130 225 225 225 360
*The lightening torque values shown are based upon the threads
being clean, dry, and free of lubrication.
WRONG
Rope
Backward
WRONG
Wedge
Backward
FIGURE 2
Operating Safety
• Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope in
the socket. This load should be of equal or greater weight
than loads expected in use.
• Efficiency rating of the Wedge socket termination is based
upon the catalog breaking strength of Wire Rope. The
efficiency of a properly assembled Wedge Socket is 80%.
• During use, do not strike the dead end section with any
other elements of the rigging (Called two-blocking).
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
95
WRONG
Tail Clipped
to live Line
www.hanessupply.com
Wedge Sockets
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
"THE TERMINATOR™"
Crosby's New & Improved Wedge Socket
SEE APPLICATION AND
WARNING INFORMATION
U.S. Patent No. 5,553,360 and foreign equivalents
S-421T
• Basket is cast steel.
• Individually magnetic particle inspected.
• Pin diameter and jaw opening allows wedge and socket to
be used in conjunction with open swage and spelter
sockets.
• Secures the tail or "dead end" of the wire rope to the
wedge, thus eliminates loss or "Punch out" of the wedge.
• The TERMINATOR™ wedge eliminates the potential
breaking off of the tail due to fatigue.
• The tail, which is secured by the base of the clip and the
wedge, is left undeformed and available for reuse.
WIRE ROPE
SIZE
(IN.)
S-421T
STOCK NO
COMPLETE
ASSEMBLY*
S-421T
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
S-421TW
STOCK NO.
WEDGE ONLY
S-421TW
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4**
1035000
1035009
1035018
1035027
1035036
1035045
1035051
1040448
3.18
6.15
9.70
14.50
21.50
30.75
45.30
57.50
1035555
1035564
1035573
1035582
1035591
1035600
1035609
1040607
.50
1.05
1.79
2.60
4.02
5.37
7.84
6.81
• Incorporates Crosby's patented QUIC-CHECK™ "Go"
and "No-Go" feature cast into the wedge. The proper size
rope is determined when the following criteria are met:
1. The wire rope should pass thru the "Go" hole in the
wedge.
2. The wire rope should NOT pass thru the "No-Go"
hole in the wedge.
• Utilizes standard Crosby Red-U-Bolt wire rope clip.
• Generates a minimum efficiency of 80% based on the
catalog breaking strength of the wire rope.
• Standard S-421 wedge socket can be retrofitted with the
new style TERMINATOR™ wedge.
• Available with Bolt, Nut and Cotter Pin.
*Terminator Assembly includes Socket, Wedge, Pin and Wire Rope Clip.
**1-1/4" not available in TERMINATOR™ style.
WIRE
ROPE
DIA.‡
(IN.)
DIMENSIONS (IN)
B
C
D
G
H
J†
K†
3/8
5.63
A
2.66
.81
.81
1.38
3.12
7.38
1.60
L
1/2
6.81
3.53
1.00
1.00
1.62
3.85
8.75
1.21
1.06
1.94
.50
2.56
.53
1.75
1.88
5/8
8.16
4.25
1.25
1.19
2.12
4.58
10.34
1.64
1.22
2.25
.56
3.25
.69
2.00
2.19
.88
P
1.56
R
S
T
U
V
.44
2.13
.44
1.25
1.38
3/4
9.78
4.96
1.50
1.38
2.44
5.37
12.03
2.17
1.40
2.62
.66
3.63
.78
2.34
2.56
7/8
11.16
5.66
1.75
1.63
2.69
6.28
14.00
2.22
1.66
3.12
.75
4.31
.88
2.69
2.94
1
12.75
6.31
2.00
2.00
2.56
7.02
15.86
2.71
2.00
3.75
.88
4.70
1.03
2.88
3.29
1-1/8
14.38
6.94
2.25
2.25
3.31
7.76
17.70
2.50
2.25
4.25
1.00
5.44
1.19
3.13
3.56
1-1/4
16.00
7.53
2.50
2.50
3.56
N/A
N/A
3.39
2.50
4.75
1.12
6.13
1.31
3.38
3.81
†Nominal
‡For intermediate wire rope sizes use next larger size socket.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
96
www.hanessupply.com
Hook & Eye Turnbuckles
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
J OPEN
K CLOSED
R
D
A
S
F
BB
X CLOSED
E CLOSED
M OPEN
N CLOSED
• Hot Dip galvanized steel.
• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by
normalizing.
HG-225
HOOK & EYE
Meets the performance requirements
of Federal Specification FF-T-79 lb.,
Type 1, Form 1 – CLASS 6, and
ASTM F-1145, except for those
provisions required of the contractor.
THREAD
DIAMETER
& TAKE UP
(IN.)
STOCK NO.
GALV.
• Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy
attachment in system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes
1/4" through 2-1/2", a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.
• Turnbuckle hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results
in a stronger hook with better fatigue properties.
• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.
• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body
has UNC threads.
• Lock Nuts available for all sizes.
WORKING
LOAD
WEIGHT
LIMIT*
EACH
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
DIMENSIONS (IN)
A
D
E
CLOSED
F
J
K
M
N
OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED
R
S
X
CLOSED
BB
1/4 x 4
1030636
400
.29
.25
.45
1.59
1.27
11.46
7.46
12.09
8.09
.78
.34
1.75
4.00
5/16 x 4-1/2
1030654
700
.49
.31
.50
1.94
1.50
13.19
8.69
13.47
9.47
.94
.44
2.09
4.50
3/8 x 6
1030672
1000
.78
.38
.56
2.30
1.77
16.98
10.98
17.94
11.94
1.12
.53
2.52
6.00
1/2 x 6
1030690
1500
1.61
.50
.66
2.94
2.28
19.45
12.45
20.67
13.67
1.42
.72
3.23
6.00
1/2 x 9
1030716
1500
1.85
.50
.66
2.94
2.28
25.45
15.45
26.67
16.67
1.42
.72
3.23
9.00
1/2 x 12
1030734
1500
2.26
.50
.66
2.94
2.28
31.45
18.45
32.67
19.67
1.42
.72
3.23
12.00
5/8 x 6
1030752
2250
2.70
.63
.90
3.69
2.81
21.96
13.96
22.72
15.47
1.80
.88
3.90
6.00
5/8 x 9
1030770
2250
3.13
.63
.90
3.69
2.81
27.96
16.96
28.72
18.47
1.80
.88
3.90
9.00
5/8 x 12
1030798
2250
3.78
.63
.90
3.69
2.81
33.21
19.96
34.72
21.47
1.80
.88
3.90
12.00
3/4 x 6
1030814
3000
3.89
.75
.98
4.52
3.33
23.13
15.63
24.95
17.45
2.09
1.00
4.69
6.00
3/4 x 9
1030832
3000
4.61
.75
.98
4.52
3.33
29.13
18.63
30.95
20.45
2.09
1.00
4.69
9.00
3/4 x 12
1030850
3000
5.83
.75
.98
4.52
3.33
35.13
21.63
36.95
23.45
2.09
1.00
4.69
12.00
3/4 x 18
1030878
3000
6.33
.75
.98
4.52
3.33
47.13
27.63
48.95
29.45
2.09
1.00
4.69
18.00
7/8 x 12
1030896
4000
8.10
.88
1.13
5.19
3.78
36.53
22.78
38.66
24.91
2.38
1.25
5.10
12.00
7/8 x 18
1030912
4000
9.95
.88
1.13
5.19
3.78
48.53
28.78
50.66
30.91
2.38
1.25
5.10
18.00
1x6
1030930
5000
9.33
1.00
1.25
5.84
4.25
26.80
18.80
29.20
21.20
3.00
1.44
6.36
6.00
1 x 12
1030958
5000
11.93
1.00
1.25
5.84
4.25
38.80
24.80
41.20
27.20
3.00
1.44
6.36
12.00
1 x 18
1030976
5000
14.00
1.00
1.25
5.84
4.25
50.80
30.80
53.20
33.20
3.00
1.44
6.36
18.00
1 x 24
1030994
5000
17.25
1.00
1.25
5.84
4.25
62.80
36.80
65.20
39.20
3.00
1.44
6.36
24.00
1-1/4 x 12
1031010
6500
19.00
1.25
1.50
7.22
5.13
41.63
27.13
44.56
30.06
3.56
1.81
7.72
12.00
1-1/4 x 18
1031038
6500
23.00
1.25
1.50
7.22
5.13
53.63
33.13
56.56
36.06
3.56
1.81
7.72
18.00
1-1/4 x 24
1031056
6500
24.00
1.25
1.50
7.22
5.13
65.63
39.13
68.56
42.06
3.56
1.81
7.72
24.00
1-1/2 x 12
1031074
7500
27.50
1.50
1.88
8.34
5.75
44.72
29.72
47.72
32.72
4.06
2.12
8.62
12.00
1-1/2 x 18
1031092
7500
31.00
1.50
1.88
8.34
5.75
56.72
35.72
59.72
38.72
4.06
2.12
8.62
18.00
1-1/2 x 24
1031118
7500
37.50
1.50
1.88
8.34
5.75
68.72
41.72
71.72
44.72
4.06
2.12
8.62
24.00
*Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
97
www.hanessupply.com
Hook & Hook Turnbuckles
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
J OPEN
K CLOSED
D
A
F
BB
E CLOSED
M OPEN
N CLOSED
• Hot Dip galvanized steel.
• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.
HG-223
HOOK & HOOK
Meets the performance requirements
of Federal Specification FF-T-79 lb.,
Type 1, Form 1 – CLASS 5, and
ASTM F-1145, except for those
provisions required of the contractor.
THREAD
DIAMETER
& TAKE UP
(IN.)
STOCK NO.
GALV.
• Turnbuckle hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a
stronger hook with better fatigue properties.
• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.
• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has
UNC threads.
• Lock Nuts available for all sizes.
• Fatigue Rated.
WORKING
LOAD
WEIGHT
LIMIT*
EACH
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
DIMENSIONS (IN)
A
D
E
CLOSED
F
J
OPEN
K
CLOSED
M
OPEN
N
CLOSED
BB
1/4 x 4
1030011
400
.30
.25
.45
1.59
1.27
11.12
7.12
11.94
7.94
4.00
5/16 x 4-1/2
1030039
700
.47
.31
.50
1.94
1.50
12.81
8.31
13.81
9.31
4.50
3/8 x 6
1030057
1000
.78
.38
.56
2.30
1.77
16.50
10.50
17.72
11.72
6.00
1/2 x 6
1030075
1500
1.60
.50
.66
2.94
2.28
18.82
11.82
20.38
13.38
6.00
1/2 x 9
1030093
1500
1.83
.50
.66
2.94
2.28
24.82
14.82
26.38
16.38
9.00
1/2 x 12
1030119
1500
2.28
.50
.66
2.94
2.28
30.82
17.82
32.38
19.38
12.00
5/8 x 6
1030137
2250
2.75
.63
.90
3.69
2.81
20.50
13.25
22.50
15.25
6.00
5/8 x 9
1030155
2250
3.38
.63
.90
3.69
2.81
26.50
16.25
28.50
18.25
9.00
5/8 x 12
1030173
2250
3.50
.63
.90
3.69
2.81
32.50
19.25
34.50
21.25
12.00
3/4 x 6
1030191
3000
3.89
.75
.98
4.52
3.33
22.38
14.88
24.78
17.28
6.00
3/4 x 9
1030217
3000
5.28
.75
.98
4.52
3.33
28.38
17.88
30.78
20.28
9.00
3/4 x 12
1030235
3000
5.43
.75
.98
4.52
3.33
34.38
20.88
36.78
23.28
12.00
3/4 x 18
1030253
3000
8.12
.75
.98
4.52
3.33
46.38
26.88
48.78
29.28
18.00
7/8 x 12
1030271
4000
8.10
.88
1.13
5.19
3.78
36.00
22.25
38.75
25.00
12.00
7/8 x 18
1030299
4000
9.95
.88
1.13
5.19
3.78
48.00
28.25
50.75
31.00
18.00
1x6
1030315
5000
9.33
1.00
1.25
5.84
4.25
25.63
17.63
28.69
20.69
6.00
1 x 12
1030333
5000
11.93
1.00
1.25
5.74
4.25
37.63
23.63
40.69
26.69
12.00
1 x 18
1030351
5000
14.00
1.00
1.25
5.84
4.25
49.63
29.63
52.69
32.69
18.00
1 x 24
1030379
5000
17.25
1.00
1.25
5.84
4.25
61.63
35.63
64.69
38.69
24.00
1-1/4 x 12
1030397
6500
20.58
1.25
1.50
7.22
5.13
40.44
25.94
44.06
29.56
12.00
1-1/4 x 18
1030413
6500
23.00
1.25
1.50
7.22
5.13
52.44
31.94
56.06
35.56
18.00
1-1/4 x 24
1030431
6500
27.00
1.25
1.50
7.22
5.13
64.44
37.94
68.06
41.56
24.00
1-1/2 x 12
1030459
7500
27.50
1.50
1.88
8.34
5.75
43.94
28.94
47.44
32.44
12.00
1-1/2 x 18
1030477
7500
31.00
1.50
1.88
8.34
5.75
55.96
34.94
59.44
38.44
18.00
1-1/2 x 24
1030495
7500
37.50
1.50
1.88
8.34
5.75
67.94
40.94
71.44
44.44
24.00
*Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
98
www.hanessupply.com
Jaw & Eye Turnbuckles
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
J OPEN
K CLOSED
G
R
A
S
B
BB
X CLOSED
E CLOSED
M OPEN
N CLOSED
• Hot Dip galvanized steel.
• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.
• Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy
attachment in system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes
1/4" through 2-1/2", a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.
• Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4" through 5/8", and pins
and cotters on 3/4" through 2-3/4" sizes.
HG-227
JAW & EYE
Meets the performance requirements
of Federal Specification FF-T-79 lb.,
Type 1, Form 1 – CLASS 8, and
ASTM F-1145, except for those
provisions required of the contractor.
THREAD
DIAMETER
& TAKE UP
(IN.)
STOCK NO.
GALV.
1/4 x 4
5/16 x 4-1/2
3/8 x 6
1/2 x 6
1/2 x 9
1/2 x 12
5/8 x 6
5/8 x 9
5/8 x 12
3/4 x 6
3/4 x 9
3/4 x 12
3/4 x 18
7/8 x 12
7/8 x 18
1x6
1 x 12
1 x 18
1 x 24
1-1/4 x 12
1-1/4 x 18
1-1/4 x 24
1-1/2 x 12
1-1/2 x 18
1-1/2 x 24
1-3/4 x 18
1-3/4 x 24
2 x 24
2-1/2 x 24
2-3/4 x 24
1031877
1031895
1031911
1031939
1031957
1031975
1031993
1032019
1032037
1032055
1032073
1032091
1032117
1032135
1032153
1032171
1032199
1032215
1032233
1032251
1032279
1032297
1032313
1032331
1032359
1032395
1032411
1032439
1032457
1032475
WORKING
LOAD
WEIGHT
LIMIT*
EACH
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
500
800
1200
2200
2200
2200
3500
3500
3500
5200
5200
5200
5200
7200
7200
10000
10000
10000
10000
15200
15200
15200
21400
21400
21400
28000
28000
37000
60000
75000
.30
.50
.80
1.51
1.71
2.08
2.35
3.17
3.61
4.00
4.75
5.93
7.00
8.36
9.75
8.92
11.20
13.30
17.00
19.42
24.18
28.50
28.99
35.00
39.18
53.75
60.68
89.00
150.00
183.00
• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.
• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has
UNC threads.
• Lock Nuts available for all sizes.
DIMENSIONS (IN)
A
.25
.31
.38
.50
.50
.50
.63
.63
.63
.75
.75
.75
.75
.88
.88
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.75
2.00
2.50
2.75
D
.45
.50
.54
.55
.55
.55
.82
.82
.82
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.23
1.23
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.86
1.86
1.86
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.60
2.60
2.62
3.06
3.68
E
CLOSED
1.58
1.98
2.12
2.75
2.75
2.75
3.50
3.50
3.50
4.18
4.18
4.18
4.18
4.85
4.85
5.53
5.53
5.53
5.53
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.88
7.88
7.88
9.40
9.40
11.86
13.56
15.22
F
.62
.87
.87
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.75
2.06
2.06
2.06
2.06
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81
3.38
3.38
3.69
4.44
4.19
J
K
M
N
OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED
11.35
13.71
16.81
19.29
25.29
31.29
20.99
26.99
32.99
22.69
28.69
34.69
46.69
36.09
48.09
26.34
38.34
50.34
62.34
41.32
53.32
65.32
43.50
55.50
67.50
55.38
67.38
72.62
75.80
77.88
7.35
8.71
10.81
12.29
15.29
18.29
13.74
16.74
19.74
15.19
18.19
21.19
27.19
22.34
28.34
18.34
24.34
30.34
36.34
26.82
32.82
38.82
28.50
34.50
40.50
37.38
43.38
48.62
51.80
53.88
12.07
14.01
17.77
20.47
26.48
32.48
22.53
28.53
34.53
24.61
30.61
36.61
48.61
38.32
50.32
28.89
40.89
52.89
64.89
44.55
56.05
68.55
47.25
59.25
71.25
59.78
71.78
77.95
82.40
85.50
8.17
9.51
11.77
13.48
16.48
19.48
15.28
18.28
21.28
17.11
20.11
23.11
29.11
24.57
30.57
20.89
26.89
32.89
38.89
30.05
36.05
42.05
32.25
38.25
44.25
41.78
47.78
53.95
58.40
61.50
R
S
X
CLOSED
BB
.78
.94
1.12
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.80
1.80
1.80
2.09
2.09
2.09
2.09
2.38
2.38
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.56
3.56
3.56
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.62
4.62
5.75
6.50
7.00
.34
.44
.53
.72
.72
.72
.88
.88
.88
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.25
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.81
1.81
1.81
2.12
2.12
2.12
2.38
2.38
2.69
3.12
3.25
1.75
2.09
2.52
3.23
3.23
3.23
3.90
3.90
3.90
4.69
4.69
4.69
4.69
5.10
5.10
6.36
6.36
6.36
6.36
7.72
7.72
7.72
8.62
8.62
8.62
10.00
10.00
13.09
13.78
15.22
4.00
4.50
6.00
6.00
9.00
12.00
6.00
9.00
12.00
6.00
9.00
12.00
18.00
12.00
18.00
6.00
12.00
18.00
24.00
12.00
18.00
24.00
12.00
18.00
24.00
18.00
24.00
24.00
24.00
24.00
*Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
99
www.hanessupply.com
Eye & Eye Turnbuckles
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
J OPEN
K CLOSED
A
R
S
BB
X CLOSED
M OPEN
N CLOSED
• Hot Dip galvanized steel.
• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.
• Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in
system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4" through
2-1/2", a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.
HG-226
EYE & EYE
• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.
Meets the performance requirements
of Federal Specification FF-T-79 lb.,
Type 1, Form 1 – CLASS 4, and
ASTM F-1145, except for those
provisions required of the contractor.
THREAD
DIAMETER
& TAKE UP
(IN.)
STOCK NO.
GALV.
1/4 x 4
5/16 x 4-1/2
3/8 x 6
1/2 x 6
1/2 x 9
1/2 x 12
5/8 x 6
5/8 x 9
5/8 x 12
3/4 x 6
3/4 x 9
3/4 x 12
3/4 x 18
7/8 x 12
7/8 x 18
1x6
1 x 12
1 x 18
1 x 24
1-1/4 x 12
1-1/4 x 18
1-1/4 x 24
1-1/2 x 12
1-1/2 x 18
1-1/2 x 24
1-3/4 x 18
1-3/4 x 24
2 x 24
2-1/2 x 24
2-3/4 x 24
1031252
1031270
1031298
1031314
1031332
1031350
1031378
1031396
1031412
1031430
1031458
1031476
1031494
1031519
1031537
1031555
1031573
1031591
1031617
1031635
1031653
1031671
1031699
1031715
1031733
1031779
1031797
1031813
1031831
1031859
WORKING
LOAD
WEIGHT
LIMIT*
EACH
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
500
800
1200
2200
2200
2200
3500
3500
3500
5200
5200
5200
5200
7200
7200
10000
10000
10000
10000
15200
15200
15200
21400
21400
21400
28000
28000
37000
60000
75000
.26
.45
.76
1.54
1.13
2.14
3.28
2.83
3.42
3.79
4.61
5.48
7.19
7.22
9.95
9.04
11.50
14.00
17.25
19.00
23.00
27.00
27.50
31.00
37.50
52.50
58.00
85.25
144.25
194.00
• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has
UNC threads.
• Lock Nuts available for all sizes.
• Fatigue Rated.
DIMENSIONS (IN)
A
.25
.31
.38
.50
.50
.50
.63
.63
.63
.75
.75
.75
.75
.88
.88
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.75
2.00
2.50
2.75
J
OPEN
K
CLOSED
11.80
13.56
17.47
20.08
26.08
32.08
21.93
27.93
33.93
23.88
29.88
35.88
47.88
37.07
49.07
27.97
39.97
51.97
63.97
42.81
54.81
66.81
45.50
57.50
69.50
57.38
69.38
75.69
78.62
81.00
7.80
9.06
11.47
13.08
16.08
19.08
14.68
17.68
20.68
16.38
19.38
22.38
28.38
23.32
29.32
19.97
25.97
31.97
37.97
28.31
34.31
40.31
30.50
36.50
42.50
39.38
45.38
51.69
54.62
57.00
M
OPEN
12.25
14.12
18.16
20.96
26.96
32.96
22.93
28.93
34.93
25.12
31.12
37.12
49.12
38.57
50.57
29.72
41.97
53.72
65.82
45.06
57.06
69.06
48.00
60.00
72.00
60.38
72.38
79.19
82.62
85.50
N
CLOSED
R
8.25
9.62
12.16
13.96
16.96
19.96
15.68
18.68
21.68
17.62
20.62
23.62
29.62
24.82
30.82
21.72
27.72
33.72
39.72
30.56
36.56
42.56
33.00
39.00
45.00
42.38
48.38
55.19
58.62
61.50
.78
.94
1.12
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.80
1.80
1.80
2.09
2.09
2.09
2.09
2.38
2.38
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.56
3.56
3.56
4.06
4.06
4.06
4.62
4.62
5.75
6.50
7.00
S
.34
.44
.53
.72
.72
.72
.88
.88
.88
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.25
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.81
1.81
1.81
2.12
2.12
2.12
2.38
2.38
2.69
3.12
3.25
X
CLOSED
BB
1.75
2.09
2.52
3.23
3.23
3.23
3.90
3.90
3.90
4.69
4.69
4.69
4.69
5.10
5.10
6.36
6.36
6.36
6.36
7.72
7.72
7.72
8.62
8.62
8.62
10.00
10.00
13.09
13.78
15.22
4.00
4.50
6.00
6.00
9.00
12.00
6.00
9.00
12.00
6.00
9.00
12.00
18.00
12.00
18.00
6.00
12.00
18.00
24.00
12.00
18.00
24.00
12.00
18.00
24.00
18.00
24.00
24.00
24.00
24.00
*Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
100
www.hanessupply.com
Jaw & Jaw Turnbuckles
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
J OPEN
K CLOSED
G
A
B
BB
E CLOSED
M OPEN
N CLOSED
• Hot Dip galvanized steel.
• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.
• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.
• Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4" through 5/8", and pins and
cotters on 3/4" through 2-3/4" sizes.
HG-228
JAW & JAW
Meets the performance requirements
of Federal Specification FF-T-79 lb.,
Type 1, Form 1 – CLASS 7, and
ASTM F-1145, except for those
provisions required of the contractor.
THREAD
DIAMETER
& TAKE UP
(IN.)
STOCK NO.
GALV.
1/4 x 4
5/16 X 4-1/2
3/8 X 6
1/2 X 6
1/2 X 9
1/2 X 12
5/8 X 6
5/8 X 9
5/8 X 12
3/4 X 6
3/4 X 9
3/4 X 12
3/4 X 18
7/8 X 12
7/8 X 18
1X6
1 X 12
1 X 18
1 X 24
1-1/4 X 12
1-1/4 X 18
1-1/4 X 24
1-1/2 X 12
1-1/2 X 18
1-1/2 X 24
1-3/4 X 18
1-3/4 X 24
2 X 24
2-1/2 X 24
2-3/4 X 24
1032493
1032518
1032536
1032554
1032572
1032590
1032616
1032634
1032652
1032670
1032698
1032714
1032732
1032750
1032778
1032796
1032812
1032830
1032858
1032876
1032894
1032910
1032938
1032956
1032974
1033018
1033036
1033054
1033072
1033090
WORKING
LOAD
WEIGHT
LIMIT*
EACH
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
500
800
1200
2200
2200
2200
3500
3500
3500
5200
5200
5200
5200
7200
7200
10000
10000
10000
10000
15200
15200
15200
21400
21400
21400
28000
28000
37000
60000
75000
.36
.52
.81
1.56
1.74
2.40
2.72
3.43
3.91
4.11
5.46
6.43
8.07
8.17
10.78
10.18
12.52
15.14
18.08
20.59
24.68
28.20
30.69
36.75
40.67
54.00
63.36
94.25
165.00
198.00
• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has
UNC threads.
• Lock Nuts available for all sizes.
• Fatigue Rated.
DIMENSIONS (IN)
A
.25
.31
.38
.50
.50
.50
.63
.63
.63
.75
.75
.75
.75
.88
.88
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.75
2.00
2.50
2.75
B
E
CLOSED
.45
.50
.54
.55
.55
.55
.82
.82
.82
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.23
1.23
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.86
1.86
1.86
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.60
2.60
2.62
3.06
3.68
1.58
1.98
2.12
2.75
2.75
2.75
3.50
3.50
3.50
4.18
4.18
4.18
4.18
4.85
4.85
5.53
5.53
5.53
5.53
7.21
7.21
7.21
7.88
7.88
7.88
9.40
9.40
11.86
13.56
15.22
G
J
OPEN
K
CLOSED
M
OPEN
N
CLOSED
BB
.62
.87
.87
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.75
2.06
2.06
2.06
2.06
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81
3.38
3.38
3.69
4.44
4.19
10.90
12.36
16.14
18.50
24.50
30.50
20.05
26.05
32.05
21.50
27.50
33.50
45.50
35.11
47.00
24.72
36.72
48.72
60.72
39.84
51.84
63.84
51.50
53.50
65.50
53.38
65.38
69.54
72.98
74.75
6.90
8.36
10.14
11.50
14.50
17.50
12.80
15.80
18.80
14.00
17.00
20.00
26.00
21.36
27.36
16.72
22.72
28.72
34.72
25.34
31.34
37.34
26.50
32.50
38.50
35.38
41.38
45.54
48.98
50.75
11.90
13.90
17.38
20.00
26.00
32.00
22.13
28.13
34.13
24.10
30.10
36.10
48.10
38.07
50.07
28.06
40.06
52.06
64.06
44.04
56.04
68.04
46.50
58.50
70.50
59.18
71.18
76.72
82.18
85.50
7.90
9.40
11.38
13.00
16.00
19.00
14.88
17.88
20.88
16.60
19.60
22.60
28.60
24.32
30.32
20.06
26.06
32.06
38.06
29.54
35.54
41.54
31.50
37.50
43.50
41.18
47.18
52.72
58.18
61.50
4.00
4.50
6.00
6.00
9.00
12.00
6.00
9.0
12.00
6.00
9.00
12.00
18.00
12.00
18.00
6.00
12.00
18.00
24.00
12.00
18.00
24.00
12.00
18.00
24.00
18.00
24.00
24.00
24.00
24.00
*Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
101
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Rope Thimbles
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
STANDARD WIRE ROPE THIMBLES
GALVANIZED STEEL
DIMENSIONS (IN)
ROPE
DIAMETER
(IN)
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8 - 1-1/4
OVERALL OVERALL LENGTH WIDTH
LENGTH WIDTH
INSIDE INSIDE
1-15/16 1-1/16
1-15/16 1-1/16
1-15/16 1-1/16
2-1/8
1-1/4
2-3/8 1-15/32
2-3/4
1-3/4
3-1/2
2-3/8
3-3/4
2-11/16
5
3-3/16
5-11/16 3-3/4
6-1/4
4-5/16
1-5/16
1-5/16
1-5/16
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-7/8
2-1/4
2-1/2
3-1/2
4-1/4
4-1/2
INSIDE
WIDTH
OF SCORE
MAX.
PIN
DIAM.
WEIGHT
POUNDS
PER 100
5/32
7/32
9/32
3/8
7/16
9/16
11/16
13/16
15/16
1-1/16
1-5/16
5/8
5/8
5/8
3/4
7/8
1-1/16
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2-3/8
2-5/8
3.30
3.30
3.30
4.00
7.50
18.80
36.00
60.00
90.00
105.00
166.00
11/16
11/16
11/16
13/16
15/16
1-1/8
1-3/8
1-5/8
1-7/8
2-1/2
2-3/4
G-411
STANDARD
Recommended for light duty
service. G-411 meets Federal
Specification FF-T-276b Type II.
*Sizes available in open pattern.
GALVANIZED AND
STAINLESS STEEL
EXTRA HEAVY WIRE ROPE THIMBLES
DIMENSIONS (IN)
ROPE
DIAMETER
(IN)
*1/4
*5/16
*3/8
7/16
*1/2
9/16
*5/8
*3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8 - 1-1/4
1-1/4 - 1-3/8
1-3/8 - 1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
1-7/8 - 2
2-1/4
OVERALL OVERALL LENGTH WIDTH
LENGTH
WIDTH
INSIDE INSIDE
2-3/16
2-1/2
2-7/8
3-1/4
3-5/8
3-5/8
4-1/4
5
5-1/2
6-1/8
7
9-1/16
9
11-1/4
12-3/16
15-1/8
17-1/8
1-1/2
1-13/16
2-1/8
2-3/8
2-3/4
2-11/16
3-1/8
3-3/16
4-1/4
4-15/16
5-7/8
6-13/16
7-1/8
8-1/8
8-1/2
10-3/8
11-7/8
1-5/8
1-7/8
2-1/8
2-3/8
2-3/4
2-3/4
3-1/4
3-3/4
4-1/4
4-1/2
5-1/8
6-1/2
6-1/4
8
9
12
14
7/8
1-1/16
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-7/8
3-1/2
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
6
7
OVERALL
THICKNESS
13/32
1/2
21/32
3/4
27/32
29/32
1
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-9/16
1-7/8
2-1/4
2-5/8
2-3/4
2-7/8
3-1/8
3-5/8
MAX.
PIN
DIAM.
WEIGHT
POUNDS
PER 100
13/16
15/16
1-1/16
1-3/16
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-5/8
1-7/8
2-1/8
2-3/8
2-3/4
3-1/4
3-3/8
3-7/8
4-3/8
5-7/8
6-7/8
7.50
14.00
25.00
36.00
51.00
51.00
75.00
147.00
185.00
291.66
383.33
816.66
1,166.66
1,625.00
1,837.50
2,575.00
3,850.00
G-414 and SS-414
STAINLESS STEEL
EXTRA HEAVY
Rugged rope thimbles recommended
for heavy duty service. Thimbles G-414
meet Federal Specification FF-T-276b
Type III.
*Sizes available in Stainless (304) Steel.
S-412
SOLID WIRE ROPE THIMBLES
ROPE
DIAMETER
(IN)
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4 - 1-3/8
HEADQUARTERS: 55
DIMENSIONS (IN)
OVERALL
LENGTH
2-13/16
4-11/16
4-11/16
6-1/16
6-1/16
7-1/4
7-1/4
OVERALL
WIDTH
THICKNESS
MAXIMUM
PIN. DIAM.
WEIGHT
POUNDS
EACH
2-1/8
3-3/8
3-3/8
4-1/2
4-1/2
5-3/8
5-3/8
7/8
1-1/8
1-3/8
1-5/8
1-13/16
2-1/16
2-5/16
1
1-3/16
1-3/8
1-5/8
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
1.0
2.5
3.3
5.0
6.5
8.5
10.0
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
SOLID
Fits open wire rope socket, boom
pendant clevis, as well as wedge
socket.
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
102
www.hanessupply.com
Thimbles
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
A
C
SLIP-THRU THIMBLE
NEWCO SLIP-TRHU THIMBLES are designed to allow
passage of an identical thimble through its eye. This is
a necessity when a regular sling is used as a choker
sling. SLIP-THRU THIMBLES also prevent the eye of
the sling from mashing together and the top of the eye
wearing excessively. The generous inside dimensions
allow the thimbles to fit large crane hooks.
G
B
D
F
DIMENSIONS AND DATA
THIMBLE
CODE
SLING SIZE
DIMENSION (IN)
6 PTS.
4 PTS.
B
C
D
WT.
(LBS)
8 PTS.
*W-2
5/16 - 3/8
3/32 - 1/8
1/8 - 3/16
2-1/8
4-1/8
W-3
1/2 - 9/16
3/16
3/16
1/4
2-3/8
4-3/8
5/8
1
5/8
4
W-4
5/8 - 3/4
1/4
1/4 - 5/16
5/16 - 1/8
3-3/8
6-5/8
13/16
1-5/16
5/8
5-3/8
8-1/2
3.11
W-5
7/8 - 1
5/16
3/8
7/16 - 1/2
3-3/4
7-1/8
1-1/8
1-5/8
7/8
6-1/4
9-3/8
5.6
W-6
1-1/8 - 1-1/4
3/8
7/16
9/16 - 5/8
4-3/8
8-3/8
1-3/8
1-7/8
1
7-1/8
11
8.6
W-7
1-3/8 - 1-1/2
7/16 - 1/2
1/2
3/4
5
9-1/2
1-5/8
2-1/8
1-1/4
8-1/8
12-1/2
11.1
W-8
1-5/8 - 1-3/4
9/16
5/8
7/8
6-3/4
11-3/4
1-13/16
2-9/16
1-7/16
9-3/8
14-3/4
17.6
W-9
1-7/8 - 2
5/8
3/4
1
8
14-1/2
2-1/8
3-1/4
1-7/8
13
19-1/4
53
W-10
2-1/8 - 2-1/4
1/4
7/8 - 1
1-1/8 - 1-1/4
8
15-1/2
2-1/2
3-3/4
2
13
20-1/8
66
W-11
2-1/2 - 3
7/8 - 1
1-1/8
1-1/4 - 1-3/8 - 1-1/2
9
18-1/2
3-3/16
4-11/16
2-1/2
15-3/4
24-3/4
126
F
G
H
3/32 - 1/8
A
ER
SINGLE
7/16
13/16
9/16
F
G
3-1/4
5-1/4
1.3
6
1.15
*Made from High Tensile Malleable.
C
D
G
CRESCENT THIMBLE
N
Designed to protect the bearing surface of a loop
where a large dimension loop is necessary. The
ears are tapered so that they can be bent over.
Standard-Laid Rope Size 3/8" to 3".
FE
B
A
DIMENSIONS AND DATA
ROPE SIZE
THIMBLE
CODE
SINGLE
8 PTS.
6C
3/8 - 7/16
8C
1/2 - 9/16
DIMENSION (IN)
A
B
C
4 PTS.
3/32 - 1/8
1/8
1/8 - 3/16
2
1
15/32
2-1/16
3/8
1/2
3/8
3/16
3/16
1/4
2-1/4
1-1/8
1
5/8
2-1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1.0
1.2
27/32
D
E
WT.
(LBS)
6 PTS.
.75
9C
5/8
–
1/4
5/16
2-3/4
1-3/8
1-5/32
23/32
3
19/32
9/16
19/32
10C
3/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
3-1/4
1-5/8
1-5/16
13/16
3-1/2
5/8
5/8
5/8
2.0
14C
7/8
–
–
7/16
4-1/2
2-1/4
1-7/16
15/16
4-5/16
3/4
11/16
3/4
3.3
16C
1
5/16
3/8
1/2
4-1/2
2-1/4
1-9/16
1-1/16
4-19/32
13/16
3/4
7/8
3.8
18C
1-1/8
3/8
7/16
9/16
4-7/8
2-7/16
1-13/16
1-1/4
5-1/32
7/8
7/8
1
5.0
20C
1-1/4
7/16
1/2
5/8
5-1/2
2-3/4
2-1/16
1-7/16
5-3/4
15/16
15/16
1-1/8
6.8
22C
1-3/8 - 1-1/2
1/2
9/16
3/4
6
3
2-1/4
1-5/8
6-1/4
1-1/16
1-1/8
1-3/16
9.0
24C
1-5/8
9/16
5/8
–
6-1/2
3-1/4
2-1/2
1-3/4
6-11/16
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-1/4
12.0
28C
1-3/4 - 1-7/8
–
–
7/8
7
3-1/2
32C
2
5/8
3/4
1
7
3-1/2
40C
2-1/4 - 2-1/2
3/4 - 7/8
1
1-1/8 - 1-1/4
8-1/2
4-1/4
4-1/8
2-7/8
9-5/8
1-5/8
1-7/8
2
39.0
48C
2-3/4 - 3
1
1-1/8
–
10
5
4-7/8
3-3/8
11-1/4
1-3/4
2-1/4
2-1/2
67.0
*Made from High Tensile Malleable.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
2-15/16 1-15/16
3-3/16
2-3/16
7-3/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
16.6
7-13/16
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-5/8
21.8
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES AND ARE APPROXIMATE.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
103
www.hanessupply.com
Spelter Sockets
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
GROOVED OPEN SPELTER SOCKETS
NOTICE: All cast steel sockets 1-5/8" and
larger are magnetic particle inspected and
ultrasonic inspected. Proof testing
available on special order.
G-416
• Forged Steel Sockets thru 1-1/2", cast alloy steel 1-5/8" thru 4".
• Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%,
based on the catalog strength of wire rope. Ratings are based
on recommended use with 6 x 7, 6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP
(EIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.
Note: Above drawing illustrates one
groove used on sockets 1/4" thru 3/4".
Sizes 7/8" thru 1-1/2" use 2 grooves.
Sizes 1-5/8" and larger use 3 grooves.
Open Grooved Sockets meet the requirements of Federal Specifications RR-S-550D, Type A.
ROPE
DIAMETER
(IN.)
STRUCTURAL
STRAND
DIAM.
(IN.)
STOCK NO.
1/4
–
1039619 1039628
5/16 - 3/8
–
7/16 - 1/2
–
G-416
GALV.
S-416
S.C.
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
DIMENSIONS (IN)
A
C
D
F
G
J
L
M
N
1.10
4.56
.91
.69
.38
.69
1.56
H
2.25
1.56
1.31
.36
1039637 1039646
1.30
4.84
.81
.81
.50
.81
1.69
2.25
1.75
1.50
.44
1039655 1039664
2.25
5.56
1.00
1.00
.56
.94
1.88
2.50
2.00
1.88
.50
9/16 - 5/8
1/2
1039673 1039682
3.60
6.75
1.25
1.19
.69
1.13
2.25
3.00
2.50
2.25
.56
3/4
9/16 - 5/8
1039691 1039708
5.83
7.94
1.50
1.38
.81
1.25
2.62
3.50
3.00
2.62
.62
7/8
11/16 - 3/4
1039717 1039726
9.65
9.25
1.75
1.63
.94
1.50
3.25
4.00
3.50
3.13
.80
1
13/16 - 7/8
1039735 1039744
15.50
10.56
2.00
2.00
1.13
1.75
3.75
4.50
4.00
3.75
.88
1-1/8
15/16 - 1
1039753 1039762
21.50
11.81
2.25
2.25
1.25
2.00
4.12
5.00
4.62
4.12
1.00
1-1/4 - 1-3/8
1-1/16 - 1-1/8
1039771 1039780
31.00
13.19
2.50
2.50
1.50
2.25
4.75
5.50
5.00
4.75
1.13
1-1/2
1-3/16 - 1-1/4
1039799 1039806
47.25
15.12
3.00
2.75
1.63
2.75
5.25
6.00
6.00
5.38
1.19
1-5/8
1-5/16 - 1-3/8
1039815 1039824
55.00
16.25
3.00
3.00
1.75
3.00
5.50
6.50
6.50
5.75
1.31
1-3/4 - 1-7/8
1-7/16 - 1-5/8
1039833 1039842
82.00
18.25
3.50
3.50
2.00
3.13
6.38
7.50
7.00
6.50
1.56
2 - 2-1/8
1-11/16 - 1-3/4 1039851 1039860
129.00
21.50
4.00
3.75
2.25
3.75
7.38
8.50
9.00
7.00
1.81
2-1/4 - 2-3/8
1-13/16 - 1-7/8 1039879 1039888
167.00
23.50
4.50
4.25
2.50
4.00
8.25
9.00 10.00
7.75
2.13
2-1/2 - 2-5/8
1-15/16 - 2-1/8 1041633 1041642
252.00
25.50
5.00
4.75
2.88
4.50
9.25
9.75 10.75
8.50
2.38
2-3/4 - 2-7/8
2-3/16 - 2-7/16 1041651 1041660
315.00
27.25
5.25
5.00
3.12
4.88
10.50
9.00
2.88
11.00
11.00
3 - 3-1/8
2-1/2 - 2-5/8
1041679 1041688
380.00
29.00
5.75
5.25
3.38
5.25
11.12
12.00
11.25
9.50
3.00
3-1/4 - 3-3/8
2-3/4 - 2-7/8
1041697 1041704
434.00
30.88
6.25
5.50
3.62
5.75
11.88
13.00
11.75
10.00
3.12
3-1/2 - 3-5/8
3 - 3-1/8
1041713 1041722
563.00
33.25
6.75
6.00
3.88
6.50
12.38
14.00 12.50
10.75
3.25
3-3/4 - 4
–
1041731 1041740
783.00
35.25
7.50
7.00
4.25
7.25
13.62
15.00 13.50
12.50
3.50
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
104
www.hanessupply.com
Spelter Sockets
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
GROOVED CLOSED SPELTER SOCKETS
NOTICE: All cast steel sockets 1-5/8" and
larger are magnetic particle inspected and
ultrasonic inspected. Proof testing
available on special order.
G-417
• Forged Steel Sockets thru 1-1/2", cast alloy steel 1-5/8" thru 4".
• Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%,
based on the catalog strength of wire rope. Ratings are based
on recommended use with 6 x 7, 6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP
(EIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.
Note: Above drawing illustrates one
groove used on sockets 1/4" thru 3/4".
Sizes 7/8" thru 1-1/2" use 2 grooves.
Sizes 1-5/8" and larger use 3 grooves.
Closed Grooved Sockets meet the requirements of Federal Specifications RR-S-550D, Type B.
ROPE
DIAMETER
(IN.)
STRUCTURAL
STRAND
DIAM.
(IN.)
STOCK NO.
1/4
–
1039897 1039904
5/16 - 3/8
–
1039913 1039922
.75
4.88
.62
1.69
.97
.50
.81
1.69
2.25
.69
2.00
7/16 - 1/2
–
1039931 1039940
1.50
5.44
.69
2.00
1.16
.56
.94
1.88
2.50
.88
2.25
G-417
GALV.
S-417
S.C.
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
.50
DIMENSIONS (IN)
A
B
4.50
.50
C
1.50
D
F
G
H
J
K
.88
.38
.69
1.56
2.25
.50
L
1.75
9/16 - 5/8
1/2
1039959 1039968
2.50
6.31
.81
2.63
1.41
.69
1.12
2.38
3.00
1.00
2.50
3/4
9/16 - 5/8
1039977 1039986
4.25
7.56
1.06
3.00
1.66
.81
1.25
2.75
3.50
1.25
3.00
7/8
11/16 - 3/4
1039995 1040000
7.25
8.75
1.25
3.63
1.88
.97
1.50
3.25
4.00
1.50
3.50
1
13/16 - 7/8
1040019 1040028
10.50
9.88
1.38
4.13
2.30
1.13
1.75
3.75
4.44
1.75
4.00
1-1/8
15/16 - 1
1040037 1040046
14.25
11.00
1.50
4.50
2.55
1.25
2.00
4.13
5.00
2.00
4.50
1-1/4 - 1-3/8
1-1/16 - 1-1/8
1040055 1040064
19.75
12.12
1.63
5.30
2.80
1.50
2.25
4.75
5.50
2.25
5.00
1-1/2
1-3/16 - 1-1/4
1040073 1040082
29.20
13.94
1.94
5.33
3.19
1.63
2.75
5.25
6.00
2.50
6.00
1-5/8
1-5/16 - 1-3/8
1040091 1040108
36.00
15.13
2.13
5.75
3.25
1.75
3.00
5.50
6.50
2.75
6.50
1-3/4 - 1-7/8
1-7/16 - 1-5/8
1040117 1040126
57.25
17.25
2.19
6.75
3.75
2.00
3.13
6.38
7.50
3.00
7.56
2 - 2-1/8
1-11/16 - 1-3/4 1040135 1040144
79.00
19.50
2.44
7.63
4.38
2.25
3.75
7.38
8.50
3.25
8.56
2-1/4 - 2-5/8
1-13/16 - 1-7/8 1040153 1040162
105.00
21.13
2.88
8.50
5.00
2.50
4.00
8.25
9.00
3.63
9.50
2-1/2 - 2-5/8
1-15/16 - 2-1/8 1041759 1041768
140.00
23.50
3.12
9.50
5.50
2.94
4.50
9.25
9.75
2-3/4 - 2-7/8
2-3/16 - 2-7/16 1041777 1041786
220.00
25.38
3.12 10.75
6.25
3.12
4.88
10.19
11.00
4.88
11.25
11.75
4.00 10.62
3 - 3-1/8
2-1/2 - 2-5/8
1041795 1041802
276.00
27.00
3.25 11.50
6.75
3.38
5.25
11.50 12.00
5.25
3-1/4 - 3-3/8
2-3/4 - 2-7/8
1041811 1041820
313.00
29.25
4.00 12.25
7.25
3.62
5.75
12.25 13.00
5.75 12.25
3-1/2 - 3-5/8
3 - 3-1/8
1041839 1041848
400.00
31.00
4.00 13.00
7.75
3.88
6.50
13.00 14.00
6.25 13.00
3-3/4 - 4
–
1041857 1041866
542.00
33.25
4.25 14.25
8.50
4.25
7.25
14.25 15.00
7.00 14.00
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
105
www.hanessupply.com
Open Swage Sockets
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
OPEN SWAGE SOCKET
C
B
S-501
L
A
F
N
• Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable for cold
forming.
D
E
H
• Hardness controlled by spheriodize annealing.
M
• Swage Socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%
based on the catalog strength of wire rope.
NOTE: S-501 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19,
or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.
S-501 OPEN SOCKET SPECIFICATIONS
PRESS / DIE DATA
BEFORE SWAGE DIMENSIONS
ROPE WEIGHT
STOCK SIZE EACH
NO.
(IN.) (LBS.)
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
L
M
N
MAX.
STOCK NO.
AFTER
500 TON
SWAGE
DIE
1000 TON 1500 TON
DIM. DESCRIP. 1500 TON 3000TON
(IN.) (SOCKET)
5X7
6 X 12
SIDE LOAD
1500
TONS
6 X 12
3000
TONS
6 X 12
1039021
1/4
.52
4.81
.50
1.38
.69
.27
2.13
.69
4.00
.38
1.50
.46
1/4
1192845
–
–
–
1039049
5/16
1.12
6.25
.77
1.62
.81
.34
3.19
.81
5.31
.47
1.75
.71
5/16 - 3/8
1192863
–
–
–
.81
1039067
3/8
1.30
6.25
.77
1.62
.81
.41
3.19
5.31
.47
1.75
.71
5/16 - 3/8
1192863
–
–
–
1039085
7/16
2.08
7.81
.98
2.00 1.00
.48
4.25 1.00 6.69
.56
2.00
.91
7/16 - 1/2
1192881
–
–
–
1039101
1/2
2.08
7.81
.98
2.00 1.00
.55
4.25 1.00 6.69
.56
2.00
.91
7/16 - 1/2
1192881
–
–
–
1039129
9/16
4.67
9.50
1.25 2.38 1.19
.61
5.31 1.25 8.13
.66
2.25
1.16
9/16 - 5/8
1192907
–
–
–
1039147
5/8
4.51
9.50
1.25 2.38 1.19
.67
5.31 1.25 8.13
.66
2.25
1.16
9/16 - 5/8
1192907
–
–
–
1039165
3/4
7.97
11.56 1.55 2.75 1.38
.80
6.38 1.50 10.00
.75
2.75
1.42
3/4
1192925
–
–
–
1039183
7/8
11.52
13.41 1.70 3.13 1.62
.94
7.44 1.75 11.63
.94
3.25
1.55
7/8
1192949
–
–
–
1039209
1
17.80
15.47 1.98 3.69 2.00 1.06 8.50 2.00 13.38 1.06 3.75
1.80
1
1192961
–
–
–
1039227 1-1/8
25.25
17.31 2.25 4.06 2.25 1.19 9.56 2.25 15.00 1.19 4.25
2.05
1-1/8
1192989
–
–
–
1039245 1-1/4
35.56
19.06 2.53 4.50 2.50 1.33 10.63 2.50 16.50 1.22 4.75
2.30
1-1/4
1193005
–
–
–
1039263 1-3/8
43.75
20.94 2.80 5.00 2.50 1.45 11.69 2.50 18.13 1.38 5.25
2.56
1-3/8
1193023
–
–
–
1039281 1-1/2
58.50
22.88 3.08 5.50 2.75 1.58 12.75 3.00 19.75 1.69 5.75
2.81
1-1/2
1193041
1191267 1195355 1195192
1039307 1-3/4
88.75
26.63 3.39 6.25 3.50 1.86 14.88 3.50 23.00 2.11 6.75
3.06
1-3/4
1193069
1191276 1195367 1195209
1042767
146.25
31.44 3.94 8.00 3.75 2.11 17.00 4.00 26.88 2.37 8.00
3.56
2
1193087
1191294 1195379 1195218
2
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
106
www.hanessupply.com
Spelter Sockets
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
CLOSED SWAGE SOCKET
B
D
C
S-502
L
A
• Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable for
cold forming.
F
E
H
• Hardness controlled by spheriodize annealing.
• Swage Socket terminations have an efficiency rating of
100% based on the catalog strength of wire rope.
NOTE: S-502 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with
6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.
S-502 CLOSED SOCKET SPECIFICATIONS
PRESS / DIE DATA
BEFORE SWAGE DIMENSIONS
STOCK
NO.
ROPE WEIGHT
SIZE
EACH
(IN.)
(LBS.)
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
1039325
1/4
.33
4.31
.50
1.38
.75
.27
2.12
.50
3.50
.46
1/4
1192845
–
–
–
1039343
5/16
.75
5.44
.77
1.62
.88
.34
3.19
.67
4.50
.71
5/16 - 3/8
1192863
–
–
–
1039361
3/8
.72
5.44
.77
1.62
.88
.41
3.19
.67
4.50
.71
5/16 - 3/8
1192863
–
–
1039389
7/16
1.42
6.91
.98
2.00
1.06
.48
4.25
.86
5.75
.91
7/16 - 1/2
1192881
–
–
1039405
1/2
1.42
6.91
.98
2.00
1.06
.55
4.25
.86
5.75
.91
7/16 - 1/2
1192881
–
–
–
1039423
9/16
2.92
8.66
1.25
2.38
1.25
.61
5.31
1.13
7.25
1.16
9/16 - 5/8
1192907
–
–
–
1039441
5/8
2.85
8.66
1.25
2.38
1.25
.67
5.31
1.13
7.25
1.16
9/16 - 5/8
1192907
–
–
–
1039469
3/4
5.00
10.28
1.55
2.88
1.44
.80
6.38
1.31
8.63
1.42
3/4
1192925
–
–
–
1039487
7/8
6.80
11.94
1.70
3.12
1.69
.94
7.44
1.50
10.13
1.55
7/8
1192949
–
–
–
1039502
1
10.40
13.56
1.98
3.63
2.06
1.06
8.50
1.75
11.50
1.80
1
1192961
–
–
–
1096520
1-1/8
14.82
15.03
2.25
4.00
2.31
1.19
9.56
2.00
12.75
2.05
1-1/8
1192989
–
–
–
1039548
1-1/4
21.57
16.94
2.53
4.50
2.56
1.33
10.63
2.25
14.38
2.30
1-1/4
1193005
–
–
–
1039566
1-3/8
28.54
18.63
2.80
5.00
2.56
1.45
11.69
2.25
15.75
2.56
1-3/8
1193023
–
–
–
1039584
1-1/2
38.06
20.12
3.08
5.50
2.81
1.58
12.75
2.50
17.00
2.81
1-1/2
1193041
1191267
1193355
1195192
1039600
1-3/4
51.00
23.56
3.39
6.25
3.56
1.86
14.88
3.00
20.00
3.06
1-3/4
1193069
1191276
1195367
1195209
1042589
2
89.25
27.62
3.94
7.25
3.81
2.11
17.00
3.25
23.00
3.56
2
1193087
1191294
1195379
1195218
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
L
MAX.
STOCK NO.
SIDE LOAD
AFTER
500 TON
SWAGE
DIE
1000 TON 1500 TON 1500
3000
DIM. DESCRIP. 1500 TON 3000TON TONS
TONS
(IN.) (SOCKET)
5X7
6 X 12
6 X 12
6 X 12
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
107
–
www.hanessupply.com
Swage Buttons / Socket Compound
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
S-409 SWAGE BUTTONS
•
•
•
•
Low carbon steel
Spherodize annealed
Quality controlled
Economical to use
ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
A multi-purpose fitting for many swaging
applications. Manufactured from a special
analysis high quality, low carbon steel,
and later heat treated. They are precision
made with constant quality control checks
throughout all stages of manufacturing to
assure the best in quality and
performance.
B
BEFORE SWAGE
A
C
E
AFTER SWAGE
D
DIMENSIONS (IN)
ROPE
DIAMETER
A
B
C
D
E
1/8
5/32
3/16
7/32
1/4
9/32
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
27/64
1/2
9/16
41/64
41/64
49/64
27/32
27/32
1-1/8
1-17/64
1-13/32
1-35/64
1-11/16
1-31/32
2-1/4
2-17/32
2-13/16
3-3/32
3-3/8
1/2
39/64
45/64
13/16
1-1/16
1-1/32
1-1/8
1-31/64
1-5/8
1-57/64
2-1/64
2-27/64
2-47/64
3-17/64
3-43/64
4-3/64
4-37/64
5-5/64
5-15/32
.141
.172
.203
.234
.296
.313
.358
.421
.484
.547
.609
.672
.796
.936
1.061
1.188
1.328
1.453
1.578
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
9/16
11/16
3/4
3/4
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-3/4
3
39/64
23/32
27/32
31/32
1-13/64
1-13/64
1-21/64
1-11/16
1-15/16
2-11/64
2-13/32
2-57/64
3-1/4
3-55/64
4-23/64
4-23/64
5-27/64
6-1/32
6-33/64
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
SB
NOTE: Length is measured from outside end of terminal.
WIRELOCK® - RESIN FOR SPELTER SOCKETS
W416-7
• Ideal for on-site applications
• Improved fatigue life
• For use on 416 & 417 Spelter
Sockets only
• 100% termination efficiency
• Temperature operating range
from -65°F to +240°F
• One Booster pack needed if
pouring temperature is 35°F to 48°F
• Two Booster packs needed if
pouring temperature is 27°F to 35°F
APPROXIMATE U.S. MEASUREMENTS
250cc Kit
500cc Kit
1,000cc Kit
1 Cup
1 Pint
1 Quart
NATO NUMBERS
100cc
8030-21-902-1823
250cc
8030-21-902-1824
500cc
8030-21-902-1825
1,000cc
8030-21-902-1826
Witnessed and tested by American
Bureau of Shipping (ABS)
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
KIT
SIZE
100 CC
250 CC
500 CC
1000 CC
2000 CC
AMOUNT OF WIRELOCK® REQUIRED
WIRE
WIRE
ROPE WIRELOCK®
ROPE
WIRELOCK®
SIZE
REQUIRED
SIZE
REQUIRED
(IN.)
(CC)
(IN.)
(CC)
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
9
17
17
35
35
52
52
86
125
160
210
350
350
420
495
W416-7 KITS
KITS
STOCK
PER CASE
NO.
20
12
12
12
12
700
700
1265
1265
1410
1410
1830
1830
2250
3160
3795
4920
5980
7730
BOOSTER
WT. EACH
PACK
(LBS.)
STOCK NO.
1039602
1039604
1039606
1039608
1039610
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
108
1-3/4
1-7/8
2
2-1/8
2-1/4
2-3/8
2-1/2
2-5/8
2-3/4
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-3/4
4
.62
1.25
2.54
4.59
9.00
1039603
1039605
1039607
1039609
1039611
www.hanessupply.com
Eye Bolts
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
FORGED EYE BOLT
WARNING
WARNINGS AND APPLICATION
INSTRUCTIONS
• Loads may slip or fall if proper eye bolt
assembly and lifting procedures are not used.
• A falling load can seriously injure or kill.
• Read, understand and follow all eye bolt
safety information and diagrams presented
here.
Regular Nut
Eye Bolt
G-291
Shoulder Nut
Eye Bolt
G-277
Machinery
Eye Bolt
G-279
TABLE I (IN-LINE LOAD)
Important Safety Information –
Read and Follow
Inspection/Maintenance Safety
• Always inspect eye bolt before use.
• Never use eye bolt that shows signs of wear or
damage.
• Never use eye bolt if eye or shank is bent or elongated.
Size (in.)
Working Load Limit (lbs.)
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
650
1200
1550
2600
5200
7200
10600
13300
21000
24000
• Always be sure threads on shank and receiving holes
are clean.
Shoulder Nut Eye Bolt –
Installation for Angular Loading
• Never machine, grind, or cut eye bolt.
Assembly Safety
• Never exceed load limits specified in Table I.
• The threaded shank
must
protrude
through the load
sufficiently to allow
full engagement of
the nut.
• Never use regular nut eye bolts for angular lifts.
• Always use shoulder nut eye bolts (or machinery eye
bolts) for angular lifts.
• For angular lifts, adjust working load as follows:
DIRECTION OF PULL
45 degrees
90 degrees
• If the eye bolt
protrudes so far
through the load
that the nut cannot
be
tightened
securely against the
load, use properly
sized washers to
take up the excess
space BETWEEN
THE NUT AND THE
LOAD.
ADJUSTED WORKING LOAD
30% of rated working load
25% of rated working load
• Never undercut eye bolt to seat shoulder against the
load.
• Always countersink receiving hole or use washers to
seat shoulder.
• Thickness of spacers
must
exceed
this
distance between the
bottom of the load and
the last thread of the eye
bolt.
• Always screw eye bolt down completely for proper
seating.
• Always tighten nuts securely against the load.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
• Place
washers
or
spacers between nut
and load so that when
the nut is tightened
securely, the shoulder is
secured flush against
the load surface.
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
109
www.hanessupply.com
Eye Bolts
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
IMPORTANT –
READ AND UNDERSTAND THESE INSTRUCTIONS
BEFORE USING EYE BOLTS.
Regular Nut & Shoulder Nut Eye Bolt – Installation for In-Line Loading
Right
Right
More than
one eye
bolt dia. of
threads,
only (1) nut
required.
Tighten hex nut securely
against load
Tighten
Hex Nut
Securely
Against
Load
Right
One eye
bolt dia. of
threads or
less, use
two (2)
nuts.
Tap Depth:
2.5 x Dia.
Wrong
2x Dia.
(Min.)
Tighten hex nut securely
against load
One eye bolt dia. or less
Operating Safety
• Always inspect eye bolt before use.
• Always lift load with a steady, even pull – do not jerk.
• Always apply load to eye bolt in the plane of the eye,
not at an angle.
Do not reeve slings
from one eye bolt to
another. This will alter
the load & angle of
loading on the eye bolt.
• Never exceed the capacity of the eyebolt – See Table I.
• When using lifting slings of two or more legs, make sure
the loads in the legs are calculated using the angle from
the vertical to the leg and properly size the shoulder nut
or machinery eye bolt for the angular load.
After slings have been
properly attached to the eye
bolts, apply force slowly.
Watch the load carefully
& be prepared to stop
applying force
if the load
starts buckling.
Wrong
Resultant Load
Buckling may occur if
the load is not stiff
enough to resist the
compressive forces
which result
from the angular
loading.
Machinery Eye Bolt – Installation for In-Line & Angular Loading
These eye bolts are primarily intended to be installed into
tapped holes.
TABLE II
1. After the loads on the eye bolts have been calculated,
select the proper size eye bolt for the job.
For angular lifts, adjust working load as follows:
DIRECTION OF PULL
45 degrees
90 degrees
ADJUSTED WORKING LOAD
30% of rated working load
25% of rated working load
2. Drill and tap the load to the correct sizes to a minimum
depth of one-half the eye bolt size beyond the shank
length of the machinery eye bolt.
3. Thread the eye bolt into the load until the shoulder is
flush and securely tightened against the load.
4. If the plane of the machinery eye bolt is not aligned
with the sling line, estimate the amount of unthreading
rotation necessary to align the plane of the eye
properly.
5. Remove the machinery eye bolt from the load and add
shims (washers) of proper thickness to adjust the angle
of the plane of the eye to match the sling line. Use
Table II to estimate the required shim thickness for the
amount of unthreading rotation required.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
EYE BOLT SIZE
(IN.)
SHIM THICKNESS REQUIRED
TO CHANGE ROTATION 90°
(IN.)
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
.0125
.0139
.0156
.0192
.0227
.0250
.0278
.0312
.0357
.0417
Shim added to change eye alignment 90°
Min. tap depth is
basic shank length
plus one-half the
nominal eye bolt
diameter.
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
110
www.hanessupply.com
Eye Bolts
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
REGULAR NUT EYE BOLTS
G
A
D
D
F
H
E
B
G-291
C
• Recommended for straight line pull.
• All Bolts Hot Dip galvanized after threading.
SEE APPLICATION AND
WARNING INFORMATION
• Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized hex nuts.
• Forged Steel – Quenched and Tempered.
SHANK
DIAMETER
& LENGTH
(IN.)
G-291
STOCK NO.
GALV.
WORKING
LOAD
LIMIT*
(LBS.)
WEIGHT
PER
100
(LBS.)
A
B
C
1/4 x 2
1/4 x 4
5/16 x 2-1/4
5/16 x 4-1/4
3/8 x 2-1/2
3/8 x 4-1/2
3/8 x 6
1/2 x 3-1/4
1/2 x 6
1/2 x 8
1/2 x 10
1/2 x 12
5/8 x 4
5/8 x 6
5/8 x 8
5/8 x 10
5/8 x 12
3/4 x 4-1/2
3/4 x 6
3/4 x 8
3/4 x 10
3/4 x 12
3/4 x 15
7/8 x 5
7/8 x 8
7/8 x 12
1x6
1x9
1 x 12
1 x 18
1-1/4 x 8
1-1/4 x 12
1-1/4 x 20
1043230
1043258
1043276
1043294
1043310
1043338
1043356
1043374
1043392
1043418
1043436
1043454
1043472
1043490
1043515
1043533
1043551
1043579
1043597
1043613
1043631
1043659
1043677
1043695
1043711
1043739
1043757
1043775
1043793
1043819
1043837
1043855
1043873
650
650
1200
1200
1550
1550
1550
2600
2600
2600
2600
2600
5200
5200
5200
5200
5200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
10600
10600
10600
13300
13300
13300
13300
21000
21000
21000
8.20
11.70
13.30
25.00
23.30
29.50
35.20
50.30
66.10
82.00
88.00
114.20
103.10
118.20
135.10
153.60
167.10
168.60
184.50
207.90
235.00
257.50
298.00
270.00
308.00
400.00
421.00
468.50
540.00
650.00
750.00
900.00
1210.00
.25
.25
.31
.31
.38
.38
.38
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.62
.62
.62
.62
.62
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.88
.88
.88
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.25
1.25
.50
.50
.62
.62
.75
.75
.75
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.75
1.75
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.50
2.50
2.50
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.25
1.50
1.50
1.50
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.50
3.50
3.50
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
DIMENSIONS (IN)
D
.25
.25
.31
.31
.38
.38
.38
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.62
.62
.62
.62
.62
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.88
.88
.88
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.25
1.25
E
1.50
2.50
1.50
2.50
1.50
2.50
2.50
1.50
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
2.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
4.00
2.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
2.50
4.00
4.00
3.00
4.00
4.00
7.00
4.00
4.00
6.00
F
2.00
4.00
2.25
4.25
2.50
4.50
6.00
3.25
6.00
8.00
10.00
12.00
4.00
6.00
8.00
10.00
12.00
4.50
6.00
8.00
10.00
12.00
15.00
5.00
8.00
12.00
6.00
9.00
12.00
18.00
8.00
12.00
20.00
G
H
3.06
5.06
3.56
5.56
4.12
6.12
7.62
5.38
8.12
10.12
12.12
14.12
6.69
8.69
10.69
12.69
14.69
7.69
9.19
11.19
13.19
15.19
18.19
8.75
11.75
15.75
10.31
13.31
16.31
22.31
13.38
17.38
25.38
.56
.56
.69
.69
.88
.88
.88
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.69
1.69
1.69
1.69
1.69
1.69
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.31
2.31
2.31
2.31
2.88
2.88
2.88
*Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
111
www.hanessupply.com
Eye Bolts
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
SHOULDER NUT EYE BOLTS
J
G
D
A
F
H
E
B
G-277
C
• Forged Steel
SEE APPLICATION AND
WARNING INFORMATION
SHANK
DIAMETER
& LENGTH
(IN.)
1/4 x 2
1/4 x 4
5/16 x 2-1/4
5/16 x 4-1/4
3/8 x 2-1/2
3/8 x 4-1/2
1/2 x 3-1/4
1/2 x 6
5/8 x 4
5/8 x 6
3/4 x 4-1/2
3/4 x 6
7/8 x 5
1x6
1x9
1-1/4 x 8
1-1/4 x 12
1-1/2 x 15
WORKING
G-277
LOAD
WEIGHT
STOCK NO.
LIMIT*
PER 100
GALV.
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
1045014
1045032
1045050
1045078
1045096
1045112
1045130
1045158
1045176
1045194
1045210
1045238
1045256
1045292
1045318
1045336
1045354
1045372
650
650
1200
1200
1550
1550
2600
2600
5200
5200
7200
7200
10600
13300
13300
21000
21000
24000
6.60
9.10
12.50
18.80
21.40
25.30
42.60
56.60
68.60
102.40
144.50
167.50
225.00
366.60
422.50
650.00
795.00
1425.00
• Hot Dip galvanized
• Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized, heavy hex nuts
DIMENSIONS (IN)
A
.25
.25
.31
.31
.38
.38
.50
.50
.62
.62
.75
.75
.88
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.25
1.50
B
.50
.50
.62
.62
.75
.75
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.25
1.50
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.00
2.50
2.50
3.00
C
D
.88
.88
1.12
1.12
1.38
1.38
1.75
1.75
2.25
2.25
2.75
2.75
3.25
3.75
3.75
4.50
4.50
5.50
.19
.19
.25
.25
.31
.31
.38
.38
.50
.50
.62
.62
.75
.88
.88
1.00
1.00
1.25
E
1.50
2.50
1.50
2.50
1.50
2.50
1.50
3.00
2.00
3.00
2.00
3.00
2.50
3.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
6.00
F
G
H
2.00
4.00
2.25
4.25
2.50
4.50
3.25
6.00
4.00
6.00
4.50
6.00
5.00
6.00
9.00
8.00
12.00
15.00
2.94
4.94
3.50
5.50
3.97
5.97
5.12
7.88
6.44
8.44
7.44
8.94
8.47
9.97
12.97
12.72
16.72
20.75
.50
.50
.69
.69
.78
.78
1.00
1.00
1.31
1.31
1.56
1.56
1.84
2.09
2.09
2.47
2.47
3.00
J
.47
.47
.56
.56
.66
.66
.91
.91
1.12
1.12
1.38
1.38
1.56
1.81
1.81
2.28
2.28
2.75
*Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.
SCREW EYE BOLTS
B
G-275
• Forged Steel – Quenched and Tempered
G-275
STOCK NO.
GALV.
1/4 x 2
5/16 x 2-1/4
3/8 x 2-1/2
1/2 x 3-1/4
5/8 x 4
1046111
1046139
1046157
1046175
1046193
HEADQUARTERS: 55
C
WORKING
LOAD
WEIGHT
LIMIT*
PER 100
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
500
800
1200
2200
3500
J
F
G
D
A
• Hot Dip galvanized
SHANK
DIAMETER
& LENGTH
(IN.)
H
E
4.30
12.50
19.00
37.50
75.00
DIMENSIONS (IN)
A
B
.25
.31
.38
.50
.62
1.50
1.69
1.88
2.44
3.00
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
C
2.00
2.25
2.50
3.25
4.00
D
2.50
2.94
3.28
4.25
5.31
E
F
2.94
3.50
3.97
5.12
6.44
.50
.63
.75
1.00
1.25
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
112
G
.88
1.13
1.38
1.75
2.25
H
.19
.25
.31
.38
.50
J
.47
.56
.66
.91
1.12
www.hanessupply.com
Eye Bolts
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
SHOULDER TYPE MACHINE EYE BOLTS
• Forged
• 1030 Carbon Steel
• Self-Colored
SEE APPLICATION AND
WARNING INFORMATION
STOCK
NO.
THREAD
SIZE
UNC-2A
A
SHANK
LENGTH
B
I.D.
EYE
C
O.D.
EYE
D
CENTER
OVERALL OF EYE TO
LENGTH SHOULDER
E
F
BLANKS*
APPROX.
WT. PER
100 PCS.
(LBS.)
RATED
CAP.
(LBS.)
14611
1/4 - 20
1
3/4
1-3/16
2-3/8
3/4
R14611
5.0
500
14621
5/16 - 18
1-1/8
7/8
1-7/16
2-13/16
15/16
R14621
9.6
900
14631
3/8 - 16
1-1/4
1
1-11/16
3-1/4
1-1/8
R14631
16.0
1,300
14638
7/16 - 14
1-3/8
1-3/32
1-13/16
3-9/16
1-1/4
R14638
24.2
1,800
14641
1/2 - 13
1-1/2
1-3/16
2-1/8
3-31/32
1-3/8
R14641
34.8
2,400
14650
9/16 - 12
1-3/4
1-3/8
2-9/16
4-3/4
1-21/32
R14650
47.0
3,200
14661
5/8 - 11
1-3/4
1-3/8
2-9/16
4-3/4
1-21/32
R14661
67.0
4,000
14672
3/4 - 10
2
1-1/2
2-13/16
5-1/4
1-13/16
R14682
100.0
5,000
14682
7/8 - 9
2-1/4
1-11/16
3-3/16
6
2-1/8
R14682
163.0
7,000
14702
1-8
2-1/2
1-13/16
3-9/16
6-5/8
2-5/16
R14702
222.0
9,000
14712
1-1/8 - 7
2-3/4
2
4-1/16
7-17/32
2-11/16
R14712
340.0
12,000
14723
1-1/4 - 7
3
2-13/16
4-7/16
8-7/32
2-15/16
R14723
444.0
15,000
14753
1-1/2 - 6
3-1/2
2-1/2
5-3/16
9-15/32
3-5/16
R14753
736.0
21,000
14770
1-3/4 - 5
3-3/4
2-7/8
6
10-13/16
4
R14770
1135.0
28,000
14780
2 - 4-1/2
4
3-1/4
6-7/8
11-7/8
4-3/8
R14780
1670.0
38,000
*Blanks have no rated capacity.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
113
www.hanessupply.com
Hoist Rings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
ACTEK™ SWIVEL (SAFETY) HOIST RINGS
UNC THREADS
•
•
•
•
Rated load from 400 lbs. to 125 tons.
Pivots 180°/Swivels 360°
Material: AISI 4140 aircraft quality
Finish: Black oxide per mil spec cadmium plated
• Safety factor: 5:1
• 100% magnetic particle inspected
• Certified heat treatment
METRIC THREADS
See following page
UNC THREADS
RATED
LOADS
(LBS.)
THREAD
SIZE
(IN.)
A
C
D
E
600
800
800
1,000
2,000
2,500
2,000
2,500
2,500
2,500
4,000
4,000
4,000
5,000
5,000
7,000
7,000
8,000
8,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
24,000
24,000
30,000
50,000
50,000
75,000
100,000
250,000
1/4 - 20
5/16 - 18
5/16 - 18
3/8 - 16
7/16 - 14
1/2 - 13
7/16 - 14
1/2 - 13
1/2 - 13
1/2 - 13
5/8 - 11
5/8 - 11
5/8 - 11
3/4 - 10
3/4 - 10
3/4 - 10
3/4 - 10
7/8 - 9
7/8 - 9
1-8
1-8
1-8
1-1/4 - 7
1-3/8 - 6
1-1/2 - 6
1-3/4 - 5
2 - 4-1/2
2-1/2 - 8
2-1/2 - 4
3-4
3-1/2 - 4
6-4
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.70
0.70
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.88
1.40
1.40
1.40
1.40
1.40
1.40
1.40
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.25
2.25
3.00
3.00
3.75
4.00
6.00
0.71
0.71
0.71
1.71
0.93
0.93
1.22
1.22
1.22
1.22
1.22
1.22
1.22
1.22
1.22
1.71
1.71
1.71
1.71
1.71
1.71
1.71
2.11
2.36
2.81
2.81
2.81
4.09
4.09
5.27
6.06
14.00
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
2-1/4
2-1/4
2-3/4
3-1/4
5
0.54
0.29
0.54
0.54
1.07
1.07
0.78
0.78
1.03
1.28
0.78
1.03
1.28
1.03
1.53
1.04
2.54
1.04
1.29
1.29
1.54
2.29
1.89
2.64
2.70
2.70
2.96
4.00
4.00
4.20
7.00
9.00
HEADQUARTERS: 55
STANDARD U-BAR
PART
NO.
B
F
46100
46102
46104
46106
46606
46602
46000
46008
46010
46012
46002
46004
46006
46014
46018
46204
46206
46202
46203
46210
46212
46214
46802
46702
46404
46408
46400
47002
47006
47200
47402
47602
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.84
1.84
2.31
2.31
2.31
2.31
2.18
2.18
2.18
2.06
2.06
3.06
3.06
2.93
2.93
2.81
2.81
2.81
4.12
5.20
6.41
6.41
5.91
8.03
8.03
8.48
9.28
14.00
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
2.67
2.67
2.67
2.67
3.77
3.77
4.78
4.78
4.78
4.78
4.78
4.78
4.78
4.78
4.78
6.52
6.52
6.52
6.52
6.52
6.52
6.52
8.73
10.59
12.47
12.47
12.47
16.87
16.87
19.50
22.09
33.00
LONG U-BAR
PART
NO.
B
F
–
–
–
–
–
–
46638
46644
46646
46648
–
46640
46642
46650
46654
46658
46660
46656
46652
46662
46664
46666
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4.25
4.25
4.25
4.25
–
4.12
4.12
4.00
4.00
4.65
4.65
4.52
4.52
4.40
4.40
4.40
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
6.72
6.72
6.72
6.72
–
6.72
6.72
6.72
6.72
8.11
8.11
8.11
8.11
8.11
8.11
8.11
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
G
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.84
2.58
2.58
3.52
3.52
3.52
3.52
3.52
3.52
3.52
3.52
3.52
5.14
5.14
5.14
5.14
5.14
5.14
5.14
6.50
7.46
8.55
8.55
8.55
11.67
11.67
14.15
15.90
25.00
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
114
H
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.49
1.49
1.99
1.99
1.99
1.99
1.99
1.99
1.99
1.99
1.99
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.76
4.31
4.87
4.87
4.87
6.52
6.52
8.10
8.60
13.00
TORQUE
(FT/LB)
WT.
(LBS)
6
7
7
12
22
28
22
28
28
28
60
60
60
100
100
100
100
160
160
230
230
230
470
540
800
800
800
2100
2100
4300
5100
9900
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.0
1.0
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
3.0
3.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.5
7.5
7.5
14.0
22.0
34.0
34.0
36.0
88.0
88.0
166.0
265.0
790.0
www.hanessupply.com
Hoist Rings
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
ACTEK™ SWIVEL (SAFETY) HOIST RINGS
METRIC THREADS
•
•
•
•
Rated load from 400 lbs. to 125 tons.
Pivots 180°/Swivels 360°
Material: AISI 4140 aircraft quality
Finish: Black oxide per mil spec cadmium plated
• Safety factor: 5:1
• 100% magnetic particle inspected
• Certified heat treatment
UNC THREADS
See previous page
METRIC THREADS
RATED
LOADS
(KGS.)
THREAD
SIZE
A
C
D
E
400
500
1,050
1,900
2,150
3,000
4,200
4,200
7,000
7,000
11,000
12,500
13,500
22,300
31,500
51,000
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.50
M12 x 1.75
M16 x 2.00
M20 x 2.50
M20 x 2.50
M24 x 3.00
M30 x 3.50
M30 x 3.50
M30 x 3.50
M36 x 4.00
M42 x 4.50
M48 x 5.00
M64 x 6.00
M72 x 6.00
M90 x 6.00
11
11
22
22
22
36
36
36
45
45
57
57
57
76
95
102
18
18
30
30
30
43
43
43
54
54
71
71
71
103
133
153
10
10
19
19
19
25
25
25
32
32
44
44
44
57
70
83
13
18
19
29
34
32
37
58
42
62
64
82
82
101
132
177
HEADQUARTERS: 55
STANDARD U-BAR
PART
NO.
B
F
LONG U-BAR
PART
NO.
B
F
G
H
46912
46916
46924
46930
46936
46942
46948
–
46956
46958
46966
46968
46970
46972
46988
46990
–
–
47124
47130
47136
47142
47148
46950
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
47
47
89
89
89
131
131
131
165
165
217
217
217
296
359
404
25
25
51
51
51
76
76
76
95
95
124
124
124
165
206
218
32
30
60
56
52
78
74
–
106
106
166
160
154
204
220
235
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
68
68
121
121
121
166
166
–
222
222
317
317
317
428
495
561
–
–
110
106
102
118
114
108
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
171
171
171
206
206
206
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
115
TORQUE
WT.
(KGM.) (KGS.)
0.86
1.5
3.7
8.4
14
14
14
60
60
60
100
100
100
273
559
663
0.17
0.17
1.08
1.12
1.19
3.03
3.10
3.10
6.30
6.40
15.50
16.00
16.80
39.00
74.00
118.00
www.hanessupply.com
Lifting Clamps
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
IPUZ / UNIVERSAL VERTICAL LIFTING CLAMP
IPUZ vertical lifting clamps are
used for lifting, turning (180°)
and vertical transfer of steel
plates & constructions.
MODEL
0,75
0,75
0,75
1,5
1,5
1,5
3
3
4,5
4,5
6
6
9
9
12
12
16
16
22,5
22,5
30
30
• Hinged hoisting eye allows
the user to place and lift the
load from virtually any
direction.
• All IPUZ clamps have latches
that lock in both the open and
closed positions.
• IPUZ clamps with working
load limits greater than 12
tons have special built-in
hook-up devices to assist
in the placement of these
large-sized clamps.
-
ORDER
NO.
WLL
PER PCE.
(TONS)
JAW
OPENING
(IN.)
WT. PER
PIECE
(LBS.)
5051
5052
1601
5053
5054
5186
5055
5056
5057
5058
5139
5140
5141
5142
5078
5079
5093
5094
5098
5099
5112
5113
0,75
0,75
0,75
1,5
1,5
1,5
3,0
3,0
4,5
4,5
6,0
6,0
9,0
9,0
12,0
12,0
16,0
16,0
22,5
22,5
30,0
30,0
0 - 5/8
5/8 - 1-1/4
0 - 3/4
0 - 3/4
3/4 - 1-5/8
0 - 1-3/8
0-1
1-2
0-1
1-2
0 - 1-1/4
1-1/4 - 2-1/2
0 - 1-5/8
1-5/8 - 3-1/8
0 - 2-1/8
2-1/8 - 4-1/4
1/4 - 2-1/2
2-1/2 - 5
1/4 - 3-1/8
3-1/8 - 6-1/8
1/4 - 3-1/8
3-1/8 - 6-1/8
4
4
4
17
17
17
35
36
35
37
50
51
63
64
126
130
174
203
281
288
337
364
IPUZ
IPSUZ
IPWGUNZ
IPUZ
IPSUZ
IPWGUZ
IPUZ
IPSUZ
IPUZ
IPSUZ
IPUNZ
IPSUNZ
IPUNZ
IPSUNZ
IPUNZ
IPSUNZ
IPUNZ
IPSUNZ
IPUNZ
IPSUNZ
IPUNZ
IPSUNZ
Type IPURZ has a cam segment and pivot made of stainless
steel.
IPHGZ / IPHGUZ HORIZONTAL LIFTING CLAMP
IPHGZ
horizontal
lifting clamps are
designed for the lifting
and transfer in the
horizontal position of
steel plates, including
thin plates that sag.
MODEL
• Clamps have a latch
IPHGZ
which allows the
oprator to position the clamp and
move away from the load before the lift
begins.
• Suitable for working in conjunction
with an angle bench, guillotine, round
roller, etc.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
WLL
ORDER PER PCE.
NO.
(TONS)
JAW
OPENING
(IN.)
WT. PER
PIECE
(LBS.)
0,75 - IPHGZ
5451
0,75
0-1
8
1,5 - IPHGZ
5452
1,5
0-1
16
27
3 - IPHGZ
5453
3,0
0 - 1-1/2
4,5 - IPHGZ
5454
4,5
0 - 1-1/2
46
4,5 - IPHGX1Z
1,5 - IPHGUZ
3772
4,5
1/4 - 1-3/4
50
5455
1,5
0-1
18
Type IPHGZ has a fixed hoisting eye.
Type IPHGUZ has a universal hoisting eye.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
116
www.hanessupply.com
Lifting Clamps
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
FIXED JAW ADJUSTABLE GIRDER CLAMPS
These Fixed Jaw Adjustable Girder Clamps are truly versatile in
application and may be used for lifting, pulling or as an anchor point.
• Designed specifically to provide maximum JAW GRIP ADJUSTMENT.
• Engineered for practical use where mobility is essential.
• Easily applied and do not require additional tools or width adjusting
components such as spacing washers.
MODEL
WLL@
0 - 15°
VERT.
(LBS.)
S1
S2
S2A
S3
S3X
S3A
S4S
S4A
S12
S14
4480
6720
6720
8960
11200
11200
13440
22400
33600
33600
JAW GRIP
INSIDE
ADJ.
JAW
SHACKLE
AVG.
MIN-MAX APERTURE CROWN TO
WT.
(IN.)
(IN.)
SPACER (IN.) (LBS.)
3 - 7-1/2
3 - 7-1/2
3 - 7-1/2
6 - 10
3 - 7-1/2
6 - 12
8 - 18
8 - 18
8 - 18
16 - 24
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-5/8
2
2-1/2
3-3/4
3-3/4
3-3/4
3-9/10
4-1/8
4-1/8
4-1/8
5-1/8
5-7/8
5-7/8
8.8
11.3
16.3
22.9
19.9
32.8
41.5
60.2
118.4
126.1
SWIVEL JAW ADJUSTABLE GIRDER CLAMPS
Swivel Jaw Adjustable Girder Clamps incorporate the
additional benefit of horizontal jaw adjustment. This enables
the full length and maximum width of the swivel jaw to anchor
evenly on a considerable surface area of the beam flange.
Additional tools or width adjusting components are not
required.
WLL@ JAW GRIP
INSIDE
0 - 15°
ADJ.
JAW
SHACKLE
VERT. MIN-MAX APERTURE CROWN TO
MODEL (LBS.)
(IN.)
(IN.)
SPACER (IN.)
S5
S5A
S6
S6A
S11
6720
6720
11200
11200
22400
3-1/2
3-1/2
3-1/2
3-1/2
3-1/2
-
12
12
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
3-3/4
4-1/8
4-1/8
4-1/8
5-1/8
AVG.
WT.
(LBS.)
22.0
30.4
30.4
33.5
45.4
ADJUSTABLE RUNWAY BEAM TROLLEYS
"SUPERCLAMP" Adjustable Runway Beam Trolleys are of
acknowledged and experienced design. The unique quality features
of this new range of manual travelling gear are the Wheelguarding
Anti-drop Plates, which are incorporated into the practical design of
these transferable and mobile securing attachments. To complement
this range, reference is made to "SUPERCLAMP" Geared Runway
Beam Trolleys which allow additional ease of load conveyance.
MODEL
WLL@
0°
VERT.
(LBS.)
B1
B2
B3
6720
13440
22400
HEADQUARTERS: 55
WIDTH
TO ACCOMINSIDE
ADJ.
MODATE BEAM
SHACKLE
MIN-MAX FLANGE MAX. CROWN TO
(IN.)
THKNS. (IN.) SPACER (IN.)
3-8
4 - 12
4 - 12
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-1/2
4
4
5-1/8
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
AVG.
WT.
(LBS.)
60.6
107.2
158.7
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
117
www.hanessupply.com
Swivels
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
SWIVELS
TIMKEN BEARING EQUIPPED
LOAD RATED
SAFE
WORKING
LOAD*
S-1
JAW & HOOK
S-3
JAW & EYE
S-5
EYE & EYE
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
8-1/2
8-1/2
8-1/2
8-1/2
8-1/2
8-1/2
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
25
25
25
25
25
25
35
35
35
35
35
35
45
45
45
45
45
45
TYPE
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
SWIVEL
NUMBER
WIRE ROPE
SIZE
3-S-1
3-S-2
3-S-3
3-S-4
3-S-5
3-S-6
5-S-1
5-S-2
5-S-3
5-S-4
5-S-5
5-S-6
8-1/2 - S - 1
8-1/2 - S - 2
8-1/2 - S - 3
8-1/2 - S - 4
8-1/2 - S - 5
8-1/2 - S - 6
10 - S - 1
10 - S - 2
10 - S - 3
10 - S - 4
10 - S - 5
10 - S - 6
15 - S - 1
15 - S - 2
15 - S - 3
15 - S - 4
15 - S - 5
15 - S - 6
25 - S - 1
25 - S - 2
25 - S - 3
25 - S - 4
25 - S - 5
25 - S - 6
35 - S - 1
35 - S - 2
35 - S - 3
35 - S - 4
35 - S - 5
35 - S - 6
45 - S - 1
45 - S - 2
45 - S - 3
45 - S - 4
45 - S - 5
45 - S - 6
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
1
1
1
1
1
1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
9.81
9.63
9.12
9.00
8.50
9.32
15.51
13.69
13.50
12.33
11.30
14.24
29.42
26.16
24.90
29.00
29.25
32.00
46.75
45.75
43.50
44.00
42.00
45.50
73.75
62.75
61.00
61.00
49.00
63.00
140.00
140.00
135.00
135.00
130.00
135.00
220.00
155.00
150.00
150.00
145.00
215.00
251.00
235.00
225.00
225.00
215.00
270.00
S-2
JAW & JAW
S-4
EYE & JAW
S-6
EYE & HOOK
*Safe working load in metric tons.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
118
www.hanessupply.com
Swivels
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
REGULAR
A
C
B
SIZE
R
SIZE
D
C
A
SIZE
(IN.)
SAFE
WORKING
LOAD
(LBS)*
A
B
C
D
R
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
850
1250
2250
3600
5200
7200
10000
12500
18000
45200
1-1/4
1-5/8
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
5-5/8
7
11/16
13/16
15/16
1-5/16
1-9/16
1-3/4
2-1/16
2-5/16
2-11/16
4-3/16
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
3-1/8
4
1-1/16
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-3/8
2-5/8
3-1/16
3-1/2
2-11/16
4-3/16
2-15/16
3-9/16
4-5/16
5-7/16
6-9/16
7-3/16
8-3/8
9-5/8
11-1/8
17-1/8
.21
.39
.71
1.32
2.49
4.02
6.25
8.95
16.37
45.79
DIMENSIONS (IN)
G-402
REGULAR
QUENCHED
& TEMPERED
*Ultimate Load is five times the Safe Working Load.
JAW END
SIZE
(IN.)
SAFE
WORKING
LOAD
(LBS)*
DIMENSIONS (IN)
A
B
C
K
N
P
1/4
850
1-1/4
11/16
3/4
15/32
7/8
1/4
5/16
1250
1-5/8
13/16
1
1/2
7/8
3/8
2250
2
15/16
1-1/4
5/8
1-1/16
1/2
3600
2-1/2
1-5/16
1-1/2
3/4
1-5/16
R
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.
2-5/8
.21
5/16
2-15/16
.34
3/8
3-5/8
.66
1/2
4-1/2
1.34
5/8
5200
3
1-9/16
1-3/4
15/16
1-1/2
5/8
5-5/16
2.48
G-403
3/4
7200
3-1/2
1-3/4
2
1-1/8
1-3/4
3/4
6-1/16
3.88
JAW END
QUENCHED
& TEMPERED
7/8
10000
4
2-1/16
2-1/4
1-3/16
2-1/16
7/8
7
5.87
1
12500
4-1/2
2-5/16
2-1/2
1-3/4
2-13/16
1-1/8
8-9/16
9.84
1-1/4
18000
5-5/8
2-11/16
3-1/8
2-1/16
2-13/16
1-3/8
9-7/16
15.75
1-1/2
45200
7
4-3/16
4
2-7/8
4-7/16
2-1/4
14-3/4
54.75
A
C
B
SIZE
R
N
P
K
*Ultimate Load is five times the Safe Working Load.
CHAIN
A
C
B
SIZE
R
D
E
SIZE
(IN.)
SAFE
WORKING
LOAD
(LBS)*
A
B
C
D
E
R
WEIGHT
EACH
(LBS.)
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
850
1250
2250
3600
5200
7200
1-1/4
1-5/8
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
11/16
13/16
15/16
1-5/16
1-9/16
1-3/4
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
7/16
1/2
3/4
7/8
1-1/16
1-1/4
15/16
1-1/8
1-1/2
1-7/8
2-3/16
2-5/8
2-1/4
2-23/32
3-7/16
4-1/4
5-1/8
5-25/32
.13
.25
.54
1.12
2.09
3.09
DIMENSIONS (IN)
*Ultimate Load is five times the Safe Working Load.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
119
G-401
CHAIN
QUENCHED &
TEMPERED
www.hanessupply.com
Swaged Sockets
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
SWAGED SOCKETS ASSEMBLIES
In mechanically swaged fittings, high
pressure presses and precision dies cause
metal of the socket to flow around wires
and strands to offer the ultimate in
compactness and strength with minimum
weight. Material is weldless, drop-forged
steel.
Pins
Parallel
500-P Pins at
Right Angles
500-R
Pins
Parallel
502-P Pins at
Right Angles
502-R
Pins
Parallel
503-P Pins at
Right Angles
503-R
os-os
cs-cs
Normally, only regular lay rope is used.
Swaged assemblies are interchangeable
with *poured sockets up through 2" rope
diameters. Assembly length is measured
from centerline of pins for both open and
closed sockets.
When purchasing, indicate choice of end
fittings by the suffixes “OS” or “CS” after
the stock number, for open or closed type
fittings. Pins and cotters are supplied as
standard on open fittings, but assemblies
may be specified without pins. Fittings are
assembled in the same plane unless
specified otherwise when ordered.
os-cs
LENGTH
* These sockets are not interchangeable with zinc
poured sockets.
OPEN SOCKET DIAMETER (IN)
ROPE
DIA.
D
E
F
PIN
AS
5/16
13/32
13/32
1-1/2
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/8
1-5/8
1-5/8
.688
.812
.812
.438
.688
.688
4-7/16
5-15/16
5-15/16
1-7/16
1-11/16
1-11/16
.750
.875
.875
1/2
11/16
11/16
.438
.688
.688
3-15/16
5-1/8
5-1/8
C
1/4 11/16
5/16 13/16
3/8 13/16
CAPACITY (TONS*)
CLOSED SOCKET DIAMETER (IN)
LS
(APPROX.)
C
D
E
AS
LS
(APPROX.)
7/16
1/2
9/16
1
1
1-1/4
1/2
1/2
5/8
2
2
2-1/4
2
2
2-1/2
1.00
1.00
1.19
.875
.875
1.125
7-5/8
7-5/8
9-3/16
2
2
2-1/2
1.063
1.063
1.250
7/8
7/8
1-1/8
.875
.875
1.125
6-5/8
6-5/8
8-5/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
15/16
2-1/4
2-3/4
3-1/4
2-1/2
3
3-3/8
1.19
1.38
1.63
1.125
1.375
1.50
9-3/16
11-1/4
13-1/8
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
1.250
1.438
1.688
1-1/8 1.125
1-5/16 1.375
1-1/2
1.50
8-5/16
9-15/16
11-5/8
1
2
1-1/8 2-1/4
1-1/4 2-1/2
1-1/32
1-3/16
1-3/16
3-3/4
4-1/4
4-3/4
4
4-1/2
5
2.00
2.25
2.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
15-1/16
16-15/16
18-5/8
4
4-1/2
5
2.063
2.313
2.563
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
1.75
2.00
2.25
13-3/16
14-11/16
16-1/2
1-3/8 2-1/2 1-5/16 5-1/4
1-1/2
3
1-7/16 5-3/4
1-3/4 3-1/2 1-11/16 6-3/4
5-1/4
5-3/4
7
2.50
2.75
3.50
2.50
2.75
3.00
20-1/2
22-5/16
26
5-1/4
5-1/2
6-3/4
2.563
2.813
3.563
2-1/4
2-1/2
3
2.50
2.75
3.00
18-1/8
19-9/16
23
2
4
1-13/16
8
2-1/4* 4-1/4 2-1/8 6-3/4
2-1/2* 4-1/4 2-1/8 6-3/4
8
8-3/4
8-3/4
3.75
4.25
4.25
3.50
4.00
4.40
30-1/8
31-1/4
33-3/8
7-3/4
8-3/4
8-3/4
3.813
4.312
4.312
3-1/4
4
4
3.50
4.00
4.40
26-7/16
28-1/2
30-1/4
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
120
ROPE
DIA.
6 X 19 & 6 X 37
IWRC
LPS
XIP
1/4
5/16
3/8
.588
.916
1.3
.69
1.05
1.5
7/16
1/2
9/16
1.778
2.3
2.9
2.04
2.66
3.36
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
3.58
5.12
6.92
8.98
11.3
13.88
16.7
19.78
26.6
34.4
43.
52.4
4.12
5.88
7.96
10.34
13.
15.98
19.2
22.8
30.6
39.6
49.4
60.4
www.hanessupply.com
Snatch Blocks
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
NEW IMPROVED LIGHT CHAMPION by McKissick®
• Forged alloy heat treated hooks.
• Forged steel swivel tees, yokes and shackles.
• Hook and shackle assemblies on 4-1/2” through 14”
sizes can be interchanged.
• Can be furnished with bronze bushings or roller
bearings.
• Opening feature permits insertion of rope while block is
suspended from gin-pole.
• 3” thru 18” 418 and 419 blocks have exclusive bolt
retaining spring to assure no lost bolts.
• Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch.
• Pressure lube fittings.
418
w/Hook
419
w/Shackle
404
Tail Board
• Fatigue rated.
• 3” - 10” feature dual rated wireline sheaves.
STOCK NO.
SHEAVE
DIA.
BEARING
(IN.)
CODE
3**
3**
4-1/2**
6
6
8
8
10
10
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
16
16
16
16
18
18
18
18
BB
BB
BB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
BB
RB
481
WITH
HOOK
419
WITH
SHACKLE
404
TAIL
BOARD
WIRE
ROPE
SIZE
(IN.)‡
WORKING
LOAD LIMIT*
(TONS)
418
WITH
HOOK
–
108038
108065
108127
108154
108225
108252
108323
108350
169169
199911
108421
108458
194920
199948
108528
108546
199975
200008
108608
108626
200099
200151
108644
108662
109091
109037†
109064
109126
109153
109224
109251
109322
109359
202961
169347
109420
109457
169356
167857
109527
109545
203041
203087
109607
109625
203130
203176
109643
109661
–
102016
102025
102098
102114
102169
102187
102230
102258
178890
178934
102301
102329
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
5/16 - 3/8
5/16 - 3/8
3/8 - 1/2
5/8 - 3/4
5/8 - 3/4
5/8 - 3/4
5/8 - 3/4
5/8 - 3/4
5/8 - 3/4
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
1
1
2
2
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
–
5
12
27
27
33
33
41
41
48
48
48
48
55
55
55
55
130
130
130
130
150
150
150
150
WEIGHT EACH
(LBS.)
419
404
WITH
TAIL
SHACKLE BOARD
5
4
12
28
28
34
34
42
42
49
49
49
49
56
56
56
56
135
135
135
135
155
155
155
155
–
3
7
15
15
21
21
29
29
36
36
36
36
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
REPLACEMENT
SHEAVE
STOCK
NO.
460147
460147
2000232
460815
472688
461164
473277
461805
473776
462270
474141
462289
474150
463625
474766
463634
474775
4100056
4200028
4100065
4200037
464571
475792
4104640
6000000
*Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.
**Available in Bronze Bushed only. 3" and 4-1/2" have self-lubricating Bronze Bushing.
†Fitted with 1-1/4" ID Swivel Eye.
‡May be furnished in other rope sizes.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
121
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Rope
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
ROTATION RESISTANT
WIRE ROPES
Dyform® - 34LR
In certain instances the use of rotation resistant
wire rope is necessary to provide rotational
stability to the lifted load. In general, the use of
these specialized wire ropes is limited to those
situations where it is impractical to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Use a tag line.
Relocate rope dead end.
Increase sheave sizes.
Eliminate "odd-part" reeving.
Significantly reduce rope loading and rope
length.
Strongest, most rotation
resistant. For the most
demanding hoisting
applications.
Rotation resistant wire ropes have less of a
tendency to unlay when loaded than do
conventional wire ropes. This results in improved
rotational stability to the lifted load within a safe
working load range. Rotation resistant wire
ropes are designed in such a way that the
rotational force of the outer rope is partially
counteracted by the rotational force of the inner
rope when the rope is subjected to a load.
The rated strengths of rotation resistant ropes
are less than the conventional 6 x 19 and 6 x 36
Classification wire ropes, and larger sheaves
and drums are required in order to achieve
comparable fatigue life. Drum and sheave
diameters should be 34 to 36 times rope
diameter for the 19 x 7 and 35 x 7 rotation
resistant ropes and 21 to 27 times rope diameter
for 8 x 19 rotation resistant ropes.
35LS
For demanding
applications where
highest strength is not
mandatory.
Rotation Resistant Ropes are available in a full
range of sizes, grades and constructions:
• Standard constructions for single-part and
multi-part lifting.
• Special wire rope constructions for increased
service life in particularly demanding
applications – Dyform®-18 HSLR, Dyform®
34LR and 35LS.
NOTE:
1. Swivels are not recommended for use with
rotation resistant ropes.
2. Although B30 standards permit rotation
resistant ropes to be used under certain
conditions at design factors of 3.5:1, we
recommend a minimum design factor of 5:1
and a design factor of 7:1 for extended rope
life.
Dyform® - 18HSLR
Rotation Resistant
For multi-part lifting.
35% greater strength.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
DYFORM®-18 HSLR
ROTATION RESISTANT ROPE
NOMINAL APPROX.
DIA. STRENGTH* WT/FT
(IN.)†
(TONS)
(LBS)
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
8.3
11.2
14.6
18.5
22.7
32.4
43.8
57.5
71.5
87.9
DYFORM®-34LR & 35LS ROTATION RESISTANCE ROPE
DIAMETER
(MM) (IN.)
–
1/2
13
–
14
–
–
9/16
15
–
16
5/8
17
–
18
–
19
3/4
20
–
21
–
22
–
–
7/8
23
–
24
–
25
–
–
1
26
–
28
–
–
1-1/8
30
–
32
1-1/4
35
1-3/8
38
1-1/2
19 x 7
Rotation Resistant
Not recommended for
multiple part lifting.
8 x 19
Rotation Resistant
Can be used for multiple
part lifting.
.27
.37
.51
.64
.79
1.1
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.1
MIN. BREAKING FORCE**
(TONS)
1960
2160
34LR
35LS
34LR
15.40
13.60
17.42
16.19
14.28
18.21
18.88
16.52
21.13
19.67
17.31
22.03
22.03
19.11
24.73
25.18
21.69
28.21
27.20
24.28
30.46
30.80
27.09
34.62
34.51
30.91
38.67
38.33
33.61
42.94
43.28
37.43
48.45
46.65
41.37
52.38
47.21
41.59
53.06
50.69
44.74
56.88
55.64
49.35
62.38
60.59
52.94
67.89
62.38
54.40
70.03
66.09
57.78
74.19
75.99
66.99
85.20
77.45
68.90
86.89
86.44
75.99
97.01
98.13
85.99
110.16
116.90
105.89 123.65
138.26
120.27 147.25
APPROX.
WT/FT (LBS)
34LR
.54
.57
.65
.69
.77
.87
.94
1.07
1.20
1.32
1.49
1.61
1.65
1.75
1.92
2.10
2.16
2.28
2.63
2.70
2.99
3.39
4.05
4.87
35LS
.49
.51
.60
.62
.69
.78
.87
..97
1.11
1.21
1.34
1.49
1.51
1.61
1.77
1.91
1.97
2.08
2.41
2.50
2.74
3.10
3.82
4.35
19 X 7 ROTATION RESISTANT ROPE
NOMINAL STRENGTH* APPROX.
DIA.
(TONS)
WT/FT
(IN.)
EIP
IPS
(LBS)
3/16
1.57
1.42
.064
1/4
2.77
2.51
.113
5/16
4.30
3.90
.177
3/8
6.15
5.59
.25
7/16
8.33
7.58
.35
1/2
10.8
9.85
.45
9/16
13.6
12.4
.58
5/8
16.8
15.3
.71
3/4
24.0
21.8
1.02
7/8
32.5
29.5
1.39
1
42.2
38.3
1.82
1-1/8
53.1
48.2
2.30
1-1/4
65.1
59.2
2.80
1-3/8
78.4
71.3
3.43
1-1/2
92.8
84.4
4.08
1-5/8
108.0
98.4
4.80
8 X 19 ROTATION RESISTANT ROPE
7/16
8.97
7.80
.36
1/2
11.7
10.2
.47
9/16
14.7
12.8
.60
5/8
18.1
15.7
.73
3/4
25.9
22.6
1.06
7/8
35.0
30.5
1.44
1
45.5
39.6
1.88
1-1/8
57.3
49.8
2.39
1-1/4
70.5
61.3
2.94
1-3/8
84.9
73.8
3.56
1-1/2
100.0
87.3
4.24
*Acceptance strength is not less than 2-1/2% below the nominal
breaking strengths listed.
NOTE: These strengths apply only when a test is conducted
with both ends fixed. When in use, the strength of
these ropes may be reduced if one end is free to rotate.
**Listed minimum breaking force is for 1960 & 2160 grade
bright (ungalvanized) ropes. Inquire for a minimum breaking
force of glavanized ropes.
†Other sizes available upon request.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
122
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Rope
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
HIGH PERFORMANCE WIRE ROPE
Constructex® is made of three different
strand constructions: 7-wire, 24-wire and
40-wire strands. The nine strands are
closed in operation and lightly swaged to
postform the rope and give the strands a
triangular shape. Compacting increases
strength and resistance to crushing. The smooth outside
surface enhances abrasion and scrubbing resistance.
Constructex® can provide 1-1/2 to 2 times the service life
of other wire ropes in severely abusive applications.
Typical Applications include: tubing lines, logging lines,
winch lines, boom hoists, scrap yard, mobile and
overhead
traveling
CONSTRUCTEX® ROPE
cranes,
hot
bed
NOMINAL APPROX
conveyors, car haulage
DIA. STRENGTH* WT/FT
and marine cargo falls.
(IN.)†
(TONS)
5/8
3/4
7/8
25.5
36.5
48.5
(LBS)
.86
1.1
1.5
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
62.5
79.5
97.6
118.0
139.0
162.0
2.0
2.6
3.2
3.8
4.6
5.3
*Acceptance strength is not
less than 2-1/2% below the
nominal breaking strengths
listed.
†Other sizes available upon
request.
Dyform®-6 The Dyforming process produces high
density wire rope made with compacted strands.
Dyform®-6 is a six strand construction with an
Independent Wire Rope Core (IWRC). It meets or
exceeds strength requirements of EEIPS rope. The
compact strand construction provides better
flexibility, bending life and crush resistance than standard 6-strand
ropes. Compacting also produces a smooth surface for reduced
bearing
pressure;
and
DYFORM®-6
increases the steel area by
100% for higher abrasion
NOMINAL
APPROX.
STRENGTH*
WT/FT
resistance and less sheave
(TONS)
(LBS.)
wear. Typical Applications
DIA.
FIBER
FIBER
include: boom hoist, load
hoist and winch lines, (IN.)† IWRC CORE IWRC CORE
3/8
8.8
–
.31
–
holding, closing, crowd and
7/16
11.9
–
.39
–
retract lines, blast furnace
1/2
15.3
–
.49
–
skip hoist and bell operating
9/16
19.3
–
.63
–
ropes, ore bridges and ore
5/8
22.7
20.0
.78
.71
unloaders, stripper, soaking
3/4
32.4
28.6
1.13
1.03
pit, hot metal, scrap yard,
7/8
43.8
38.6
1.54
1.40
mobile
and
overhead
1
57.5
50.0
2.00
1.82
traveling cranes, hot bed 1-1/8 71.5
63.0
2.54
2.31
conveyors, car haulage, and 1-1/4 87.9
77.5
3.14
2.85
1-3/8 106.0
93.0
3.80
3.45
marine cargo falls.
1-1/2
125.0
111.0
4.50
4.10
AIR CRAFT CABLE
Aircraft Cable is pre-formed and
made in accordance with commerical
specifications. GAC to military and
federal specifications is available.
CARBON STEEL AIRCRAFT
CABLE
7 x 19
Galvanized cable has the highest
strength and greatest fatigue life of
the materials offered. It has good to
fair corrosion resistance in rural to
industrial atmosphere enviornments.
This material is most widely used for
small diameter cable.
Tin over
galvanized cable offers greater
corrosion resistance and reduced
friction over pulleys.
STAINLESS STEEL
MIN.
BREAKING
STRENGTH (LBS.)
3/32
17.
1,000
920
1/8
29.
2,000
1,760
5/32
45.
2,800
2,400
3/16
65.
4,200
3,700
7/32
86.
5,600
5,000
1/4
110.
7,000
6,400
9/32
139.
8,000
7,800
5/16
173.
9,800
9,000
3/8
243.
14,400
12,000
VINYL COATED GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT CABLE
DIA.
(IN.)
7 x 19
HEADQUARTERS: 55
GALVANIZED
MIN.
APPROX. WT.
BREAKING
1000 FT/LBS. STRENGTH (LBS)
7 X 19
DIA.
(IN.)
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
MIN.
COATED
APPROX. BREAKING
TO
WT/FT
STRENGTH
(IN.)
CONSTRUCTION
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
3/32
3/16
7x7
28
920
1/8
3/16
7x7
39
1,700
2,000
1/8
3/16
7 x 19
39
3/16
1/4
7 x 19
78
4,200
1/4
5/16
7 x 19
125
7,000
3/8
7/16
7 x 19
272
14,400
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
123
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Ropes
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
ABRASION RESISTANCE
FATIGUE RESISTANCE
...DECREASES
with Fewer Wires
...DECREASES
with Smaller Wires
...INCREASES
with Larger Wires
...INCREASES
with More Wires
WIRE ROPE
NOMINAL STRENGTHS AND WEIGHTS – 6 X 19 CLASS – 6 X 36 CLASS
NOMINAL STRENGTH
IN TONS OF 2000 POUNDS
DIAMETER
(IN.)
FIBER CORE
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
1-7/8
2
2-1/8
2-1/4
2-3/8
2-1/2
2-5/8
2-3/4
2-7/8
3
3-1/8
3-1/4
3-3/8
3-1/2
EXTRA IMPROVED
PLOW STEEL
IMPROVED PLOW STEEL
1.55
2.74
4.26
6.10
8.27
10.7
13.5
16.7
23.8
32.2
41.8
52.6
64.6
77.7
92.0
107.
124.
141.
160.
179.
200.
222.
244.
268.
292.
317.
–
–
–
–
–
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT
PER FOOT (LBS.)
IWRC
IWRC
FIBER CORE
1.67
2.94
4.58
6.56
8.89
11.5
14.5
17.9
25.6
34.6
44.9
56.5
69.4
83.5
98.9
115.
133.
152.
172.
192.
215.
239.
262.
288.
314.
341.
370.
399.
429.
459.
491.
–
3.40
5.27
7.55
10.2
13.3
16.8
20.6
29.4
39.8
51.7
65.0
79.9
96.
114.
132.
153.
174.
198.
221.
247.
274.
302.
331.
361.
393.
425.
458.
492.
529.
564.
.059
.105
.164
.236
.32
.42
.53
.66
.95
1.29
1.68
2.13
2.63
3.18
3.78
4.44
5.15
5.91
6.72
7.59
8.51
9.48
10.5
11.6
12.7
13.9
–
–
–
–
–
IWRC
.065
.116
.18
.26
.35
.46
.59
.72
1.04
1.42
1.85
2.34
2.89
3.50
4.16
4.88
5.67
6.50
7.39
8.35
9.36
10.4
11.6
12.8
14.0
15.3
16.6
18.0
19.5
21.0
22.6
Available galvanized at 10% lower strengths, or in equivalent strengths on special request.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
124
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Ropes
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
COMMONLY USED WIRE ROPE CROSS SECTIONS
6 x 19 Classification
6 x 19 Seale
IWRC
6 x 21 Filler Wire
FC
6 x 25 Filler Wire
IWRC
6 x 26 Warrington Seale
IWRC
6 x 36 Classification
6 x 31 Warrington Seale
IWRC
6 x 36 Seale Filler Wire
IWRC
6 x 36 Warrington Seale
FC
6 x 31 Filler Wire Seale
IWRC
6 x 41 Warrington Seale
IWRC
6 x 41 Seale Filler Wire
IWRC
6 x 46 Seale Filler Wire
IWRC
6 x 49 Filler Wire Seale
IWRC
Cross sections of rotation resistant rope constructions.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
3 x 19 Seale
8 x 19 Seale
IWRC
8 x 25 Filler Wire
IWRC
8 x 17
FC
19 x 7
19 x 19 Seale
35 x 7
35 x 19 Seale
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
125
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Ropes
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
INSPECTION – THE KEY TO LONGER, SAFER WIRE ROPE USE
Any wire rope in use should be inspected on a
regular basis. You have too much at stake in
lives and equipment to ignore thorough
examination of the rope at prescribed
intervals.
JUST LOOKING AT THE ROPE IS NOT ENOUGH
When an inspector takes a look at a rope, he may see
sections showing excessive wear. By flagging the rope, he
can quickly determine where the rope is rubbing or
contacting parts of the equipment, and then repair, replace
or modify the condition causing wear.
The purpose of inspection is to accurately
estimate the service life and strength
remaining in a rope so that maximum service
can be had within the limits of safety. Results
of the inspection should be recorded to
provide a history of rope performance on a
particular job. On most jobs, wire rope must be
replaced before there is a risk of failure. A rope
broken in service can destroy machinery and
curtail production. It can also kill.
Inspections of sheaves is a relatively simple, yet very vital
task. A sheave groove gauge, usually obtainable from a
wire rope manufacturer, is used to check the grooves in a
sheave. Hold the gauge perpendicular to the surface of the
groove to observe properly the groove size and contour, as
in this illustration.
Because of the great responsibility involved in
ensuring safe rigging on equipment, the man
assigned to inspect should know wire rope and
its operation thoroughly. Inspections should be
made regularly and the results recorded.
When inspecting the rope, the condition of the
drum, sheaves, guards, cable clamps and
other end fittings should be noted. The
condition of these parts affects rope wear; any
defects detected should be repaired.
To ensure rope soundness between
inspections, all workers should participate.
The operation can be most helpful by watching
the ropes under his control. If any accident
involving the ropes occurs, the operator
should immediately shut down his equipment
and report the accident to his supervisor. The
equipment should be inspected before
resuming operation.
Photo shows new gauge and worn sheave. This new gauge is
designed with one-half the allowable oversize (see table). Using
the new gauge, when you do not see light, the sheave is OK.
When you do see light under the new gauge, the sheave should
be replaced.
The Occupational Safety and Health Act has
made periodic inspection mandatory for most
wire rope applications.
NOMINAL ROPE
DIAMETER
0" - 3/4"
13/16" - 1-1/8"
1-3/16" - 1-1/2"
1-9/16" - 2-1/4"
2-5/16" - and larger
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
ALLOWABLE ROPE
OVERSIZE
ONE-HALF ALLOWABLE
ROPE OVERSIZE
+1/32"
+3/64"
+1/16"
+3/32"
+1/8"
+1/64"
+3/128"
+1/32"
+3/64"
+1/16"
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
126
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Ropes
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
SHEAVES SHOULD BE CHECKED FOR:
1. Correct groove diameter
2. Roundness or contour to give proper support to the rope
3. Small holes, cracks, uneven surfaces, or other defects that
might be detrimental to the rope
4. Extreme deep wear
A sheave should also be checked to make sure it turns freely,
is properly aligned, has no broken or cracked flanges, and has
bearings that work properly.
Drums should also be inspected for signs of wear that could
damage rope. Plain-faced or smooth drums can develop
grooves or impressions that prevent rope from winding
properly. Repair by resurfacing the face or replacing the
lagging.
Scrubbing will occur if the rope tends to close wind. If the
tendency is to open winding, the rope will encounter abnormal
abuse as the second layer forces itself down between the
open wraps of the first layer on the drum.
RIGHT WAY. Set the machinist's caliper to read the
widest diameter. Vernier scale reads to 1/128th of
an inch.
Operating with a smooth drum calls for special care. Be sure
the rope is always tightly wound and thread laid on the first
layer. Any loosening of the line is easily observed as the
winding will be bad and the rope will be coming off with a
series of "bad spots."
Grooved drums should be examined for tight or corrugated
grooves and for differences in depth or pitch that could
damage the second and subsequent layers. Worn grooves
can develop extremely sharp edges that shave away small
particles of steel from the rope. Correct this condition by
grinding or filing a radius to replace the sharp edge.
Drum flanges, as well as the starter, filler and riser strips,
should be checked. Excessive wear here often causes
unnecessary rope abuse at the change of layers and crossover points.
Other places of contact such as rollers, scrub boards, guides
and end-attachments should also be inspected.
MEASURE THE WIDEST DIAMETER
Ropes and sheave grooves must be precisely fitted to each
other to get the most service out of your wire rope dollar.
Make measurement of rope diameter a normal part of your
inspection program.
There's only one right way to measure rope diameter: use
machinist's calipers and be sure to measure the widest
diameter. The drawings at the left compare the right way with
the wrong way.
WRONG WAY. This is the wrong way to measure
wire rope diameter. Widest diameter is not being
read.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
This method is not only useful for measuring the diameter of
a new rope, but also for determining the amount of wear and
compression that has occurred while the rope has been in
use. Accurate recording of this information is essential in
helping to decide when to replace wire rope.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
127
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Ropes
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
COMMON WIRE ROPE ABUSES
Neglect and abuse are the two chief enemies of
wire rope life. One costly form of neglect is lack of
proper field lubrication. Abuse takes many forms:
improper reeling or unreeling, wrong size or worn
sheaves, improper storage, and bad splicing are a
few.
CONDITION OF MACHINERY
CRUSHING. Because of loose winding on drum, rope was pulled
inbetween underlying wraps and crushed out of shape.
Wire rope performance depends upon the
condition of the equipment on which it operates;
poorly maintained equipment will usually result in
reduced rope life.
EFFECTS OF
VIBRATION
SHOCK-LOADING
AND
The destructive effects of jerking or shock-loading
are visually noticeable. Vibration has somewhat
the same effect, and is equally destructive. An
individual shock may be slight, but many rapidly
repeated slight shocks can have the effect of
several large shocks.
Vibration which occurs directly above a load is
often unavoidable. "Whipping" of the section of
rope immediately above the load is also common.
In these cases, rapid wire fatigue is possible. For
reasons of safety, this section should be examined
regularly.
Wire rope failure is usually cumulative. Each
repeated overstress brings the rope nearer to
failure. Thus, a wire rope may become fatigued to
a point close to failure under a heavy load, and
actually fail under a much lighter load.
TOO SUDDEN LOAD RELEASE. The sudden release of a load
caused birdcaging. Here individual strands open away from each
other, displacing the core.
LACK OF LUBRICATION. Premature breakage of wires resulted from
"locking" of strands, which was caused by insufficient lubrication.
OVERSTRESSING
In any hoisting operation, there should be no slack
in the wire rope when the load is applied.
Otherwise, the resulting stress will be excessive.
Overstressing can also be the result of too-rapid
acceleration or deceleration. Wire rope will
withstand considerable stress if the load is applied
slowly. As with ordinary twine, a quick snap will
cause overstressing and breakage. This applies
both when starting to lift a load, and when bringing
it to a stop.
INFREQUENT INSPECTION. Neglect of periodical inspection left this
rope in service too long, resulting in considerable abrasion.
CORROSION
Corrosion can seriously shorten wire rope life, both
by metal loss and by formation of corrosion pits in
the wires. These pits act as stress-concentration
points in the wires in much the same manner as do
nicks.
IMPROPER HANDLING. Kink or "dog leg" was caused by improper
handling and/or installation. A kink causes excessive localized or spot
abrasion.
continued...
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
128
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Ropes
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
WIRE ROPE ABUSE continued
Wire rope left on machines shut down for
long periods of time deteriorates rapidly. To
preserve the rope for future sue, it should
be removed, cleaned and thoroughly
lubricated.
CAUSES OF CORROSION DAMAGE
Pitting, erosion and surface effects of many
different types can all result in corrosion
damage. Because they tend to increase
corrosion, the following conditions should
be considered and noted when applicable,
during the ordering of wire rope: acid and
alkaline solutions, gases, fumes, brine and
salt air, sulphurous compounds, and high
humidity and temperature. Lubricants are
readily available to reduce the severity of
attack of most of these conditions.
REVERSE BENDING Running this rope over one sheave and under
another caused fatigue breaks in wires.
EXCESSIVE EXPOSURE TO ELEMENTS. Too much exposure
combined with surface wear and loss of lubrication caused corrosion
and pitting.
EFFECTS OF SEVERE HEAT
Where wire rope is subjected to severe heat
(e.g., foundry cranes) it will not give the
service expected because it will deteriorate
more quickly.
Wire ropes exposed to hot-metal handling
or other extreme heat sometimes require
independent wire rope cores.
TOO LONG IN SERVICE. Repeated winding and overwinding of this
rope on a drum while it was under heavy stress caused the unusually
severe wear shown.
SHIFTING ROPES FROM ONE JOB
TO ANOTHER
Sometimes an idle wire rope from one
operation is installed on another to keep the
rope in continuous service. This extremely
poor practice is an expensive "economy."
Because wire rope tends to "set" to the
conditions of its particular operating job, the
differing bends, abrasions and stresses of a
new operation can produce premature
failure. Therefore, for a maximum life and
efficiency, a rope should be used only on
the job for which it has been specified.
MACHINERY OPERATION
Some operators are harder on their
machinery than others and as a result they
get shorter rope life. In certain instances,
enough extra work is done to more than
offset the additional wear-and-tear on
equipment and wire rope. The operation
may be more efficient from the production
standpoint as a result, but those in charge
of rope purchases should be made aware of
the probable reduction in rope life and
increased rope costs.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
UNDERSIZE SHEAVE GROOVES. Sheaves were too small, causing
strands to pinch. Wires then fail in the valley between the strands.
POOR WORK PROCEDURES. Damage to strands and wires resulted
from electric arcing.
LACK OF KNOWLEDGE. Here's what occurs when a loop which has
been "pulled through" and tightened remains in service.
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
129
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Ropes
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
ABRASION AND BENDING
THE "X CHART": ABRASION RESISTANCE VS. BENDING-FATIGUE RESISTANCE
The wire rope industry refers to this as the X-chart. It serves to illustrate the
inverse relationship between abrasion resistance and resistance to bending
fatigue in a representative number of the most widely used wire ropes.
T
S
E
T
6 X 19 S
A
E
G
R
R
½
E
T
10
Flattened
Strand
A
TO
B
R
E
A
C
S
N
IO
TA
N
IS
12
6 X 21 FW
¾
S
B
12
6 X 25 FW
E
N
¾
E
C
TA
IS
S
E
E
6 X 36 WS
U
R
½
G
R
G
T
E
S
A
TE
A
16
TI
14
6 X 31 WS
FA
N
G
12
IN
TO
D
6 X 49 FWS
S
T
HEADQUARTERS: 55
S
9
18
6 X 64 SFWS
PROPER SHEAVE AND DRUM SIZES
CONSTRUCTION
EFFECT OF SHEAVE SIZE
Wire ropes are manufactured in a
great variety of constructions to meet
the varying demands of wire rope
usage. Where abrasion is an
important factor, the rope must be
made of a coarse construction
containing relatively large wires. In
other cases, the great amount of
bending to which the rope is subjected
is more important. Here, a more
flexible construction, containing many
relatively small wires, is required. In
either case, however, if the rope
operates over inadequate size
6X7
6
A
Referring to this chart when selecting
a rope, the mid-point (at the X) comes
closest to an even balance between
abrasion resistance and resistance to
bending fatigue. Reading up or down
along either leg of the X, the inverse
relationship becomes more apparent
as one quality increases and the other
decreases.
Therefore, it is evident that a definite
relationship exists between rope
service and sheave size. As a guide to
rope users, wire rope manufacturers
have established standards for various
rope constructions. To secure the most
economical service, it is important that
the suggested size of sheaves given
below be used.
LE
Two compelling factors that govern
most decisions as to the selection of a
wire rope are: abrasion resistance,
and resistance to bending fatigue.
Striking a proper balance with respect
to these two important characteristics
demands judgment of a very high
order. A graphic presentation of just
such comparison of qualities between
the
most
widely
used
rope
constructions and others is given by
means of X-chart.
Another undesirable effect of small
sheaves is accelerated wear of both
rope and sheave groove. The pressure
per unit area of rope on sheave groove
for a given load is inversely proportional
to the size of the sheave. In other
words, the smaller the sheave the
greater the rope pressure per unit area
on the groove. Both sheaves and rope
life can obviously be prolonged by using
the proper diameter sheave for the size
and construction of rope.
LE
As with all engineering design
problems, feasible solutions demand
compromise to some degree. At times,
it becomes necessary to settle for less
than optimum resistance to abrasion
in order to obtain maximum flexibility;
the latter being a more important
requirement for the given job. A
typical example of this kind of trade-off
would be in selecting a highly flexible
rope on an overhead crane.
Conversely, in a haulage installation, a
rope with greater resistance to
abrasion would be chosen despite the
fact that such ropes are markedly less
flexible.
Sheave diameter can also influence
rope strength. When a wire rope is
bent around a sheave, there is a loss
of effective strength due to the inability
of the individual strands and wire to
adjust themselves entirely to their
changed position. Tests show that rope
strength efficiency decreases to a
marked degree as the sheave diameter
is reduced with respect to the diameter
of the rope.
sheaves, the severe bending stresses
imposed will cause the wires to break
from fatigue, even though actual wear is
slight. The smaller the diameter of the
sheave, the sooner these fatigue breaks
will occur and the shorter rope life
becomes.
NUMBER OF OUTSIDE WIRES PER STRAND
While there is a possibility, there is
likelihood that an application can be
found for which there is a precisely
suitable wire rope – one that can
satisfy every indicated requirement.
6x7
19 x 7 or 18 x 7
Rotation Resistant
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
6
6
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
19
27
31
21
25
31
36
19
25
41
42
Seale
H flattened strand
V flattened strand
filler wire
filler wire
Warrington Seale
Warrington Seale
Seale
filler wire
Warrington Seale
filler
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
SUGGESTED
D/d* RATIO
MINIMUM
D/d*RATIO
72
42
51
51
45
45
45
39
39
35
41
32
32
21
34
34
30
30
30
26
26
23
27
21
21
14
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
130
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Ropes
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
ROPE STRENGTH AND DESIGN FACTORS
The rope strength design factor is the ratio of the
rated strength of the rope to its operating stress. If
a particular rope has a rated strength of 100,000
lbs. and is working under an operating stress of
20,000 lbs., it has a rope strength design factor of
5. It is operating at one-fifth or 20% of its rated
strength.
Many codes refer to this factor as the "Safety
Factor" which is a misleading term, since this ratio
obviously does not include the many facets of an
operation which must be considered in
determining safety.
Wire rope is an expendable item – a replacement
part of a machine or installation. For economic and
other reasons, some installations require ropes to
operate at high stresses (low rope strength design
factors). On some installations where high risk is
involved, high rope strength design factors must
be maintained. However, operating and safety
codes exist for most applications and these codes
give specific factors for usage. When a machine is
working and large dynamic loadings (shock
loading) are imparted to the rope, the rope
strength design factor will be reduced which could
result in overstressing of the rope. Reduced rope
strength design factors frequently result in reduced
service life of wire rope.
DIAMETER LOSS
O.S.H.A. (A.N.S.I.) Removal Criteria 5.
A.N.S.I. Safety Codes, Standards and
Requirements –
rope must be removed from service
when diameter loss or wire breakage
occurs as follows:
ORIGINAL
DIAMETER (IN.)
LOSS
(IN.)
5/16 & smaller
3/8 - 1/2
9/16 - 3/4
7/8 - 1-1/8
1-1/4 - 1-1/2
1/64
1/32
3/64
1/16
3/32
NUMBER OF WIRE BREAKS
A.N.S.I.
NO.
EQUIPMENT
B30.2
B30.4
B30.5
B30.6
B30.7
B30.8
A10.4
A10.5
Overhead & Gantry Cranes
Portal, Tower & Pillar Cranes
Crawler, Locomotive & Truck Cranes
Derricks
Base Mounted Drum Hoists
Floating Cranes & Derricks
Personnel Hoists
Material Hoists
NUMBER BROKEN WIRES
IN RUNNING ROPES
IN ONE
IN ONE
ROPE LAY
STRAND
12
6
6
6
6
6
6*
6*
NUMBER BROKEN WIRES
IN STANDING ROPES
IN ONE
IN ONE
ROPE LAY
STRAND
4
Not specified Not specified
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
2*
2
Not specified Not specified Not specified
*Also remove for 1 valley break. OSHA requires monthly record keeping of wire rope condition.
Note: Current industry recommendations and OSHA Standars are based upon the use of steel sheaves. The
manufacturer of plastic or synthetic sheaves or liners should be consulted for their recommendations on
the safe application of their product, and possible revision in rope inspection criteria when used with their
product.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
131
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Ropes
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
ROPE STRENGTH AND DESIGN FACTORS
susceptible to the abuses of bending over small
diameter sheaves, pinching in undersize sheave
grooves, crushing when winding on drums, and failing
due to excessive rotation. Left lay rope has greatest
usage in oil fields on rod and tubing lines, blast hole
rigs, and spudders where rotation of right lay rope
would loosen couplings. The rotation of a left lay rope
tightens a standard coupling.
A wire rope is a piece of flexible, multi-wired, stranded
machinery made of many precision parts.
Usually a wire rope consists of a core member, around
which a number of multi-wired strands are "laid" or
helically bent. There are two general types of cores for
wire rope – fiber cores and wire cores. The fiber core
may be made from natural or synthetic fibers. The wire
core can be an Independent Wire Core (IWRC), or
Strand Core (SC).
The purpose of the core is to provide support and
maintain the position of the outer strands during
operation.
UNDERSTAND WHAT THE "LAYS" OF WIRE
ROPE MEAN
"Lay" of a wire rope is simply a description of the way
wires and strands are placed during construction.
Right lay and left lay refer to the direction of strands.
Right lay means that the strands pass from left to right
across the rope. Left lay means just the opposite;
strands pass from right to left.
Any number of multi-wired strands may be laid around
the core. The most popular arrangement is six strands
around the core, as this combination gives the best
balance.
The number of wires per strand may vary from 3 to 91,
with the majority or wire ropes falling into the 7-wire,
19-wire, or 36 wire strand categories.
LENGTH OF SERVICE DEPENDS ON
HOW YOU TREAT YOUR WIRE ROPES.
Regular lay and lang lay describe the way wires are
placed within each strand. Regular lay means that
wires in the strands are laid opposite in direction to the
lay of the strands. Lang lay means that wires are laid
in the same direction as the lay of the strands.
Most of the wire rope used is right lay, regular lay. This
specification has the widest range of applications and
meets the requirements of most equipment. In fact,
other lay specifications are considered exceptions and
must be requested when ordering.
HERE ARE SOME EXCEPTIONS
Lang lay is recommended for many excavating,
construction, and mining applications, including
draglines, hoist lines, dredgelines and other similar
lines. Here's why. Lang lay ropes are more flexible
than regular lay ropes. They also have greater wearing
surface per wire than regular lay ropes.
Where properly recommended, installed and used,
lang lay ropes can be used to greater advantage than
regular lay ropes. However, lang lay ropes are more
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
RIGHT LAY
REGULAR LAY
LEFT LAY
REGULAR LAY
RIGHT LAY
LANG LAY
LEFT LAY
LANG LAY
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
132
www.hanessupply.com
Basic Lift Engineering
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
EVERY LIFT USES 1 OF 3 BASIC HITCHES
STRAIGHT
OR
VERTICAL,
attachment, is simply using a sling to
connect a lifting hook to a load. Full
rated lifting capacity of the sling may
be utilized, but must not be exceeded.
Whenever a single sling is used in this
manner, a tagline should be used to
prevent load rotation which may cause
damage to the sling.
When two or more slings are attached
to the same lifting hook in straight or
vertical manner, the total hitch
becomes, in effect, a lifting bridle, and
the load is distributed among the
individual slings.
CHOKER hitches reduce lifting
capability of a sling, since this method
of rigging affects ability of the wire
rope components to adjust during the
lift. A choker is used when the load will
not be seriously damaged by the sling
body – or the sling damaged by the
load, and when the lift requires the
sling to snug up against the load.
The diameter of the bend where the
sling contacts the load should keep the
point of choke against the sling BODY –
never against a splice or the base of
the eye. When a choke is used, the
sling rated capacity must be adjusted
downward to compensate for loss of
capability.
STRAIGHT
CHOKER
A choker hitch should be pulled tight
before a lift is made – NOT PULLED
DOWN DURING THE LIFT. It is also
dangerous to use only one choker hitch
to lift a load which might shift or slide
out of the choke.
BASKET hitches distribute a load
between the two legs of a sling – within
limitations described below. Capacity of
a sling used in a basket is affected by
the bend, or curvature, where the sling
body comes in contact with the load –
just as any sling is affected and limited
by bending action, as over a sheave.
BASKET
LOAD
LOAD
LOAD
CALCULATING THE LOAD ON EACH LEG OF A SLING
As the horizontal angle between the
legs of a sling decreases, the load on
each leg increases. The effect is the
same whether a single sling is used as
a basket, or two slings are used with
each in a straight pull, as with a 2legged bridle.
500 LBS.
3. Then MULTIPLY the load per leg (as computed in No. 1 above) by the Load
Factor for the leg angle being used (from the table below) – to compute the
ACTUAL LOAD on each leg for this lift and angle. THE ACTUAL LOAD MUST
NOT EXCEED THE RATED SLING CAPACITY.
Thus, in drawing three (sling angle at 60°):
1000 ÷ 2 = 500 (Load Per Leg if vertical lift)
500 x 1.154 = 577 lbs. = ACTUAL LOAD on each leg at the 60° HORIZ
angle being used.
In drawing four (sling angle of 45°):
1000 ÷ 2 = 500 (Load Per Leg if a vertical lift)
500 x 1.414 = 70 lbs. = ACTUAL LOAD on each leg at the 45° HORIZ angle
being used.
S
LB
70
7
7L
BS
57
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
1000 LBS
S
1000 LBS
45°
LB
1000 LBS
60°
7
70
HEADQUARTERS: 55
75°
BS
7L
57
1000 LBS
S
518 L
B
S
B
518 L
90°
1000 LBS
1000 LBS
500 LBS.
2. Determine the angle.
1000 LBS
Anytime pull is exerted at an angle on
a leg – or legs – of a sling, the load per
leg can be determined by using the
data in the table at right. Proceed as
follows to calculate this load – and
determine the rated capacity required
of the sling, or slings, needed for a lift.
1. First, divide the total load to be lifted by the number of legs to be used. This
provides the load per leg if the lift were being made with all legs lifting vertically.
LEG ANGLE
(DEGREES)
LOAD
FACTOR
90°
85°
80°
75°
70°
65°
60°
55°
50°
45°
1.000
1.003
1.015
1.035
1.064
1.103
1.154
1.220
1.305
1.414
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
133
www.hanessupply.com
Basic Lift Engineering
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
EFFECT OF ANGLES
to exceed a 45-degree sling leg angle.
Various sling manufacturers refer in their
specification tables to leg angles of slings
during lifts – since these angles have a
direct relationship to lifting capability of a
sling. Regardless of how the sling angle
may be stated, or the method used to
compute stress in a sling leg, the sling is
the same. Capacity does not change –
but stresses on sling legs change with
rigging angles.
Angles less than 45 degrees not only build
up tension in the sling legs out of all
proportion to the weight of the load, they
also create a much greater "in-pull" on the
ends of the load. This produces
eccentrically loaded column effect, as an
engineer would describe it – meaning
simply that long, slender objects have a
tendency to buckle. Angles less than 45
degrees indicate some thought should be
given to the use of a lifting beam or other
device in connection with the lift.
Much misunderstanding results because
the carrying capacity of a sling leg is
reduced by the rigging angle. What
happens is that the operator is lifting the
load straight up (vertical) while the legs
are pulling at an angle, thereby causing a
disadvantage.
For quick figuring in the shop, a 60-degree
leg angle causes a loss in lifting capacity
of 15%... a 45-degree angle reduces
capacity by 30%... and a 30-degree angle,
50%. This rule of thumb is not 100%
accurate, but is easy to remember and
slightly on the safe side.
It is always good practice, within limits, to
keep the sling leg angle as large as
possible. The length and width of the load
sling length, and available headroom are
determining factors in this sling angle.
It is neither economical nor good practice
SELECTING A SLING
The following is presented as a guide only
to help in selection of a sling for a lift.
1. Determine the Load: The weight of the
load must be known. This is always the
starting point.
2. Decide the Hitch: Shape and bulk of the
load must be accommodated as well as
weight. Determine whether a straight
attachment at some point on the load, a
choker around the load, or some form of
basket hitch will best control the load
during the lift.
3. Adequacy of Lifting Device: The lifting
device must have adequate capacity for
making the lift, and provide any
maneuverability required once the load
is hoisted.
4. Room to Lift: Make certain the lifting
device has sufficient headroom to raise
the load to the height required.
Headroom will affect the length of sling.
5. Length of Sling: By applying your
decision on the type of hitch to
knowledge of the headroom offered by
the lifting device, the length of sling can
be calculated.
6. Use Rated Capacity Chart: Always
double-check that the sling type and
capacity you choose, when rigged at
the angle determined by the length of
the sling, or the specific type of hitch,
HEADQUARTERS: 55
Studying typical sling charts readily reveals
that lifting capacities on slings are
misleading unless the sling angle is stated.
The same sling that will handle 10 tons at
an 85-degree leg angle will only handle 5
tons if this angle is decreased to 30
degrees.
GOOD SLING PRACTICE
Regardless of what type of sling may be
employed, there are accepted good
working rules which will help increase
useful sling life – as well as improve safety.
These include:
1. Use the proper sling for the lift. Whether
Twin-Path, Web, Chain, or Wire Rope,
the proper sling is the one with the best
combination of work and handling
feature – of the proper length and rated
will handle the load.
Attaching the sling and completing the lift
should be an orderly procedure without
"surprises" when these steps have been
followed. Two further precautions should be
noted, however.
First, plan to protect both load and sling
from damage at sharp corners, etc.
Cornermax™ and Synthetic Armor Wear
Pads should be provided at the lift site. A
protective pad should be used anytime a
sling passes around a sharp corner.
Last – by no means unimportant by being
last – every sling should be visually
examined from end to end BEFORE
EVERY LIFT. It must always be kept in
mind that the manufacturer's Rated
Capacity applies only to a new sling in
"unused" condition. A sling should be
carefully examined to determine that it is in
as nearly new condition as practicable
before each lift.
There are specific standards on the use
and care of slings in industries such as
shipping and construction, and these
provide some guidance for sling inspectors.
Consensus standards published as ANSI
B30.9 are particularly helpful.
ANSI Standard B30.9 specifies that a wire
rope sling should be removed form service
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
capacity for the situation.
2. Start and stop slowly. Crane hooks
should be raised slowly until the sling
becomes taut and the load is
suspended. Lifting or lowering speed
should be increased or decreased
gradually. Sudden starts or stops place
heavier loads on a sling – comparable
to jamming the brakes on a speeding
automobile. A rule of thumb: Shock
loads can double the stress on a sling.
3. If possible, set the load on blocks.
Pulling a sling from under a load causes
abrasion and "curling" – making the
sling harder to handle on the next lift,
while reducing strength through loss of
metal.
4. Sharp corners cut slings. Use protector
arcs, Cornermax™ and Synthetic Armor
Wear Pads between sharp corners and
the sling body.
5. Store in a dry room. Moisture is a
natural enemy of wire rope – as are acid
fumes and other caustic gases.
6. Avoid handling hot material or objects in
direct contact with the sling. Strength
goes down as temperature goes up!
7. Dropping casting, tools or heavy objects
on slings, or running over them with
trucks, can cause damage. Always
hang slings when not in use.
8. Use hooks properly. "Point loading"
reduces hook capacity. Pull should be
straight in the line of lift.
any time any of the following conditions
are detected:
1. Ten randomly distributed broken wires
in one rope lay, or five broken wires in
one strand in one rope lay.
2. Kinking, crushing, bird caging or any
other damage resulting in distortion of
the wire rope structure.
3. Evidence of heat damage.
4. End attachments that are cracked,
deformed, or worn.
5. Hooks that have been opened more
than 15% of the normal throat opening
measured at the narrowest point, or
twisted more than 10 degrees from the
plane of the unbent hook.
6. Corrosion of the rope or end
attachments.
It is apparent from the foregoing that
inspection of a wire rope sling to meet
these removal criteria requires more than
a casual understanding of wire rope
design and manufacture, and the
responsibility for daily inspections must be
in the hands of trained personnel.
Most of the foregoing applies equally to
any type of sling and careful inspection by
a trained inspector is necessary for safe
sling use. If you require training for any
type of sling inspection, contact Hanes
Supply for more information.
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
134
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Ropes
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
BLOCK TWISTING
Block twisting or "cabling" is one of the
most frequently encountered wire rope
problems in the construction field. When
this problem occurs, the wire rope is most
often blamed, and other equally important
factors in the operation are overlooked.
Personnel experienced with handling of
wire rope know that conventional wire
ropes will twist or unlay slightly, when a
load is applied. In a reeved hoisting
system, subjected to loading and
unloading such as a load hoisting line, this
results in block twisting and possibly
distortion of the wire rope. Cabling of the
block most frequently occurs as the load
in the wire rope is released, and the "falls"
are in a lowered position. Cabling may be
considered as the twisting of the block
beyond one-half of a revolution (180°
twisting) of the traveling block. When this
condition occurs, the operator shows good
judgment in not making additional lifts,
until the conditions causing the problem
are corrected.
The following machine and site conditions
should be investigated for possible
improvement in block twisting.
1. Reduced wire rope length. Longer rope
lengths cause more twisting than short
rope lengths. This applies particularly
to the amount of wire rope in the "falls."
2. Reduce the amount of load lifted.
Heavily loaded ropes have more torque
and twist than lightly loaded ropes.
This condition would also apply to the
3.
4.
5.
6.
speed of loading or "shock" loading,
since this condition also causes higher
wire rope loading.
Eliminate "odd-part" reeving, where the
wire rope "dead-end" is on the traveling
block. Wire rope torque, from the
application of load, is greatest at the
rope dead-end.
Relocate the rope dead-end at the boom,
in order to increase the separation
between the dead-end and the other
rope parts. This applies a stabilizing
load directly to the traveling block. The
original equipment manufacturer should
be consulted before making this
modification.
Increase sheave size. This increases the
amount of separation between wire rope
parts and may improve the situation by
applying stabilizing loads and reducing
the amount of rope torque transmitted to
the traveling block.
Restrain the twisting block with a "tag"
line. One or more of the foregoing
suggestions may eliminate the problem
without resorting to "specialized" wire
rope which may not only be difficult to
locate but expensive as well.
The use of special "rotation resistant" wire
ropes will not likely be required unless the
intended length of rope "falls" exceeds 100
feet, or the length of the load hoisting line
exceeds 600 feet. In the event these latter
conditions exist, the user should also
anticipate using a combination of the
"rotation resistant" wire rope and the
foregoing field suggestions for the more
severe problems.
ELASTIC STRETCH
Elastic stretch results from recoverable deformation of the metal itself. Here, again, a
quantity cannot be precisely calculated. However, the following equation can provide a
reasonable approximation for a good many situations.
Changes in length (ft.) =
Change in load (lb.) x Length (ft.)
Area (in.2) x Modulus of Elasticity (psi)
The modulus of elasticity is given below.
APPROXIMATE MODULUS OF ELASTICITY
(POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH)
ROPE
CLASSIFICATION
ZERO THROUGH 20%
LOADING
21 TO 65%
LOADING*
6 x 7 with fiber core
11,700,000
13,000,000
6 x 19 with fiber core
10,800,000
12,000,000
6 x 36 with fiber core
9,900,000
11,000,000
8 x 19 with fiber core
8,100,000
9,000,000
6 x 19 with IWRC
13,500,000
15,000,000
6 x 36 with IWRC
12,600,000
14,000,000
*Applicable to new rope, i.e., not previously loaded.
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
ELASTIC PROPERTIES OF WIRE
ROPE
The following discussion relates to
conventional 6- or 8-strand ropes that
have either fiber or steel cores; it is not
applicable to rotation-resistant ropes since
these constitute a separate case.
Wire rope is an elastic member; it
stretches or elongates under load. This
stretch derives from two sources:
1. constructional, and
2. elastic.
In actuality, there may be a third source of
stretch – a result of the rope rotating on its
own axis. Such elongation, which may
occur either as a result of using a swivel,
or from the effect of a free-turning load, is
brought about by the unlaying of the rope
strands. Because the third source is a
subject that is beyond the scope of this
publication, discussion will be directed to
constructional and elastic stretch.
CONSTRUCTIONAL STRETCH
When a load is applied to wire rope, the
helically-laid wires and strands act in a
constricting manner thereby compressing
the core and bringing all the rope
elements into closer contact. The result is
a slight reduction in diameter and an
accompanying lengthening of the rope.
Constructional stretch is influenced by the
following factors:
1. type of core (fiber or steel),
2. rope construction (6 x 7, 6 x 25 FW,
6 x 41 WS, 8 x 19 S, etc.),
3. length of lay
4. material.
Ropes with wire strand core (WSC) or
independent wire rope core (IWRC) have
less constructional stretch than those with
fiber core (FC). The reason for this is the
fact that the steel cannot compress as
much as the fiber core.
Usually, constructional stretch will cease
at an early stage in the rope's life.
However, some fiber core ropes, if lightly
loaded (as in the case of elevator ropes),
may display a degree of constructional
stretch over a considerable portion of their
life.
A definite value for determining
constructional stretch cannot be assigned
since it is influenced by several factors.
The following table gives some idea of the
approximate stretch as a percentage of
rope under load.
ROPE CONSTRUCTION
APPROX. STRETCH*
6 strand FC
6 strand IWRC
8 strand FC
1/2% - 3/4%
1/4% - 1/2%
3/4% - 1%
*Varies with the magnitude of the loading.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
135
www.hanessupply.com
General Information
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
THE REEVING OF TACKLE BLOCKS
across the edges of the block shell.
In reeving a pair of tackle blocks, one of which has
more than two sheaves, the hoisting rope should lead
from one of the center sheaves of the upper block.
To reeve by this method, the two blocks should be
placed so that the sheaves in the upper block are at
right angles to those in the lower one, as shown in the
following illustrations. Start reeving with the becket, or
standing end, of the rope.
When so reeved, the hoisting strain comes on the
center of the blocks and they are prevented from
toppling, with consequent injury to the rope by cutting
FIGURE 1
FIGURE 2
FIGURE 3
FIGURE 4
It is good practice to use a shackle
block as the upper one of a pair and a
hook block as the lower one. A
shackle would prevent any accidental
disengagement of the block from its
attaching point in the event of an
unusual movement of the attaching
point or block. The lower block having
a hook is more readily attached or
detached from the load. See Figures 1
through 5.
FIGURE 5
SHEAVE
NO. 5
DOUBLE AND
DOUBLE
TRIPLE AND
DOUBLE
TRIPLE AND
TRIPLE
QUADRUPLE
AND TRIPLE
SHEAVE
NO. 1
SHEAVE
NO. 3
VARYING SHEAVE REVOLUTIONS IN A PAIR OF TACKLE BLOCKS
To raise a load one foot, the lower block must be raised one foot, and in accomplishing
this, each working rope must be shortened one foot.
In the example above, Ropes 1, 2, 3, etc., must be shortened one foot to raise the load
one foot. Assuming that the circumference of each sheave is one foot, Sheave No.1
must make one revolution to shorten Rope No. 1; Sheave No. 2 must make one
revolution to take up the one foot slack form Rope No. 1 and one additional revolution
to shorten Rope No. 2; Sheave No. 3 must make two revolutions to take up the two
feet of slack from Ropes 1 and 2 and one additional revolution to shorten Rope No. 3,
etc. for each succeeding sheave.
Viz: Rope
Rope
Rope
Rope
Rope
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
must
must
must
must
must
travel
travel
travel
travel
travel
SHEAVE
NO. 2
SHEAVE
NO. 4
one foot on Sheave No. 1.
two feet on Sheave No. 2.
three feet on Sheave No. 3.
four feet on Sheave No. 4.
five feet on Sheave No. 5.
Therefore, all the sheaves in a set of blocks revolve at different rates of speed. Sheave No. 2 rotates twice as fast
as No. 1, Sheave No. 3 rotates three times as fast as No.1, Sheave No. 4 four times as fast as No. 1, etc.
Consequently the sheaves nearest the lead line, rotating at higher rates of speed, wear out more rapidly.
All sheaves should be kept well lubricated when in operation to reduce friction and wear.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
136
www.hanessupply.com
Wire Ropes
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
HOW TO FIGURE LINE PARTS
NUMBER
OF PARTS
OF LINE
RATIO FOR
BRONZE
BUSHED
SHEAVES
RATIO FOR
ANTI-FRICTION
BEARING
SHEAVES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
.96
1.87
2.75
3.59
4.39
5.16
5.90
6.60
7.27
7.91
8.52
9.11
9.68
10.2
10.7
11.2
11.7
12.2
12.6
13.0
13.4
13.8
14.2
14.5
.98
1.94
2.88
3.81
4.71
5.60
6.47
7.32
8.16
8.98
9.79
10.6
11.4
12.1
12.9
13.6
14.3
15.0
15.7
16.4
17.0
17.7
18.3
18.9
To help figure the number of parts of line to be used for
a given load or the line pull required for a given load, the
following ratio table is provided with examples of how to
use it:
1
PART
OF LINE
2
PARTS
OF LINE
3
PARTS
OF LINE
4
PARTS
OF LINE
5
PARTS
OF LINE
USING THE RATIO TABLE RATIO FORMULA
TOTAL LOAD TO BE LIFTED
SINGLE LINE PULL IN POUNDS
= RATIO
Example:
To find the number of parts of line needed
when weight of load and single line pull is
established.
Example:
To find single line pull needed when weight of
load and number of parts of line are
established.
Sample Problem:
72,480 lbs. (load to be lifted)
8,000 lbs. (single line pull) = 9.06 RATIO
Sample Problem:
68,000 lbs. (load to be lifted)
6.60 (ratio of 8 part line)
= 10,300 lbs. (single line pull)
Refer to ratio 9.06 in table or number nearest
to it, then check column under heading
"Number of Parts of Line"... 12 parts of line to
be used for this load.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
10,300 lbs. single line pull required to lift this
load on 8 parts of line.
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
137
www.hanessupply.com
General Information
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
LOADS ON BLOCKS
system in order to properly determine the rated capacity
block to be used.
The Rated Load Values for blocks shown in Crosby Group
literature are shown as "Working Loads," "Safe Working
Load" and "Resultant Safe Working Load"; and all these
terms are defined as the maximum amount of total load that
should be exerted on the block and its fitting, the fitting being
a hook, shackle, eye, loop, etc.
A single sheave block that is used to change direction of a
load line can be subjected to total loads GREATLY
DIFFERENT than the weight being lifted or pulled. The
amount of total load changes with the angle between the
incoming and departing lines to the block.
It must be recognized that this total load value MAY BE
DIFFERENT than the weight being lifted or pulled by a
hoisting or hauling system and, therefore, it is necessary to
determine the total load being imposed on each block in the
ANGLE
The following chart indicates the factor that is multiplied by
the line pull to obtain the total load on the block:
FACTOR
ANGLE
FACTOR
ANGLE
FACTOR
2.00
1.99
1.97
1.93
1.87
1.84
1.81
60°
70°
80°
90°
100°
110°
120°
1.73
1.64
1.53
1.41
1.29
1.15
1.00
130°
135°
140°
150°
160°
170°
180°
.84
.76
.68
.52
.35
.17
.00
0°
10°
20°
30°
40°
45°
50°
TOTAL LOAD
ANGLE
LINE PULL
LINE PULL
Example: A gin pole truck being used to lift a weight of
1,000 lbs.
A
135°
WINCH
LINE
PULL
B
There is no mechanical advantage to a single part load line
system, so, whinch line pull is equal to 1,000 lbs. or the
weight being lifted.
50°
Total load on snatch block shown as A equals 1,000 lbs.
times angle factor for 50°.
Total load on A = 1,000 x 1.81 = 1,1810 lbs.
Total load on toggle block shown as B equals 1,000 lbs.
times angle factor for 135°.
1000 LBS
Total load on B = 1,000 x .76 = 760 lbs.
Example: Hoisting system using a traveling block to lift a
weight of 1,000 lbs.
The mechanical advantage at the traveling block C is 2
because 2 parts of a load line support the 1,000 lbs. weight; so,
the line pull equals the 1,000 lbs. divided by 2 or 500 lbs.
D
Total load on traveling block shown as C equals 500 lbs. times
angle factor for 0°.
130
°
Total Load on C = 500 x 2.00 = 1,000 lbs.
40
°
0°
Total load on stationary block shown as D equals the dead end
load of 500 lbs. plus the line pull of 500 lbs. times the angle
factor for 40°.
F
°
50
E
C
Total Load on E = 500 x .84 = 420 lbs.
Total load on block shown as F equals 500 lbs. times the angle
factor for 90°.
1000 LBS
Total Load on F = 500 x 1.41 = 705 lbs.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
138
www.hanessupply.com
General Information
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
DEFINITIONS OF TERMS
Abrasion: The mechanical wearing of surface resulting from frictional contact with materials or
objects.
Breaking Strength: That total force (lbs. or kg.) at which the sling fails. The total weight strain
which can be applied before failure. Usually at five times the rated capacity.
Competent Person: A person designated for inspection who is trained, qualified by knowledge
and practical experience and the necessary instructions to enable the required test or examination
to be carried out.
Twin-Path® Core: The load bering multiple fibers of polyester, aramids, or K-Spec™ which, when
wound into the seamless tubes, become the load bearing yarns of the sling. If other materials are
used, follow the manufacturers recommendations.
Twin-Path® Cover: The seamless tubes, usually at least two separate and contrasting colors for
easier inspection that contain the cores. Covers may be of polyester, Covermax nylon, or aramids
depending on the desired finished characteristics of the product.
Elongation: The measurement of stretch, expressed as a percentage of the finished length.
Fitting: A load bearing metal component which is fitted to the sling. Can be of steel, aluminum or
other material that will sustain the rated capacity of the sling.
Hitch/Vertical:
A method of attachment whereby the sling extends from the crane hook to the
load in a straight connection.
Hitch/Choker:
The sling is passed around the load and back through itself and is connected
to the crane hook. The sling then tightens around the load when it is strained.
Hitch/Basket:
The sling is passed from the crane hook around the load and attached to the
crane hook.
Length: The distance between bearing points of the sling.
Proof Load Test: A non-destructive load test usually to twice the rated capacity of the sling.
Synthetic Fiber: Man-made material used for the cover, the core and the thread of the Twin-Path®
sling products.
Tattle-Tails: Tell-Tails which extend past the tag area of Twin-Path® slings. Extension of the load
core yarns. When the sling is stretched beyond its elastic limit, they shrink and eventually
disappear under the tag. Take out of service if less than 1/2" is exposed.
Thread: The synthetic yarn which is used to sew the sling covers and tag and to provide the stitch
which separates the individual load cores.
Twin-Path®: A patented and trademarked product which is composed of two separate load cores
and two contrasting color covers.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
139
www.hanessupply.com
General Information
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
DEFINITIONS
Rated Load
Value-Rated
Capacity:
The maximum recommended load that should be exerted on the item.
The following terms are also used for the term Rated Load: "SWL," "Safe
Working Load," "Working Load," "Working Load Limit," and the "Resultant
Safe Working Load." All rated load values, unless noted otherwise, are for inline pull with respect to the centerline of the item.
Proof Load:
The average load to which an item may be subjected before visual
deformation occurs or a load that is applied in the performance of a proof test.
Proof Test:
A term designating a tensile test applied to the item for the sole purpose of
detecting injurious defects in the material or manufacture.
Ultimate Load:
The average load at which the item is being tested fails or no longer supports
the load.
Shock Load:
A resulting load from the rapid change of movement, such as impacting or
jerking, or a static load. A Shock Load is generally significantly greater than
the static load.
Design Factor:
An industry term denoting theoretical reserve capability. Usually computed
dividing the catalog stated ultimate load by the catalog stated working load
limit and generally expressed as a ratio, for example: 5 to 1.
CAUTIONS OR WARNINGS
All ratings shown in this literature are based upon the items being new or "in as new" condition.
Catalog ratings are considered to be the greatest load that should be applied to the item;
therefore, any shock loading must be considered when selecting the item for use in a system.
The products shown in this literature are subject to wear, misuse, overloading, corrosion,
deformation, intentional alteration and other usage factors which may necessitate a reduction in
the product's Rated Capacity or a reduction in its Design Factor. Therefore, it is recommended that
all products be regularly inspected to determine their condition as a basis for deciding if the
product may continue to be used at the catalog assigned WL, a reduced WL, a reduced design
factor, or removed from service.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
140
www.hanessupply.com
Summary
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
SUMMARY OF COMMON CONVERSIONS
FACTORS
IF YOU KNOW:
MULTIPLY BY:
inches
inches
feet
yards
miles
25.4
2.54
0.30
0.3711
1.61
millimeters
centimeters
meters
meters
kilometers
.0394
.39
3.28
1.09
.62
metric tons
U.S. tons
kilograms
pounds
metric tons
metric tons
1.102
.9072
2.204
.453
2204.62
1000.0
Fahrenheit (temp.)
Celsius (temp.)
5/9 (after subtracting 32)
9/5 (then add 32)
TO FIND:
millimeters (mm)
centimeters (cm)
meters (m)
meters (m)
kilometers (km)
inches
inches
feet
yards
miles
U.S. tons
metric tons
pounds
kilograms
pounds
kilograms
Celsius (temp.)
Fahrenheit (temp.)
DECIMAL / METRIC EQUIVALENT TABLE
FRACTION
(IN.)
1/16
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
13/16
7/8
15/16
1
HEADQUARTERS: 55
DECIMAL
(IN.)
.0625
.1250
.1875
.2500
.3125
.3750
.4375
.5000
.5625
.6250
.6875
.7500
.8125
.8750
.9375
1.0000
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
METRIC
(MM.)
1.588
3.175
4.762
6.350
7.938
9.525
11.112
12.700
14.288
15.875
17.462
19.050
20.638
22.225
23.812
25.400
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
141
www.hanessupply.com
Lift Engineering
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
FINDING THE HYPOTENUSE
To find c (hypotenuse)
Given:
c
a
a2 + b2 = c2
Example: 42 + 32 = c2; 16 + 9 = c2;
25 = 5
b
LOAD ANGLE FACTORS
L = LAF (Load Angle Factor)
—
H
5,000 lbs.
5,000 lbs.
L x L's share of the load
Tension in L = —
H
L
H
Tension in L = 15
— x 5,000;
10
10,000 lbs.
H = 10'
Example: 15
— = 1.5 (LAF)
10
L = 15'
1.5 x 5,000 Ten. = 7,500 lbs.
TENSION IN OVERHEAD HOISTS
A
6'
6 x 3,000
Ten. in A = —
2
B
6'
2'
Ten. in A = 9,000 lbs.
(As load moves, tension changes)
6,000 lbs.
OFF-SET CENTER OF GRAVITY (SHARE OF THE LOAD)
A
Inverse Proportion To Distance
B
Lift Point A
Lift Point B
7 + 3 = 10, — = .70
10
7 + 3 = 10, — = .30
10
.70 x 10,000 = 7,000 lbs.
.30 x 10,000 = 3,000 lbs.
7'
3'
10,000 lbs.
OFF-LEVEL LIFT POINTS
H1
L1
TL1 =
W x D2 x L1
(D2 x H1) + (D1 x H2)
TL2 =
W x 1 x L2
(D2 x H1) + (D1 x H2)
H2
L2
D1
HEADQUARTERS: 55
D2
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
LEGEND
W
L1
L2
H1
H2
D1
D2
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Load Weight
Length Leg 1
Length Leg 2
Vertical Height 1
Vertical Height 2
Horizontal Distance 1
Horizontal Distance 2
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
142
www.hanessupply.com
Weights of Material
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
MATERIALS AND LIQUIDS – POUNDS/CU. FT.
Aluminum
Asbestos
Asphalt
Brass
Brick, Soft
Brick, Medium
Brick, Hard
Bronze
Coal
Concrete, Reinforced
Copper
Crushed Rock
Diesel
Dry Earth, Loose
Dry Earth, Packed
Gasoline
Glass
165
153
81
524
100
115
130
534
56
150
556
95
52
75
95
45
16
Granite
Iron Casting
Lead
Limestone
Lumber – Fir
Lumber – Oak
Lumber – RR Ties
Marble
Oil, Motor
Paper
Portland Cement, Loose
Portland Cement, Set
River Sand
Rubber
Steel
Water, Fresh
Zinc
96
450
710
95
32
62
50
95
60
58
94
183
120
94
490
63
437
MATERIALS – POUNDS/SQ. FT.
Steel Plate
1/8"
1/4"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
Aluminum Plate
1/8"
1/4"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
5
10
20
30
40
1.75
3.50
7.00
10.50
14.00
FORMULAS AND INFORMATION
H = Height
W = Width
L = Length
d = diameter
r = radius (1/2 dia.)
π = 3.14 (rounded 3.15) [area of a square or rectangle = HW]
[Vol of cube = HWL]
[Circumference of circle = π d]
[area of a circle = π r2
or the approximate area of a circle = 80% of the dia2 (dia x dia x .80)]
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
143
www.hanessupply.com
USA Standard
Crane Hand Signals
YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST
Use Main Hoist.
Tap fist on head;
then use regular
signals.
Use Whipline.
(Auxiliary Hoist).
Tap elbow with one
hand, then use
regular signals.
Raise Boom. Arm
extended, fingers
closed, thumb
pointing upward.
Lower Boom. Arm
extended, fingers
closed, thumb
pointing downward.
Travel. Arm extended
forward, hand open
and slightly raised,
make pushing motion
indirection of travel.
Swing. Arm
extended, point with
finger in direction of
swing of boom.
Hoist. With forearm
vertical, forefinger
pointing up, move
hand in small
horizontal circle.
Lower. With arm
extended downward,
forefinger pointing
down, move hand in
small horizontal
circles.
Raise the Boom and
Lower the Load.
With arm extended,
thumb pointing up,
flex fingers in and out
as long as load
movement is desired.
Lower the Boom
and Raise the Load.
With arm extended,
thumb pointing down,
flex fingers in and
out as load
movement is desired.
Travel. (One Track).
Lock the track on side
indicated by raised
fist. Travel opposite
track in direction
indicated by circular
motion of other fist,
rotated vertically in
front of body. (For
crawler cranes only).
Travel. (Both Tracks).
Use both fists in front
of body, making a
circular motion about
each other, indicating
direction of travel;
forward or backward.
(For crawler cranes
only.)
Additional Signals for Bridge Cranes
Extend Boom.
(Telescoping Booms).
Both fists in front of
body with thumbs
pointing outward
Retract Boom.
(Telescoping
Booms). Both fists in
front of body with
thumbs pointing
toward each other.
Stop. Arm extended,
palm down, hold
position rigidly.
Emergency Stop.
Arm extended, palm
down, move hand
rapidly right and left.
Bridge Travel. Arm
extended forward,
hand open and
slightly raised, make
pushing motion in
direction of travel.
Trolley Travel. Palm
up, fingers closed,
thumb pointing in
direction of motion,
jerk hand horizontally.
Extend Boom.
(Telescoping Boom).
One Hand Signal.
One fist in front of
chest with thumb
tapping chest.
Retract Boom.
(Telescoping Boom).
One Hand Signal.
One fist in front of
chest, thumb pointing
outward and heel of
fist tapping chest.
Move Slowly. Use
one hand to give any
motion signal and
place other hand
motionless in front of
hand giving the motion
signal. (Hoist slowly
shown as example.)
Dog Everything.
Clasp hands in front
of body.
Multiple Trolleys.
Hold up one finger for
block marked "1" and
two fingers for block
marked "2". Regular
signals follow.
Magnet is
Disconnected. Crane
Operator spreads
both hands apart
palms up.
HEADQUARTERS: 55
James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412
144
www.hanessupply.com
FOUR LOCATIONS & THE WEB TO SERVICE YOUR NEEDS!
Our Headquarters is located in Buffalo, New York
BUFFALO/WESTERN NY/NORTHERN PA
55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206
PHONE
716-826-2636
FAX
716-826-4412
Our Newest Location is located near Albany, NY, opened June 2004
and is intended to help service the Albany & New England Regions
ALBANY/EASTERN NY/NEW ENGLAND
156 Railroad Avenue • Colonie, NY 12205
PHONE
518-438-0139
FAX
518-428-5343
Our Rochester Location was established in
June 1993 to accommodate our expanding cliental
ROCHESTER/CENTRAL NEW YORK
10 Cairn Street • Rochester, NY 14611
PHONE
585-235-0160
FAX
585-235-0229
CCISCO/Coastal Construction Industrial Supply Company,
was acquired in September 1996 to service the South
MYRTLE BEACH/SOUTH-EAST COAST
1020 Shine Avenue • Myrtle Beach, SC 29577
PHONE
843-238-1338
FAX
843-238-8337
Our web-site serves as a store and as an informative Rigging & Wire Rope resource
www.hanessupply.com
One of the foremost leaders in the industry
Specializing in Lifting Solutions
Manufacturer of Slingmax, Wire Rope, Chain & Nylon Slings
Complete Contractor & Industrial Supplier
55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, New York 14206-2361 • U.S.A.
PHONE 716-826-2636 • FAX 716-826-4412
www.hanessupply.com
$5.95 US Dollars
Printed in Canada
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.4 Linearized : Yes Encryption : Standard V1.2 (40-bit) User Access : Print, Copy, Fill forms, Extract, Assemble, Print high-res Create Date : 2004:06:28 16:12:20Z Modify Date : 2004:06:28 13:16:23-04:00 Page Count : 148 Creation Date : 2004:06:28 16:12:20Z Mod Date : 2004:06:28 13:16:23-04:00 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 5.0.5 (Windows) Author : jsmorlock Metadata Date : 2004:06:28 13:16:23-04:00 Creator : jsmorlock Title : Riggers2005_200404_PDF_200406.qxpEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools